UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x                               Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005

OR

o                                  Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from                 to                 

Commission File Number 000-28317


DIGIMARC CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

 

94-3342784

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

9405 SW Gemini Drive, Beaverton, Oregon 97008
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(503) 469-4800
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, $0.001 par value


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o  No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o  No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x  No  o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.

Large accelerated filer o                                 Accelerated filer x                                 Non-accelerated filer o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o  No  x

The aggregate market value of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price for the common stock on The Nasdaq National Market on the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed fiscal second quarter (June 30, 2005), was approximately $112 million. Shares of common stock beneficially held by each officer and director have been excluded from this computation in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for any other purposes.

As of January 31, 2006, there were 21,018,994 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A (the “Proxy Statement”) for its 2006 annual meeting of stockholders are incorporated by reference into Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The registrant intends to file the Proxy Statement not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 




Table of Contents

PART I

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Business

 

1

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 

13

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

13

Item 2.

 

Properties

 

14

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

14

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

16

PART II

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

17

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

 

17

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

18

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

52

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

52

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

52

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

52

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

 

56

PART III

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

57

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

 

57

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

57

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

57

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

57

PART IV

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

58

SIGNATURES

 

59

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 




PART I

The following discussion of Digimarc’s business contains forward-looking statements relating to future events or the future financial performance of Digimarc. Digimarc’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. Please see the discussion regarding forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, under the caption “Safe Harbor Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.”

Although Digimarc believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, it cannot give any assurances that these expectations will prove to be correct. Such statements by their nature involve substantial risks and uncertainties that could significantly affect expected results. Actual future results could differ materially from those described in such forward-looking statements, and Digimarc does not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Readers are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us which attempt to advise interested parties of the factors which affect our business, including without limitation the disclosures made in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, under the caption “Factors Affecting Forward Looking Statements” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and other reports and filings made with the SEC.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes trademarks and registered trademarks of Digimarc Corporation. Products or service names of other companies mentioned in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

ITEM 1:                BUSINESS

Overview

Digimarc Corporation (“Digimarc,” “the Company,” “our” or “we”) is a leading supplier of secure identity solutions and advanced technologies for use in media management. Our solutions enable governments and businesses around the world to deter counterfeiting and piracy, enhance traffic safety and national security, combat identity theft and fraud, facilitate the effectiveness of voter identification programs, improve the management of media content, and support new digital media distribution models that provide consumers with more choice and access to media content.

The Company issues more than 60 million identification documents (“IDs”) annually and is the leading supplier of government-issued citizen IDs in the United States (“U.S.”), producing more than two-thirds of all driver licenses issued in the U.S. Digimarc also is a pioneer and leading owner of intellectual property in a signal processing technology innovation known as “digital watermarking”, which allows imperceptible digital information to be embedded in all forms of digitally-designed, produced or distributed media content, including personal identification documents, financial instruments, photographs, movies, music and product packages. The embedded data within various types of media content can be detected and read by software or hardware detectors in personal computers and other digital devices. We provide solutions based on this technology directly and through our licensees. As of December 31, 2005, the Company held rights in 222 issued U.S. patents and 59 issued foreign patents on this technology and related technologies, applications, systems, and processes and had more than 500 U.S. and foreign applications pending. Digimarc’s solutions and technologies are deployed by the Company and its business partners in media objects and digital devices around the world.

1




Our principal administrative, sales, marketing, support, research, development and engineering facility is located in Beaverton, Oregon. Our secure ID systems business is headquartered in Burlington, Massachusetts, and our logistics center is in Fort Wayne, Indiana.

The substantial majority of the Company’s revenue is generated  pursuant to long-term contracts with government agencies—primarily U.S. state government agencies responsible for driver license issuance (“State DL Issuers”), a consortium of leading Central Banks, and national governments of a number of foreign countries. These systems rely on our systems design, integration and materials science expertise, and proprietary technologies such as digital watermarking, to implement issuance systems and processes that improve the security of identity documents and banknotes.

The remainder of our revenues is generated primarily from patent and technology license fees paid by business partners providing media and rights management solutions to movie studios and music labels, television and radio broadcasters, creative professionals and other customers around the world. Private sector media and entertainment industry customers use secure media management solutions from the Company and its business partners to identify, track, manage and protect content as it is distributed and consumed—either digitally or physically—and to enable new consumer applications to improve access to networks and information from PCs and mobile devices.

Financial information about geographic areas is incorporated by reference to Note 7 of our consolidated financial statements.

We make available through our website at www.digimarc.com our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these and other reports filed or furnished by us pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such materials with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

History

Digimarc was incorporated in 1995. The Company was founded to commercialize a signal processing innovation known as “digital watermarking.” Digital watermarking is a technology breakthrough that allows our customers to infuse digital data into any media content that is digitally processed at some point during its lifecycle. The technology can be applied to printed materials, video, audio, and images. The inclusion of such digital data enables a wide range of improvements in security and media management, and enables new business models for distribution and consumption of media content. We use digital watermarking as a value driver and differentiator in nearly all of our product offerings.

Banknote counterfeit deterrence was the first commercially successful use of digital watermarking. Digimarc, in cooperation with an international consortium of leading Central Banks, developed a system to deter the use of digital technologies in the unauthorized reproduction of banknotes. More recently, innovations based on the Company’s digital watermarking technology and experience have been leveraged to create new products to deter counterfeiting and tampering of driver licenses and other government-issued secure credentials. In parallel, Digimarc’s business partners, under patent license from Digimarc, are delivering digital watermarking solutions to track and monitor the distribution of music, television, movies and radio to consumers.

On the heels of 9/11, we realized that our expertise in security printing and digital imaging technologies and systems placed us in a position to understand both the digital threats to identity management credentials and the issuer’s environment. In late 2001, we acquired the Large Government Programs (“LGP”) business unit of Polaroid Corporation (“Polaroid”). The primary focus of this business is the production of driver licenses (“DLs”) and other IDs issued by government agencies. The acquired

2




assets included all relevant software, hardware, services, materials science and distribution assets of Polaroid’s government-issued photo identification business.

In this strategic acquisition, we saw a unique opportunity to assist in efforts to deter identity theft and fraud and enhance transportation safety and Homeland Security through the combination of a new layer of security using our digital watermarking innovations and market-leading competence in secure ID solutions from Polaroid. The resulting business has more than 47 years of experience in the delivery and operation of secure ID issuance systems, has produced more than 2 billion issued IDs, and has guided customers through numerous major upgrades and technology migrations in ID security. We are the leader in deploying new solutions to meet driver license security and related service challenges. This includes being first to:

·        produce driver licenses with digital portraits;

·        deploy facial recognition and State-wide fingerprint matching in 1995 and 1996;

·        introduce market leading security features, including digital watermarking, Kinegrams, and secure card materials;

·        produce driver licenses in secure, networked central issuance factories;

·        offer driver license renewal by Internet; and

·        offer a comprehensive and modular ID validation and archiving suite to address recently enacted  Federal legislation, such as the REAL ID Act.

With increasing interest in issues surrounding Homeland Security, prevention of identity theft and fraud, traffic safety, copyright and intellectual property protection and establishment of new business models for digital distribution and use of media content, Digimarc has evolved from a technology-driven early stage company to an important supplier of critical infrastructure to government agencies and a strategic business partner to solution providers supporting the media and entertainment industry.

Vision and Mission

The Company’s vision is to improve the value of media content through technology. Its mission is two-fold:

·        Foster large-scale adoption of digital watermarking solutions licensed under the Company’s intellectual property

·        Be the most desired profitable supplier of driver license issuance systems

The provision of issuance systems for driver licenses and other government-issued credentials furthers the adoption of digital watermarking as this technology is increasingly included as a security feature of such documents.

Customers

The majority of Digimarc’s revenues is derived from supplying infrastructure to government agencies pursuant to long-term contracts, primarily State DL Issuers, a consortium of leading Central Banks, and national governments of various foreign countries. The retention rate for our driver license customers is high. Our contract with the Central Banks is in its eighth year. Last year we agreed upon a 5-year extension, with two additional 3-year extensions that we expect to be implemented.

The remainder of the Company’s revenue is generated through commercial applications of its digital watermarking and related technologies, primarily from patent and technology license fees paid by business partners providing media and rights management solutions to movie studios and music labels, television

3




and radio broadcasters, creative professionals and other customers around the world. Patent licensing is expected to continue to contribute most of the revenues from non-government customers for the foreseeable future.

Digimarc views its patent licensees and government agency customers as long-term business partners and believes that a focus on customer satisfaction will foster future growth and improved financial performance.

Representative customers and business partners include:

·        State and national government agencies that issue driver licenses, national IDs and voter credentials, including 32 U.S. states, the District of Columbia, two Canadian provinces, Latvia, Mexico and Russia;

·        an international consortium of the world’s leading Central Banks; and

·        Activated Content, Dolby Laboratories/Cinea, GCS Research, MediaGrid, Nielsen Media Research, Royal Philips Electronics, Thomson, Signum, Verance and Verimatrix.

Government Products and Services

The Company provides financial document security and secure ID solutions to government agencies:

Financial Document Security.    The Company has a multi-year contract with an international consortium of Central Banks in which it has developed, deployed, and is supporting and continuing to enhance a system to deter digital counterfeiting of currency using personal computers and digital reprographics. Work on the system began in 1997. Details of the system are confidential for security reasons.

Secure ID Solutions .    As the leading provider of government-issued secure IDs in North America, Digimarc systems produce more than 60 million driver licenses and other secure personal identification documents per year. Two-thirds of the U.S. states and many foreign governments, including Russia, Latvia, Mexico, and Canada, use Digimarc secure ID solutions to issue credentials to citizens. In North America, we are generally a prime contractor, providing full issuance systems to Federal, State, and Provincial departments of motor vehicles or other government issuing authorities. Our North American driver license issuance systems vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. These systems are typically provided pursuant to long-term (normally five or more years) contracts. The systems provided include the hardware, software, consumable supplies (such as ribbons, blank or preprinted card marterials, and laminates), and on-going support necessary for a “turnkey” solution. They typically involve custom software and/or hardware development, integration services, and implementation services. When we provide a full issuance system to a customer, we generally retain title to all assets associated with the system and are responsible for maintaining the system over the contractual period. A digital driver license issuance system typically captures images (photo and signature) and demographic information, validates applicant identity, produces the actual driver license or identification document (either at the point of service or at a central production facility operated by us), provides or delivers the finished driver license or other identity document to the individual licensee, stores the images and associated data in a database, and communicates with the issuer’s other systems for completion of processing of the driver license applicants.

Digital driver license workstations installed in government driver license offices typically consist of a personal computer, digital camera system, signature capture device, network interface hardware, and other associated peripherals as required, including card printers, receipt printers, dossier printers, scanners, fingerprint capture devices, and bar code readers. Most of this hardware is sourced from third-party suppliers. We provide software application components that drive the specific peripherals and workflow to process the applicants through the capture and printing sequences. Graphical user interfaces, encoding of business rules into the work flow sequences, and communication interfaces are custom developed to the specific needs of the customer. We provide services in conjunction with State and National databases to

4




confirm the validity of applicant provided information. Some commercial “off the shelf” software is also provided, such as operating systems (typically Microsoft Windows XP), and virus protection. Additionally, we often provide the necessary database design, hardware, and software to store portrait, signature, and biometric images for later retrieval. We generally supply the document consumables, including card materials, custom laminates, printer ribbons, mailing supplies, and receipt paper.

In the case of installations that issue documents from a central location, we provide a large-scale central production system, including high-volume personalization printers, lamination and die cutting machinery, encoding equipment, workstations, files servers, and proprietary software to control the production process and adhere to process and product quality levels. The typical central production capability is designed to produce tens of thousands of documents per day. We usually provide the production facility and staffing for turnkey production of the documents pursuant to a fixed price contract.

Our sales and marketing organization for North America ID issuing systems is organized into geographic territories with senior level sales/business development professionals and program management assigned to each territory. Because our contracts are long-term in nature, and the market is relatively homogeneous and stable, long-term relationships are key to our successful positioning for new opportunities and for maximizing potential within existing accounts. Contracts are most often granted through competitive bidding based on either “best value” or “low compliant cost” to the issuing jurisdiction. A “Bids & Proposals” organization, consisting of bid managers, technical writers, production assistants and technical support, is responsible for working with our sales and program management staffs to deliver winning bids based on sales positioning and strategy. Our marketing group is responsible for translating market/sales needs into product plans, supporting the sales effort with necessary collateral and market positioning, and managing long-term company strategy. An industry association, the American Association of Motor Vehicle Administrators, to which all North American driver license agencies belong, provides us with another vehicle for marketing and education within our North American customer community through regional and international conferences, seminars, and trade shows.

In non-U.S. markets, where we provide driver licenses, national identification, and voter identification systems, services, and components in partnership with local card producers, security printers, system integrators, and others, we may serve as prime contractor or sub-contractor, depending on the circumstances. International sales for us have typically taken the form of an outright sale of equipment and/or consumables to international government agencies or their prime contractors. When we provide a partial credential issuance system to a customer, we usually transfer title of the assets to the customer upon delivery and typically have no further obligations. We are paid on standard billing terms upon delivery of the assets. When we provide services for a partial credential issuance system, we usually are paid in accordance with customary commercial practice upon performance of the services.

Our customers are increasingly sensitive to the issue of identity theft and fraud, to concerns around verifying personal identity and, in the case of U.S. customers, to the role that the U.S. driver license plays as a primary form of identity verification for personal access to secure facilities and public transportation, the conduct of financial transactions, and at point-of-sale for age restricted products such as alcohol and tobacco. As a result, we believe there will be increasing interest from our customers in a variety of fraud detection and prevention systems, including biometric-based solutions based on third-party technologies. We are a leading provider of biometric solutions in the driver license market, operating systems that process tens of millions of fingerprint or facial images. As an example, our facial recognition solutions can help our customers determine if an applicant may have already been issued a valid license within a particular jurisdiction, and our fingerprinting and fingerprint matching solutions can be used to verify an applicant’s identity prior to issuance of credentials such as a commercial driver license. Several States incorporate identity verification solutions which employ a background check on the applicant-supplied demographic data during the initial enrollment process, further enhancing the integrity of the issuance process.

5




We are working on broadening our security offerings to provide more integrated identity verification and fraud detection capabilities within the issuance workflow of our customers. Many aspects of our advanced technology solutions anticipate both the mandate of Federal legislation passed in May 2005 known as the REAL ID Act (the “REAL ID Act”) and the emerging consensus on best practices consistent with our product and service strategy. Some of the requirements of the REAL ID Act that may require states to upgrade to be in compliance include:

Applicant Data Capture

·        capture digital images of identity source documents in a transferable format

·        retain copies of source documents—7 years for paper or 10 years for image

·        conduct mandatory facial image capture

Identity Verification

·        verify, with the issuing agency, the issuance, validity, and completeness of each document

·        verify the legal residency of a person

·        confirm or verify a renewing applicant’s information

·        confirm with Social Security Administration all applicant Social Security Numbers using the full 9-digit number

·        confirm termination of previous license in another State before issuance

·        provide electronic access to all other States to information contained in the motor vehicle database of the State

Secure Credential and ID Validation

·        limit validity period of IDs

·        implement physical security features designed to prevent tampering, counterfeiting, or duplication

·        deploy common machine-readable technology, with defined minimum data elements

Serving government needs for citizen identity management involves successfully delivering solutions that span the secure ID lifecycle, ranging from demographic data capture, identity validation, and applicant data and biometric verification systems, to the design and secure production of credentials incorporating linked and layered security features, culminating with effective ID authentication deployed at various points of inspection. It also requires the expertise to integrate these solutions with existing government agency applications and IT infrastructure, and the service, support and training necessary to effectively manage the implementations over the course of long-term customer relationships. Digimarc has worked extensively with driver license issuers across the U.S. to strengthen their issuance systems and secure credential designs. As a result, the Company has identified and implemented numerous “best practices” throughout its processes and developed modular, flexible solutions designed to improve security within each component of the secure ID lifecycle—from the time an applicant applies for or renews his or her driver license; to the secure production and issuance of the ID to the legitimate cardholder; to the authentication of that document at a traffic stop, a bank, a border crossing, a store, or the DMV. The chart below maps Digimarc’s solutions to an overview of the secure ID lifecycle.

6




GRAPHIC

Applicant Data Capture and Identity Verification.    Validation of documents and verification of applicant identity are keys to the secure intake and enrollment process, and a critical step toward ensuring that driver licenses are only issued to legitimate applicants. In 2005, Digimarc introduced the Digimarc Identity Validation Suite (“IDVS”) to validate identity documents and verify the biometric and demographic data presented to establish an applicant’s identity. As identity credentials become more secure and difficult to counterfeit, counterfeiters turn to producing false breeder documents to fuel attempts to fraudulently obtain valid secure credentials. Thus the process of validating identity is becoming central to secure ID issuance as document quality improves, ensuring that only valid applicants receive genuine IDs. This market development is underscored by the focus of the REAL ID Act on identity validation. IDVS is the Company’s most strategic product offering in 2006, enabling migration to compliance with the REAL ID Act, and serving a growing demand by our customers for effective multi-factor identification of applicants. Digimarc’s role in the secure ID lifecycle is expanding to one that encompasses identity validation and leads the Company toward a larger role in the enrollment application. IDVS works in concert with other aspects of our solution such as our DL Imaging Capture Suite. The Capture Suite enables secure ID and driver license issuers to capture high-quality portraits, signatures and fingerprints needed to complete the intake and enrollment process. This step is important to security and customer satisfaction, providing high-quality photos and reliable biometric verification.

Secure Production.    Once an applicant’s demographic information and images have been captured, screened and verified, Digimarc solutions enable issuers to securely produce and personalize a secure and highly-durable driver license. Digimarc offers several flexible options, including secure over-the-counter instant issuance systems, central issuance systems, and hybrid over-the-counter / central issue systems.

7




Secure Credential.    An integral part of enhancing ID security is the design and production of the secure credential itself. Cost-effective security is achieved through a card architecture that combines multiple layered and linked security features such as digital watermarks, special printing and Kinegrams with durable, counterfeit-resistant materials in Digimarc’s line of proprietary card products. With its industry-leading Exian card products, Digimarc has developed and incorporated many innovative security features in its driver license credentials. Key among these is IDMarc, a Digimarc proprietary security feature built around the Company’s proprietary digital watermarking technology. This feature links together elements of the ID in a way that is imperceptible under normal use, can be added to existing designs, and is readily detected by enabled software and hardware. IDMarc enables post-issuance cross-jurisdictional validation of documents. Digimarc secure credentials often contain more than a dozen separate overt and covert security elements that protect against tampering or counterfeiting, and digital watermarking provides the core machine-readable security feature.

Point of Inspection Validation.    The secure ID lifecycle is not complete unless that document is routinely validated at the point of use. With the introduction of security features such as IDMarc, Digimarc’s secure IDs carry machine-readable features that allow for low-cost and effective cross-jurisdictional authentication, augmenting visual inspection to determine if a presented driver license matches one of the more than 240 valid driver license designs. Digimarc conducted a pilot study on point of inspection validation with the U.S. Department of Transportation and the State of Nebraska. The project included pilots with law enforcement and the retail sale of age-controlled products, demonstrating valuable applications to enhance citizen and traffic safety.

Media and Entertainment

The Company licenses its technology and patents and otherwise fosters development of the market for digital watermarking-based solutions for commercial as well as governmental uses. As of the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, these licenses have primarily involved use of our technology and patents in the media and entertainment area. Commercial customers use secure media solutions from Digimarc and its business partners to identify, track, manage and protect content as it is distributed and consumed—either digitally or physically—and to enable new consumer applications to access networks and information from PCs and mobile devices. Many movie studios, record labels, broadcasters, creative professionals and other customers rely on digital watermarking as a cost-effective means to:

·        deter piracy and illegal use of movies, music and images;

·   protect entertainment content from copyright infringement;

·        track and monitor entertainment content for rights usage and licensing compliance;

·        monitor advertisements to verify ad placement and measure return on investment; and

·        enable fair and legitimate use of content by consumers.

Our business partners include Activated Content,  Dolby Laboratories/Cinea, GCS Research, MediaGrid, Nielsen Media Research, Royal Philips Electronics, Signum, Thomson, Verance and Verimatrix. While each partner addresses particular customer needs, as a whole they are propagating digital watermarking in music, movies, images, and television and radio as a means to improve media rights and asset management, reduce piracy losses, improve marketing programs, and provide more efficient and effective distribution of valuable media content.

8




Our business partners’ applications of digital watermarking include the following:

Forensic Tracking:    Forensic tracking allows content owners to determine when and where a unit of media content leaves its authorized distribution channel. The most common use of forensic tracking is in the entertainment industry, where music and movies are routinely distributed to executives, critics and other media outlets for promotion before they are released to the public. In recent years, copies of these ‘pre-release’ products have been leaked onto the Internet, or copied onto CDs and DVDs, and sold as “bootlegs” well ahead of their commercial release. These unauthorized activities result in loss of revenues for the artists, the studios and the music labels.

To combat pre-release piracy, music companies and movie studios embed pre-release content with digital watermarks that are unique to each authorized recipient. This allows the content creators to forensically track the source of leaks and take appropriate actions. As a result, recipients of pre-release music and movies have begun to police themselves in order to avoid liability for unauthorized use.

The use of digital watermarking solutions from our business partners for forensic tracking of pre-release movies and music has gained a strong foothold in Hollywood. For instance, digital watermarking is incorporated in millions of audio tracks from major record labels to identify and track leaks of promotional, pre-release music onto the Internet. Customers of these solutions from Digimarc and business partners such as Activated Content and Philips Electronics include SonyBMG, Universal Music Group and Warner Music, mastering studios, disk duplicators and online business-to-business music distributors. In a similar application for movies, digital watermarking has been identified by representatives of the movie studios as dramatically reducing piracy of movies in the Academy Award screener program.

Digital watermarking may also play a role in the movie industry’s transition from film reel distribution to digital file format distribution for theatrical release. In July 2005, the Digital Cinema Initiative, which is supported by Disney, Fox, MGM, Paramount, Sony Pictures Entertainment, Universal and Warner Bros. Studios, released its Digital Cinema System Specification, which details industry guidelines designed to help spur deployment of digital cinema systems for the hundreds of thousands of movie theater screens in the United States and around the world while establishing uniform levels of security, distribution, performance, reliability and quality control. The specification requires that digital cinema systems be capable of applying digital watermarks in both the video and audio streams of digital movies upon request of the studios or other content providers. The digital watermarks can be used as a forensic tool to help identify the theater, location, and production version and the date and time that a film plays in a specific theater.

Broadcast Monitoring:    Broadcast monitoring allows clients to identify where, when and how their media content is being aired. This type of information is important to many different types of users. For example, every day, thousands of advertisements run in thousands of markets across the country. With highly regionalized cable, satellite and terrestrial delivery, advertising agencies and their clients need to know that the advertisements they pay for are actually being broadcast. By using digital watermarking-based services, these companies can monitor broadcasts in major media markets around the world, verify compliance by broadcast partners, and measure the effectiveness of the campaign. As another example of how such information is used, advertisers such as Coca Cola and Pepsi, and broadcast networks such as ABC Television Network, NBC News Channel, BBC and Reuters Television, currently apply solutions from Digimarc partners that enable monitoring of broadcasts on over a thousand channels in more than 50 countries worldwide, studying the distribution of their content, verifying compliance by broadcast partners, and measuring the effectiveness of broadcasts.

Copy Prevention:    Digital watermarks allow companies to control the use of copyrighted image, audio and video content. A watermark travels with the content, persisting through the changes in file format, and through transformation between digital and analog form and back again. This allows the content owner to specify whether or how often the work can be legally copied or shared without visually or audibly impairing the work. It also allows greater and safer dissemination of copyrighted works while at the same time ensuring appropriate compensation to the owners. Digital watermarking from Verance, a Digimarc

9




business partner, has been deployed in conjunction with licensed DVD-audio implementations to prevent playback of unauthorized copies. Digital watermarking is currently under consideration as an important security layer for additional audiovisual media content and in October of 2005, DVD Copy Control Association (DVD-CCA) issued a Request for Expressions of Interest to evaluate technologies for the purpose of selecting a technology for use in marking audio-visual content to convey certain content control information (“CCI”). The selected technology will be used to enhance the Content Scramble System (“CSS”) copy protection system for audio-visual content that is used to protect DVD movies. The DVD-CCA’s earlier watermarking evaluation efforts concluded in July of 2002 without selection of a watermarking technology. According to the Request, it appears that the DVD-CCA anticipates that the optimal solution for addressing their needs is likely to be audio watermarking. More information can be found at www.dvdcca.org.

Digital Image Management:    Our own digital watermarking product portfolio includes our Digimarc ImageBridge and Digimarc MyPictureMarc products, focused on digital image management during the first half of 2005. Digimarc also announced upgrades to its image protection products targeted to creative professionals, and published a beta version of an enhanced desktop image search made possible by digital watermarking.

In addition to these solutions, we believe that further digital watermark media solutions may emerge such as the following:

Rights Management:    Because digital watermarks can be applied and detected at various points between distribution and playback, they can be valuable for rights management and re-association. Among other things, new applications could be developed to allow consumers to move their digitally watermarked content through their various playback devices (e.g. personal computers and CD players) and different DRM encryption and decryption environments while preserving the identity of the content through use of a digital watermark and enabling rights re-association as appropriate in downstream devices.

Filtering/Classification:    The popularity of peer-to-peer (“P2P”) music swapping services, such as Napster, brought the issue of content and rights management to a crisis point. Because P2P systems have difficulty determining which media files are copyrighted and which are not, it is relatively easy for content to be illegally distributed across these networks. Digital watermarks could allow P2P systems to better identify and distinguish copyrighted from non-copyrighted audio or video files and thereby facilitate legal file sharing. Digital watermarks could also enhance P2P systems by enabling them to collaborate with record labels and other audio retailers to link to and market legitimate copyrighted songs. A June 2005 U.S. Supreme Court ruling (Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios vs. Grokster)  identified digital watermarking as one of the solutions that could help curb copyright infringement and illegal distribution of music or movies shared across P2P networks. The ruling recognizes the possibility that digital watermarks could be used to identify media content and associated rights and enable downstream consumers and systems to act appropriately as they access such content.

Digital watermarking technology can also enable consumers to more easily access and effectively control digital content. Digital watermarking can be used to sort and search through audio, image and video files. For example, digital images could be embedded with digital watermarks that allow devices to classify or filter them in order to help parents better manage the media intake of their children, especially over the web.

Remote Triggering:    Another potential application of digital watermarking is use as a trigger—to make a playback device, such as a cell phone or a digital video recorder, perform an automatic action. When images, audio files or video files are distributed or received, digital watermarks can signal these playback devices to display notification that the content is copyrighted, trip a download counter, or display additional related content and choices to consumers.

E-Commerce:    Digimarc believes that digital watermarking could also be used to further enhance the consumer experience through improved electronic- and mobile-commerce applications. For example, if a

10




digitally watermarked song is played on a cell phone, a content ID could be used to look up information about the artist or find other songs that can be purchased with the click of a button. In such an application, digital watermarking has the potential to give consumers more choices, better access and faster delivery of the products and entertainment they want.

Technology and Intellectual Property

The Company uses intellectual property (“IP”) to differentiate its products and technologies, mitigate infringement risk, and develop opportunities for licensing. Licensing of our digital watermarking and related technologies is supported by a broad patent portfolio covering a wide range of methods, applications, and system architectures.

Most of our patents relate to various methods for embedding digital information in video, audio, and images, whether such content is rendered in analog or digital formats. The digital information is generally embedded by making subtle modifications to the fundamental elements of the content itself, generally at a signal processing level. The changes necessary to embed  this information are so subtle that they are generally not noticeable by people during normal use. Because the message is carried by the content itself, it is file-format independent. The message generally survives most normal compression, edits, rotation, scaling, re-sampling, file-format transformations, copying, scanning and printing.

To protect our significant efforts in creating these technologies, we have implemented an extensive intellectual property protection program that relies on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, and nondisclosure agreements and other contractual provisions. As a result, we believe we have established one of the world’s most extensive patent portfolios in the field of digital watermarking, holding rights in the areas of digital watermarking, personal identification, and related technologies, with 222 U.S. and 59 foreign issued patents and more than 500 U.S. and foreign patent applications on file as of December 31, 2005. Separately, we own registered trademarks in both the U.S. and other countries and have applied for other trademarks. We continue to develop and broaden our portfolio of patented technologies, including digital watermarking and related applications and systems, and other technologies related to secure ID systems. For ID systems-related technologies, the focus of patent development has been in the areas of imaging and printing systems, card architecture and materials, and security features. Some patents relate to future offerings or related technologies like smart cards, laser engraving and alternative card systems.

Although we devote significant resources to developing and protecting our technologies, and periodically evaluate potential competitors of our technologies for infringement of our intellectual property rights, these infringements may nonetheless go undetected or may arise in the future. We expect that infringement claims may increase as companies become more concerned with protecting their content from electronic copying.

Markets

The Company believes that the global market for secure identity management solutions is in the early adoption stage characterized by a fragmented supply chain with no dominant brands, emerging standards, and increasing concerns about national and economic security, entitlement programs, and requirements for controlling access to information and physical assets.

Digimarc believes that U.S. driver license revenues will continue to grow due to broadening use of the driver license as a secure credential beyond its traditional role as evidence of competence to drive a motor vehicle, technological innovation, desire among issuers to improve security and efficiency, and new governmental regulations such as the REAL ID Act. We anticipate that these regulations will result in more opportunities for States to expand their existing driver license systems using Federal dollars. For example, Congress has appropriated $40 million for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2006 for grants to States to assist them in making necessary upgrades, and the U.S. Department of Transportation has provided funding for pilot programs to demonstrate the utility of embedded data in a number of transportation safety scenarios.

11




The Company is diligently pursuing these funding opportunities, working with customers who are writing grant proposals to upgrade and expand their operations. For example, the REAL ID Act mandates certain changes in workflow and business rules. Several states are taking advantage of these changes to drive an upgrade of legacy mainframe applications, and are embarking on business process reengineering and mainframe migration or data center consolidation projects. These data center moves, combined with the availability of Federal dollars are drawing new competitors to the U.S. DL market.

The industry model for the U.S. DL market is characterized by long-term contracts awarded through competitive bids to prime contractors who take full responsibility for delivery and maintenance of driver license issuance systems. The retention rate for driver license customers is high. The influx of grant money from the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Transportation for projects relating to compliance with the REAL ID Act, commercial driver license systems, and protection of the Homeland may cause some changes in the procurement model, but we cannot predict the likelihood or outcome of those changes at this time.

We believe that many aspects of our driver license issuance solutions may have value in other forms of credentials and secure personal identification systems.  As the global market for secure personal identification solutions develops, the Company believes that its position as the largest supplier of government issued citizen identification documents in the United States and Mexico and its extensive investments in research and development provide a good foundation for participation in the global market for government programs in establishing the identities of citizens and issuing associated credentials.

The Company’s technology and IP have already established broad relevance, as they are used in various products and solutions affecting a variety of media objects, from movies and music, to banknotes and secure credentials. Our vision contemplates that the aggregation of these print and digital content markets creates an enormous overall opportunity for the Company to address. Each media object enabled by the Company’s technology creates the potential for several applications, such as tracking and monitoring, authentication, anti-counterfeiting, or linking to networks and enhanced services. The Company believes the market for digital watermarking applications is in the early stages of development and that existing solutions represent only a nominal portion of the potential market for Digimarc’s products, services, and technologies. The Company cannot provide reliable estimates of the size of these markets as of the date of this report.

Competition

Digimarc competes for government business with system integrators, biometrics suppliers, security printers, card manufacturers, and smart card and other security technology suppliers, including companies like Viisage (biometrics), Unisys (system integration) and De La Rue (security printer).  Each of these companies is a supplier to U.S. driver license issuers.  As U.S. driver licenses gain utility as general credentials and the federal government is demanding higher security and a certain amount of standardization, the Company expects increasing competition.  For instance, certain aspects of the REAL ID Act may expedite an existing trend toward cental issuance of driver licenses and Smart Card (“SC”) technologies.  While the Company is proficient at central issuance, the possible acceleration of this trend could draw new competition from classic security printers such as Canadian Banknote (CBN) and Giesieke & Devrient (G&D).

The possibility of including SC technologies in driver licenses is generating a great deal of public debate.  The SC industry is generally driven by European chip manufacturers such as Infineon and Axalto seeking to monetize investments to create contact and contactless microprocessor packages and embedded operating systems, as well as chips for memory cards.  While successful in bank cards, mobile phone SIMs and phone cards, Smart Cards have only recently begun to gain distribution as government-issued credentials.  The U.S. government is a strong advocate.  Federal identity standards are embracing Smart Cards for the military, transportation workers, and government employees and contractors, and new “ePassports” will carry a portrait in an on-book chip.  Despite considerable investment by the federal

12




government, we believe no States have attempted or even piloted SC DLs.  We understand that in recent years, at least two States have expressly considered and rejected SC DLs.  Emerging border control and Federal traveler programs are considering SC concepts, but have not gained traction and face privacy issues.  The Company anticipates that it will be prepared to support requirements from customers for SC technology if, and when, such requirements arise. 

The Company is seeing increased interest in the U.S. market from large systems integrators such as EDS, IBM Global Services, and Bearing Point.  Smaller application providers are also emerging as point-product competition, including Covansys and Archon.

Internationally, Digimarc supplies credentialing systems, components or supplies to numerous foreign governments, including two Canadian provinces, Latvia, Mexico, Colombia and Russia.  Competition in international markets, like in the U.S., comes from security printers, card producers, biometric companies and systems integrators, such as Sagem, De La Rue, Gemplus, Siemens Nixdorf, Unisys, and EDS.

In all markets, Digimarc’s product and account strategy is intended to protect its existing customer base, continue to expand into accounts it does not presently service, and grow its business and workflow with existing customers.  The key to success is building a strong customer relationship, based on delivery of superior solutions, excellent service and profound understanding of customer needs.

In media and entertainment, Digimarc and its business partners generally compete with application-specific alternative technologies for the security budget of the producers and distributors of the media objects. Such alternatives include technologies and solutions based on encryption or on pattern recognition. Going forward, the Company’s competitive position within certain markets may be affected by factors such as inertia of the status quo and, positively or negatively, by changes in government regulations.

Employees

As of December 31, 2005 we had 449 full-time employees, including 67 in sales, marketing, technical support and customer support; 132 in research, development and engineering; 81 in finance, administration, information technology and legal; and 169 in field operations, manufacturing and supply chain. We also had approximately 95 contract workers at December 31, 2005. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified technical and management personnel, for whom competition is intense. Our employees are not covered by any collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Available Information

We make available through our website at www.digimarc.com our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these and other reports filed or furnished by us pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such materials with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 1A:        RISK FACTORS

Certain risk factors that may affect our business, financial condition, results of operation and cash flows, or that may cause our actual results to vary from the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are set forth in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, under the caption “Factors Affecting Forward Looking Statements,” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 1B:       UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

13




ITEM 2:     PROPERTIES

Our principal administrative, sales, marketing, support, research, development and engineering facility is located in Beaverton, Oregon. Our ID systems business is headquartered in Burlington, Massachusetts, with additional space in Fort Wayne, Indiana. Information about our office leases is set forth below.

 

 

Square Feet

 

Expires

 

Beaverton, Oregon

 

 

46,000

 

 

August 2011

 

Burlington, Massachusetts

 

 

60,000

 

 

October 2010

 

Ft. Wayne, Indiana

 

 

48,000

 

 

January 2007

 

 

We also lease sales and support offices in multiple locations throughout the United States and internationally.

ITEM 3:                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Beginning in September 2004, three purported class action lawsuits were commenced against us and certain of our current and former directors and officers by or on behalf of persons claiming to have purchased or otherwise acquired our securities during the period from April 17, 2002 to July 28, 2004. These lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the District of Oregon and were consolidated into one action for all purposes on December 16, 2004. On May 16, 2005, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. The complaint asserted claims under the federal securities laws, specifically Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, relating to our announcement that we had discovered errors in our accounting for software development costs and project capitalization and other project cost capitalization accounting practices, and that we likely would be required to restate our previously reported financial statements for full fiscal year 2003 and the first two quarters of 2004. Specifically, the complaint alleged that we issued false and misleading financial statements and created a misperception regarding the profitability of the company in order to inflate the value of Digimarc stock, which permitted insider sales of personal holdings at inflated values, and that we maintained insufficient accounting controls, which created an environment where improper accounting could be used to manipulate financial results. The complaint sought unspecified damages.  On November 30, 2005, the Court granted our motion to dismiss the amended complaint on the grounds that plaintiffs had failed to allege facts sufficient to support their allegation that the defendants knowingly or recklessly acted in violation of the securities laws. Plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint on January 17, 2006. On February 14, 2006, we filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint on the grounds that plaintiffs still fail to allege facts sufficient to support their allegation that the defendants knowingly or recklessly acted in violation of the securities laws. This motion is pending. Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation and because the lawsuits are still at a preliminary stage, the ultimate outcome of the matter cannot be predicted.

On or about October 19, 2004, two purported shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed against certain of the Company’s officers and directors, naming the Company as a nominal defendant, in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of San Luis Obispo. These lawsuits were consolidated into one action for all purposes on March 14, 2005. On July 19, 2005, the court granted the Company’s motion to stay these consolidated actions in favor of a shareholder derivative action to be filed by plaintiffs in the Circuit Court of the State of Oregon for the County of Washington. On August 25, 2005, the California plaintiffs filed two new derivative lawsuits in the United States District Court for the District of Oregon. On October 17, 2005, defendants filed a motion to dismiss these complaints for lack of subject matter jurisdiction and failure to state a claim. This motion currently is pending. Separately, on November 8, 2004, a letter was mailed to the chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors by a law firm purporting to represent a shareholder of the Company, demanding that the board commence a civil action against each of the directors and officers on behalf of the Company to recover for damages alleged to have

14




been incurred as a result of alleged breaches of fiduciary duties. On or about April 6, 2005, this shareholder filed a purported shareholder derivative suit against certain of the Company’s officers and directors, naming the Company as a nominal defendant, in the Circuit Court of the State of Oregon for the County of Washington. On August 25, 2005, the individual defendants filed a motion to stay this state court derivative lawsuit, and on September 26, 2005, the court entered a stipulated order granting the motion and staying the case pending the outcome of an investigation by a committee appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors of the claims asserted in the demand letter and in the derivative lawsuits. That stay expired on February 28, 2006, and defendants have until March 31, 2006 to respond to the complaints in this lawsuit. These suits claim that certain of these officers and directors breached their fiduciary duties to the Company’s shareholders and to the Company. The complaints are derivative in nature and do not seek relief from the Company. The Company’s Board of Directors has appointed a committee to investigate the claims asserted in the demand letter and in the derivative lawsuits.

Beginning in May 2001, a number of substantially identical class action complaints alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York naming approximately 300 companies, including Digimarc, certain of its officers and directors, and certain underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering as defendants. The complaints have since been consolidated into a single action, and a consolidated amended complaint was filed in April 2002. The amended complaint alleges, among other things, that the underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering violated securities laws by failing to disclose certain alleged compensation arrangements (such as undisclosed commissions or stock stabilization practices) in the Company’s initial public offering registration statement and by engaging in manipulative practices to artificially inflate the price of the Company’s stock in the after-market subsequent to the Company’s initial public offering. The Company and certain of its officers and directors are named in the amended complaint pursuant to Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, and Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on the basis of an alleged failure to disclose the underwriters’ alleged compensation arrangements and manipulative practices. The complaint seeks unspecified damages. The individual officer and director defendants entered into tolling agreements and, pursuant to a court order dated October 9, 2002, were dismissed from the litigation without prejudice. Furthermore, in July 2002, the Company and the other defendants in the consolidated cases filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint for failure to state a claim. The motion to dismiss claims under Section 11 was denied as to virtually all the defendants in the consolidated actions, including the Company. The claims against the Company under Section 10(b), however, were dismissed. In June 2003, a committee of the Company’s board of directors conditionally approved a proposed partial settlement with the plaintiffs in this matter. In June 2004, an agreement of settlement was submitted to the court for preliminary approval. The settlement would provide, among other things, a release of the Company and of the individual defendants for the conduct alleged in the amended complaint to be wrongful. The Company would agree to undertake other responsibilities under the partial settlement, including agreeing to assign away, not assert, or release certain potential claims the Company may have against its underwriters. Any direct financial impact of the proposed settlement (other than defense costs incurred and expensed prior to May 31, 2003) is expected to be borne by the Company’s insurers. The court granted the preliminary approval motion on February 15, 2005, subject to certain modifications. On August 31, 2005, the court issued a preliminary order further approving the modifications to the settlement and certifying the settlement classes. The court also appointed the Notice Administrator for the settlement and ordered that notice of the settlement be distributed to all settlement class members beginning on November 15, 2005 and completed by January 15, 2006. The settlement fairness hearing has been set for April 26, 2006. Following the hearing, if the court determines that the settlement is fair to the class members, the settlement will be approved. There can be no assurance that this proposed settlement will be approved and implemented in its current form, or at all. Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation and because the settlement approval process is at a preliminary stage, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of the matter.

15




The Company is subject from time to time to other legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the ultimate outcome of these other matters cannot be determined, management believes that the final disposition of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity of the Company.

ITEM 4:                SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None.

16




PART II

ITEM 5:                MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURTIES

Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “DMRC.” The closing price of our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market was $7.76 as of January 31, 2006. The following table lists the high and low sales prices of our common stock for the periods indicated, as reported by The Nasdaq National Market.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

First quarter

 

$

9.43

 

$

5.82

 

$

15.45

 

$

11.02

 

Second quarter

 

$

6.23

 

$

4.48

 

$

13.91

 

$

9.90

 

Third quarter

 

$

7.02

 

$

5.24

 

$

13.81

 

$

7.45

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

6.88

 

$

5.90

 

$

10.01

 

$

8.42

 

 

At February 28, 2006, there were 123 stockholders of record of our common stock, as shown in the records of our transfer agent.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the future growth of our business.

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s purchases of its equity securities during the quarter ended December 31, 2005, all of which were shares subject to restricted stock awards that we purchased from five of our executive officers to cover applicable tax withholding obligations when these awards vested.

Period

 

 

 

(a)
Total number
of shares (or units)
purchased

 

(b)
Average price paid
per share (or unit)

 

(c)
Total number of
shares (or units)
purchased as part of
publicly announced
plans or programs

 

(d)
Maximum number (or
approximate dollar value)
of shares (or units) that
may yet be purchased
under the plans or
programs

 

Month 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 1, 2005 to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 31. 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Month 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 1, 2005 to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 30, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Month 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 1, 2005 to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

19,484

 

 

 

$

5.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total.

 

 

19,484

 

 

 

$

5.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 6:                SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which are included elsewhere in this report. The consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet data as of and for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2005, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements.

17




 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

101,053

 

$

92,947

 

$

85,591

 

$

86,617

 

$

14,878

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(23,097

)

$

(9,022

)

$

175

 

$

(8,689

)

$

(19,158

)

Net income (loss) per share—basic

 

$

(1.13

)

$

(0.44

)

$

0.01

 

$

(0.50

)

$

(1.15

)

Net income (loss) per share—diluted

 

$

(1.13

)

$

(0.44

)

$

0.01

 

$

(0.50

)

$

(1.15

)

Weighted average shares—basic

 

20,485

 

20,326

 

18,572

 

17,361

 

16,704

 

Weighted average shares—diluted

 

20,485

 

20,326

 

19,351

 

17,361

 

16,704

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

140,239

 

163,287

 

161,153

 

132,467

 

129,367

 

Long-term obligations, net of current portion

 

969

 

1,112

 

1,286

 

7

 

33

 

 

In December 2001, we acquired the assets and assumed certain liabilities of LGP. LGP provided secure personal identification card systems to the majority of state departments of motor vehicles in the United States, as well as to various non-U.S. government agencies. Following the acquisition of LGP, the personal identification systems business has become our dominant source of revenue.

ITEM 7:                MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements relating to future events or the future financial performance of Digimarc, which involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. Please see the discussion regarding forward-looking statements included in this Item 7, under the caption “Safe Harbor Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.”

Although Digimarc believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, it cannot give any assurances that these expectations will prove to be correct. Such statements by their nature involve substantial risks and uncertainties that could significantly affect expected results. Actual future results could differ materially from those described in such forward-looking statements, and Digimarc does not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Readers are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us which attempt to advise interested parties of the factors which affect our business, including without limitation the disclosures made under the caption “Factors Affecting Forward Looking Statements” in this Item 7, the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and other reports and filings made with the SEC.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Overview

The Company has made significant progress in developing the market for digital watermarking in its first decade. Digimarc and its business partners have enabled digital watermarking to be deployed in billions of media objects (including banknotes, government-issued credentials, music, movies, photographs and other digital images, and television and radio broadcasts) and hundreds of millions of digital devices around the world.

We anticipate future opportunities to license our digital watermarking patents for use in various applications and we view these potential opportunities as an important element of our long-term shareholder value proposition. At present, the greatest interest in digital watermarking is in the

18




entertainment field. The Company and its business partners plan to continue efforts to propagate digital watermarking in music, movies, television and radio broadcasts, images and printed materials.  The majority of the major music labels are using digital watermarking solutions for forensic tracking of pre-release music. They are obtaining the tracking solutions directly from Digimarc and from our licensees. Motion picture studios have begun following suit, using forensic tracking based on digital watermarking as part of increased piracy deterrence measures in the Academy Award screener program. In the television business, three companies have licensed our patents either directly or through sublicenses and deployed monitoring systems to track radio and television programs and advertisements in major media markets around the world. In the fourth quarter of 2005, we announced new license agreements with Thomson and with Dolby and its Cinea subsidiary—two of the leading providers of digital watermarking solutions designed to improve the management, distribution and protection of digital media content, including digital cinema.

Certain other market developments are encouraging for our strategy as well. The influx of imaging in mobile devices—mainly cell phones and PDAs—is inspiring a renewed interest in digital watermarking as the means of linking printed materials to Internet services, an initiative that we launched in 2000. We believe that a highly supportive change in market dynamics is underway. A number of companies, ranging from start-ups to industry leaders Nokia and NTT have announced initiatives aimed at using various signaling means, including bar codes, RFID, and digital watermarking to simplify the user interface for mobile device access to Internet services. 

Since inception, we have invested a significant portion of our resources and capital in attracting top senior management, in developing our products and technology, and in building our sales and marketing organizations. We incurred significant losses from inception through the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 and during 2004 and 2005. As of December 31, 2005, we had an accumulated deficit of $88.0 million. We expect to continue to invest significant financial and management resources in the acquisition and development of new government customers and in the development of new market opportunities for digital watermarking.

Products and Services

The scope of proprietary technologies supporting the Company’s products, services and licensing is getting broader, expanding beyond digital watermarking; and deeper, as the number of Digimarc’s patents continues to grow. Digital watermarking remains at the heart of the business, as a strategic component of nearly all of the Company’s product offerings. It has already proven to be a powerful differentiator in banknote security, giving rise to a long-term relationship with an international consortium of leading Central Banks. We are working to develop a similar success in secure identity management systems. As of the end of 2005, the technology is under contract to be deployed by 15 State DL Issuers, representing more than 40% of the annual U.S. driver license issuance volume, and one foreign issuer. The United States Department of Transportation provided a grant to Digimarc to pilot improvements in traffic safety through the authentication of driver licenses using digital watermarking-based security features. Working with the State of Nebraska, the project included pilots with law enforcement and the retail sale of age-controlled products, demonstrating valuable applications to enhance citizen and traffic safety.

With respect to secure ID systems, we have obtained extensions and upgrades from a number of government customers in 2005, including a long-term contract with substantial upgrades in Texas, contract term extensions in California and Kansas, and a new IDVS contracts in Massachusetts. In foreign markets, we entered into an agreement, funded by the Organization for American States (OAS), to produce more than 3 million voter ID cards for use in the recent Haitian election. This was the first ever photo identification card for Haitian citizens. We produced these cards in our secure factories in Mexico. In addition, we won contract awards for the issuance of voter ID cards in Yemen and Liberia, and continued to produce voter ID cards for Mexico and to provide card consumables, maintenance and operations support for ongoing projects in the United Kingdom (the “UK”), Latvia, Russia, Botswana, Lesotho, Philippines and New Zealand. In February 2006, the UK Driver Vehicle Licensing Agency (“DVLA”)

19




awarded Digimarc a contract extension to June 2007, with an estimated value of $4.3 million, to provide card consumables, maintenance and operations support for production of the UK driver license. The DVLA has entered into a contract with a consortium led by IBM to implement a new driver license system. Implementation of the replacement system is running behind schedule, but is expected to begin producing licenses sometime in the second half of 2007. The Company continues to market its products and services for possible use in the new system. However, there can be no assurance that Digimarc will have a continuing role in the production of UK driver licenses after the replacement system is implemented.

We are seeing an increasing recognition of the broad security value of the driver license in the U.S. and are encouraged by developments such as the REAL ID Act and Congress’ recent appropriation of $40 million in Federal funding in the fiscal year ending September 30, 2006 for grants to States to assist them in making necessary upgrades to their driver license systems. The availability of funding from the Department of Homeland Security for pilot programs is dependent on the States’ ability to present a plan consistent with achieving REAL ID compliance in 2008. We believe that our newest products—IDVS and IDMarc—will enable us to compete effectively for upgrades and add-on business that may result from the heightened importance of security features in U.S. DLs. We also anticipate opportunities to win new business in several foreign markets.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to bad debts, inventories, intangible assets, income taxes, restructuring, long-term service contracts, warranties, investments, and contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Certain of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. These include revenue recognition on long-term service contracts, impairments and estimation of useful lives of long-lived assets, inventory valuation, reserves for uncollectible accounts receivable, and contingencies and litigation. We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

Revenue recognition on long-term service contracts:    We recognize revenue on long-term identification and driver license production contracts using primarily a price-per-card method. We use actual monthly volume amounts, if available, or we estimate the card production volume on a monthly basis for certain of these contracts in order to recognize revenue earned during the period. In the case of estimates, when the actual production information becomes available, which is typically within four weeks, we bill the customer accordingly and any differences from the estimates are recognized in the month the billing occurs. These amounts represent our best estimates of cards produced and are based on historical trends, known events during the period, and discussions with contract representatives. Prior to publicly reporting results, our practice is to compare the actual production volumes to estimated production volumes and adjust revenue amounts as necessary. Revisions to our estimates have been less than 0.5% of total revenue in every period reported in 2005, 2004 and 2003. Any estimated amounts are included in unbilled receivables on the balance sheet until the actual production information is available and the billing occurs. Any estimation process involves inherent risk. We reduce the inherent risk relating to production estimation through our approval and monitoring processes related to accounting estimates. We also evaluate contracts for multiple elements and account for these items under the appropriate accounting literature.

Revenue from professional services arrangements is generally determined based on time and material or a cost plus a profit margin measure. Revenue for professional services is recognized as the services

20




are performed. Losses on contracts, if any, are provided for in the period in which the loss becomes determinable. Billing for services rendered generally occurs within one month following when the services are provided. Revenue earned which has not been invoiced is classified as unbilled trade receivables in the consolidated balance sheets.

Impairments and estimation of useful lives of long-lived assets:    We periodically assess long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable, in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. This statement requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows or appraised values, depending on the nature of the asset. If our estimates of projected future cash flows were too high by 10%, we believe there would be no material impact on the reported value of intangible assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Also, we periodically review the useful lives of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the useful life may have changed. If the estimated useful lives of such assets do change, we adjust the depreciation or amortization period to a shorter or longer period, based on the circumstances identified.

Inventory valuation:    Inventory consists primarily of consumable supplies that are used in the production of driver licenses and products held for resale to customers. We value inventory at the lower of cost or market value (which lower amount is the net realizable value). We reduce the value of our inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

Reserves for uncollectible accounts receivable:    We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We determine the allowance based on historical write-off experience and current information. We review, and adjust when appropriate, our allowance for doubtful accounts on at least a quarterly basis. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. If our estimate of uncollectible accounts were too low by 10%, we believe there would be no material impact on the reported value of accounts receivable on our consolidated balance sheets.

Contingencies and Litigation :    We periodically evaluate all pending or threatened contingencies or commitments, if any, that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial position. We assess the probability of an adverse outcome and determine if it is remote, reasonably possible or probable as defined in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies . If information available prior to the issuance of our financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of our financial statements, and the amount of the loss, or the range of probable loss can be reasonably estimated, then such loss is accrued and charged to operations. If no accrual is made for a loss contingency because one or both of the conditions pursuant to SFAS No. 5 are not met, but the probability of an adverse outcome is at least reasonably possible, we will disclose the nature of the contingency and provide an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss, or state that such an estimate cannot be made.

21




Stock-based compensation:    The Company has various stock-based compensation plans, including stock incentive plans and an employee stock purchase plan.  In 2005, the Company continued to apply the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations including Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25 , as allowed by FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . FASB Statement No. 123 and FASB Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123 , established accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair-value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. Generally, under APB Opinion No. 25, stock-based compensation expense is recognized only for stock awards granted with an exercise price below fair market value on the date of grant.

On December 15, 2005, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the acceleration of vesting of the Company's outstanding stock options with option exercise prices equal to or greater than $9.00. The acceleration applies to all options outstanding as of December 31, 2005 under the Company's Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan and 2000 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan, except for options held by members of the Company's Board of Directors. Options to purchase 422,248 shares of the Company's common stock, or 6% of the Company's total outstanding options, with a weighted average exercise price of $11.51 and varying remaining vesting schedules, are subject to this acceleration and become immediately vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2005. Of these 422,248 options, 120,972 options are held by the Company's executive officers.  As a result of this acceleration, the Company reduced its exposure to the effects of the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R), which requires the Company to recognize stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options based on the fair value method for periods beginning after December 31, 2005.  The incremental pro forma expense as a result of the acceleration was $1,362.  This amount represents our best estimate of the reduced exposure under SFAS 123R with respect to this acceleration.

On December 21, 2004, the Audit, Compensation and Corporate Governance Committees of the Board of Directors of the Company approved the acceleration of vesting of the Company’s outstanding stock options with option exercise prices greater than $15.00. The acceleration applied to all options outstanding under the Company’s Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan and 2000 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan that would not have otherwise vested in full by June 30, 2005 in accordance with their terms. The effective date of the vesting acceleration is December 31, 2004. The $15.00 exercise price was selected because it was higher than (i) the price at which the Company’s stock had traded during the period prior to the announcement of the restatement of prior financial results, (ii) the average trading price of the Company’s common stock for the last two years, and (iii) the purchase price per share of the Company’s common stock in the Company’s private placement in August 2003. Options to purchase 310,057 shares of the Company’s common stock, or 5% of the total number of options of the Company outstanding as of December 31, 2004 with remaining vesting schedules, were accelerated. Accelerating the vesting of the Company’s options prior to the time at which these new accounting changes become effective accelerates the recognition of any remaining expense calculated under Statement 123 associated with these options. No additional compensation expense was recorded in the statement of operations as the options that were accelerated had an exercise price greater than the fair market value of the shares underlying the options on the date of the modification. The incremental pro forma expense as a result of the acceleration was $1,138.  This amount represents our best estimate of the reduced exposure under SFAS 123R with respect to this acceleration.  Of these 310,057 options, approximately 50,000 options are held by the Company’s executive officers.  Other than the Company’s chairman and chief executive officer, no director of the Company holds any options subject to the acceleration.

22




Results of Operations

The following table presents our consolidated statement of operations data for the periods indicated as a percentage of total revenue.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

 

84

%

 

 

80

%

 

 

84

%

 

Product and subscription

 

 

16

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

16

 

 

Total revenue

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

 

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

 

61

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

48

 

 

Product and subscription

 

 

7

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

9

 

 

Total cost of revenue

 

 

68

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

57

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

32

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

43

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

16

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

15

 

 

Research, development and engineering

 

 

13

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

21

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

13

 

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

Intellectual property

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

56

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

43

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income, net

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

1

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

(23

) %

 

 

(10

)%

 

 

%

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004

Revenue

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

Percent

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

(Decrease)

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

$

84,691

 

$

73,919

 

 

15

%

 

Product and subscription

 

16,362

 

19,028

 

 

(14

%)

 

Total

 

$

101,053

 

$

92,947

 

 

9

%

 

Revenue (as % of total revenue):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

84%

 

80%

 

 

 

 

 

Product and subscription

 

16%

 

20%

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

23




Total revenue increased $8.1 million from 2004 to 2005. The increase resulted primarily from additional government programs added in late 2004 and early 2005, such as Florida, Alabama, Mexico, Latvia and Ohio that were either at or near full production by the end of 2005.

Service.    Service revenue consists primarily of card revenues from government-issued credentials that are produced with our issuance systems and billed and recognized on a price-per-card basis, software development services, and hardware and software maintenance. The majority of service revenue arrangements are typically structured as price-per-card product agreements, time and materials consulting agreements, or fixed price consulting agreements.

The $10.8 million increase in Service revenue was primarily due to issuance revenue from new programs for Mexico and Latvia, which started generating revenue in the second quarter of 2004; Florida, which started in the third quarter of 2004; Ohio, which started in the first quarter of 2005; and Alabama, which started in the second quarter of 2005, offset partially by contracts that ended and contracts that converted to consumable sales.

Product and subscription.    Product and subscription revenue consists primarily of revenue from the sale of equipment and consumables related to government-issued credential issuance systems, patent and software licensing, and subscriptions related to various software products.

The $2.7 million decrease in product and subscription revenue was primarily related to the timing of large non-recurring sales to domestic and foreign customers that occurred in 2004, partially offset by smaller non-recurring sales to domestic and foreign customers that occurred in 2005.

Based on projected government-issued credential production volumes and other commitments we have for the periods under contract with our respective customers, we anticipate our current contracts as of December 31, 2005 will generate approximately $230 million in revenue during the next seven years. We expect approximately $70 million of this amount to be recognized as revenue during 2006. This amount includes production volumes reasonably expected to be achieved under currently effective contracts, government orders that are firm but not yet funded, and government contracts awarded but not yet signed. Backlog as of December 31, 2004 was $260 million.

Factors that lead to increased backlog include:

·        competitive bid wins;

·        renewals with current customers;

·        add-on sales to current customers; and

·        contracts with longer contractual periods replacing contracts with shorter contractual periods.

Factors that lead to decreased backlog are:

·        recognition of revenue associated with backlog currently in place;

·        periods following low bid activity;

·        contracts with shorter contractual periods replacing contracts with longer contractual periods;

·        customers extending or renewing contracts on a year to year basis; and

·        the revenue model utilized for a particular customer (e.g., a “price-per-card” model with a large associated backlog vs. a “hardware and consumables” model with a small associated backlog).

The mix of these factors, among others, dictates whether our backlog increases or decreases for any given period. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2005 we received notice of a competitive bid win and an extension, which added approximately $40 million to our backlog. Over the next year or so, we anticipate

24




several States may request bids on their driver license issuance system programs. If this results in unusually high bid activity and we are successful with our bids, backlog could grow significantly, particularly if we acquire new accounts through competitive wins. On the other hand, two of our recent domestic driver license issuance system contracts did not follow the prevailing industry price-per-card model, but were structured instead as hardware and consumable sales. Although such sales are positive growth indicators for our business, they can lead to lower reported backlog. Likewise, when our customers choose not to open a contract renewal for competitive bid because of high satisfaction and instead renew our contract on a sole source basis (typically, one to three years), our backlog may decline because the renewal terms may be shorter than typical initial terms (typically, five years) following competitive bids.

There can be no assurance that our backlog will result in actual revenue in any particular period, because the orders, awards and contracts included in our backlog may be subject to modification, cancellation or suspension. We may not realize revenue on certain contracts, orders or awards included in our backlog or the timing of such recognition may change.

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

Percent

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

(Decrease)

 

Revenue by geography:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

$

80,119

 

$

72,173

 

 

11

%

 

International

 

20,934

 

20,774

 

 

1

%

 

Total

 

$

101,053

 

$

92,947

 

 

9

%

 

Revenue (as % of total revenue):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

79%

 

78%

 

 

 

 

 

International

 

21%

 

22%

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

In non-U.S. markets, where we provide driver license, national identification, and voter identification systems, services, and components in partnership with local card producers, security printers, system integrators, and others, we may be responsible for delivering hardware, software, or consumables to the prime contractor; whereas, in the United States where we generally service as prime contractor, we are responsible for integrating the components of the system to the customer’s specifications. International revenue in 2005 was essentially the same as in 2004 because incremental issuance revenue from Mexico and Latvia largely offset a one time sales of products that occurred in 2004. International sales for us have typically taken the form of an outright sale of equipment and/or consumables to non-U.S. government agencies or their prime contractors. These sales often can be large, carry relatively low margins and may cause noticeable spikes in quarterly revenue and variations in gross profit trends. We enter into such contracts from time to time to maintain market presence and customer and partner relationships, as such programs often transition to more profitable digital technologies over time. Due to the nature of such international programs and customers, the timing of these sales is somewhat less predictable than are service revenues provided by domestic customers and, consequently, international sales can occur unevenly during the course of a year. We believe that international growth opportunities exist for us and we expect to continue to invest in personnel and resources to support our potential revenue growth outside of the U.S.

We had no customer that accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in 2005, 2004 or 2003.

25




Cost of Revenue

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

Percent

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

(Decrease)

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

$

61,465

 

$

47,591

 

 

29

%

 

Product and subscription

 

6,707

 

11,784

 

 

(43

%)

 

Total

 

$

68,172

 

$

59,375

 

 

15

%

 

Cost of revenue (as % of related revenue components):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

73%

 

64%

 

 

 

 

 

Product and subscription

 

41%

 

62%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The cost of service revenue primarily includes costs of consumables used in delivering a service, compensation for software developers, quality assurance personnel, product managers, field operations personnel, business development personnel and outside contractors, depreciation charges for machinery, equipment and capitalized software, deployment costs used specifically for service delivery, provisions for obsolete and excess inventories, travel costs directly attributable to service and development contracts, and charges for infrastructure and centralized costs. The $13.9 million increase was primarily the result of higher consumables and general support costs related to the higher revenue identified above, higher depreciation on revenue-generating assets, increased costs to deliver support and maintenance for new and existing programs, and increased freight costs related to higher shipping activity, partially offset by lower charges for inventory reserves.

The cost of product and subscription revenue primarily includes compensation for operations personnel, costs of consumables sold to third parties, costs of machinery sold to third parties, and Internet service provider connectivity charges and image search data fees to support the services offered to our subscription customers. The $5.1 million decrease was a combination of lower revenues and lower costs on the 2005 revenue mix.

Gross Profit

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

Percent

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

(Decrease)

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

$

23,226

 

$

26,328

 

 

(12

%)

 

Product and subscription

 

9,655

 

7,244

 

 

33

%

 

Total

 

$

32,881

 

$

33,572

 

 

(2

%)

 

Gross profit (as % of related revenue components):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

27%

 

36%

 

 

 

 

 

Product and subscription

 

59%

 

38%

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

32%

 

36%

 

 

 

 

 

 

26




The $0.7 million decrease in gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the prior year was largely for the reasons stated above under the “Cost of Revenue” section.

The costs included in our cost of revenue are comprised of three categories as described below:

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

Percent

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

(Decrease)

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable

 

$

28,083

 

$

29,253

 

 

(4

)%

 

Fixed field support and manufacturing

 

25,997

 

21,511

 

 

21

%

 

Program depreciation

 

14,092

 

8,611

 

 

64

%

 

Total

 

$

68,172

 

$

59,375

 

 

15

%

 

Cost of revenue (as % of total revenue):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable

 

28%

 

32%

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed field support and manufacturing

 

26%

 

23%

 

 

 

 

 

Program depreciation

 

14%

 

9%

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

68%

 

64%

 

 

 

 

 

 

As  a percentage of revenue, we have experienced a slight reduction in our variable costs to deliver incremental revenue.  Such costs include the price of materials and labor to produce an identification card, direct costs of hardware and software delivered and other costs having a variable component to our costs. The improvement relates to continued pricing improvement with vendors and improved yields during the manufacturing process.

Fixed field support and manufacturing is a category that includes field operations, field support, manufacturing, and supply chain costs.  These costs are considered fixed with respect to supporting current contracts.  As new contracts are entered into and delivered, the overall level of fixed costs increases.  The increase in fixed costs are primarily due to newer contracts requiring additional headcount as well as travel costs to support them.

Program depreciation showed the largest increase of the three components of cost of revenue. This element of cost consists of amortization and depreciation of costs incurred during the delivery process, where such costs are capitalized and then amortized or depreciated over the life of the useful lives of the assets to which the costs relate. The current higher fixed costs as a percentage of revenue are a result of a several factors. The primary factor relates to some new programs involving competitive wins, where we have provided a complete system replacement using advanced technologies. These programs have recently been completed and transitioned from deployment to revenue production, and thus are now affecting margins. These installations were particularly challenging for us, representing a stretch in terms of scope from our historical system deliveries. We were successful in delivering these programs, but at higher costs than have been customary. In one other case, we bid a program aggressively as part of a broader market development strategy that we believe will yield good long-term performance. The fixed costs for these systems, which include amortization and depreciation of costs capitalized during the delivery process as well as field service and operational costs to manage and maintain them, are higher than average and, thus, reduce reported margins. We anticipate that we will be able to improve margins in these accounts over time and earn a good return on investment over the life of the account relationship.

We have observed seasonality in the production of driver license issuances and corresponding revenue in the United States, with larger volumes in the second and third quarter of 2005, and generally lower volumes in the first and fourth quarters. The fourth quarter is usually the seasonally lowest quarter each year. We use the straight line method of depreciation and amortization for program-related assets. The combination of seasonality and straight line depreciation and amortization can cause significant variations

27




in quarterly gross margin trends, generally increasing margins as a percentage of revenue in the second and third quarters of 2005 and decreasing margins as a percentage of revenue in the first and fourth quarters of 2005, while having a neutral effect on a yearly basis.

We are engaged in ongoing study of the predictability of seasonal trends and the productivity of program assets and and are evaluating potential changes in our depreciation and amortization methods and estimates to more closely match costs to the useful lives of program assets and seasonality in our business.

Operating Expenses

Sales and marketing

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

Percent

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

(Decrease)

 

Sales and marketing

 

$

15,777

 

$

12,908

 

 

22

%

 

Sales and marketing (as % of total revenue)

 

16%

 

14%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of compensation, benefits and related costs of sales and marketing employees, product managers and sales engineers, as well as recruiting, travel, market research, costs associated with marketing programs, such as trade shows, public relations and new product launches, and charges for infrastructure and centralized costs.   

The increase in sales and marketing expenses of $2.9 million resulted primarily from the following:

·        employee compensation-related expenses for salaries, benefits, recruiting costs, and incentive plans increased $2.2 million due to personnel mix for higher level focus on marketing and governmental activities, and higher benefit program costs;

·        an increase in bids and proposals work of $0.9 million;

·        an increase in presence at tradeshows, advertising, consulting fees and event sponsorship of approximately $0.4 million;

·        partially offset by an impairment charge of $0.5 million taken in 2004 with no such charge in 2005 related to investments in companies licensed to market our digital watermarking technology.

We anticipate that we will continue to invest at approximately the current run rate of dollars in sales and marketing in the near term while working to moderate spending in the longer term.

Research, development and engineering

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

Percent

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

(Decrease)

 

Research, development and engineering

 

$

13,131

 

$

8,327

 

 

58

%

 

Research, development and engineering (as % of total revenue)

 

13%

 

9%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research, development and engineering expenses consist primarily of compensation, benefits and related costs of software developers and quality assurance personnel and payments to outside contractors, the purchase of materials and services for product development, primarily in the card systems area, and charges for infrastructure and centralized costs.

28




The increase in research, development and engineering expenses of $4.8 million resulted primarily from the following:

·        employee compensation-related expenses for salaries, benefits, recruiting costs, and incentive plans increased $2.5 million due to personnel mix for higher level focus on government program activities, and higher benefit program costs, offset by a decrease in contract labor of $2.2 million as we transitioned contractors to full time employee status;

·        change in the application of resources from capital projects to research activities which are expensed of $3.5 million to enhance existing products, develop new products, and focus on requirements of the recently passed REAL ID Act;

·        increased consulting and professional fees of $0.3 million for various projects; and

·        increased allocated infrastructure and centralized costs of $0.5 million.

We anticipate that we will continue to invest at approximately the current run rate of dollars in research and development in the near term while working to moderate spending in the longer term.

General and administrative

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

Percent

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

(Decrease)

 

General and administrative

 

$

21,524

 

$

17,150

 

 

26

%

 

General and administrative
(as % of total revenue)

 

21%

 

19%

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation, benefits and related costs of executive, finance and administrative personnel, legal, human resources and other professional fees, and charges for infrastructure and centralized costs.

The increase in general and administrative expenses of $4.4 million resulted primarily from the following:

·        increased headcount and change in skills mix to address enhanced governance and internal controls drove up employee-related expenses such as salaries, benefits, recruiting costs, and incentive plans by $2.2 million;

·        audit and consulting fees increased $1.4 million primarily related to our 2004 year-end audit, restatement work, Sarbanes-Oxley audit, and finance staff expansion;

·        increased software expense of $0.4 million related to continued licensing costs and software upgrades; and,

·   increased stock-based compensation of $0.5 million related to restricted stock.

We anticipate that we will invest below our current run rate of dollars in general and administrative in the near term. We are examining means to gain efficiencies to reduce general and administrative spending as a percentage of revenue in the longer term.

29




Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

Percent

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase

 

 

 

  2005  

 

  2004  

 

(Decrease)

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

$

4,035

 

$

2,536

 

 

59

%

 

Amortization of intangibles (as % of total revenue)

 

4%

 

3%

 

 

 

 

 

 

We recorded a “customer relationship” intangible asset from the 2001 LGP acquisition. The accounting for this intangible asset is done in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement Nos. 141, Business Combinations and 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . These statements require the recording of intangible assets under purchase accounting rules, and require the amortization of such intangible assets over their expected useful life. As a result, in December 2001 we recorded $29.5 million of intangible assets related to the acquisition of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities from Polaroid and affiliates. These intangible assets were set up to amortize over a 12-year period, representing the expected useful life at the date of the acquisition. Changes in contract status and customer relationships may lengthen or shorten the expected useful life of such intangible assets, or cause an impairment charge related to the intangible asset, so some variability is expected to exist related to intangibles depending on internal and external factors. Amortization expense increased in 2005 due to the loss of certain contracts with relatively high intangible balances, and the reassessment of useful lives for certain international customers.

The estimated amortization of intangibles over the next five years is as follows:

 

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

$

2,500

 

$

1,900

 

$

1,900

 

$

1,900

 

$

1,900

 

 

Intellectual property

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

Percent

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Increase

 

 

 

  2005  

 

  2004  

 

(Decrease)

 

Intellectual Property

 

 

2,014

 

 

 

2,162

 

 

 

(7

)%

 

Intellectual Property (as % of total revenue)

 

 

2%

 

 

 

2%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The intellectual property costs primarily consist of employee-related expenses such as salaries, benefits, recruiting costs, and incentive plans as well as costs associated with documenting, applying for, and maintaining patents. The decrease of $0.1 million was primarily due to consulting fees paid to third-party attorneys related to patent work in 2004.

Stock-based compensation.    Stock-based compensation expense relates to restricted stock granted in 2005, as described below, is based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the restricted stock was granted (measurement date), and is being recognized over the four-year vesting period of the related restricted stock using the straight-line method. The expense was recorded in the respective statement of operations expense categories for the employees to which it applies, as set forth in the table below.

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

   2005   

 

   2004   

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Research, development and engineering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

506

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

30




On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 123(R), Share Based Payment , which is a revision of Statement No. 123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. Statement No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be valued at fair value on the date of grant, and to be expensed over the applicable vesting period. Pro forma disclosure of the income statement effects of share-based payments is no longer an alternative. In addition, companies must recognize compensation expense related to any awards that are not fully vested as of the effective date. Compensation expense for the unvested awards will be measured based on the fair value of the awards previously calculated in developing the pro forma disclosures in accordance with the provisions of Statement No. 123. The effective date for this pronouncement is for the next fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company has adopted SFAS 123(R) effective January 1, 2006. The Company is evaluating the requirements of SFAS 123(R) and expects that the adoption of SFAS 123(R) will have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations. The Company has not yet determined the method of adoption or the effect of adopting SFAS 123(R), and it has not determined whether adoption will result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma disclosures under SFAS 123.

Total other income (expense), net.    Other income (expense), net consists primarily of interest received and paid. The relatively flat difference resulted from lower average cash balances and higher average interest rates during the majority of fiscal 2005.

Provision for income taxes.    Due to the Company’s domestic losses for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 there was no provision for federal or state income taxes. As the Company was profitable in some foreign jurisdictions during 2005, 2004 and 2003 we provided for income taxes expected to be paid on our international operations. At December 31, 2005, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal, state and foreign income tax reporting purposes of approximately $98.5 million and research and experimentation credits of approximately $2.2 million which expire through 2025 if not utilized. Approximately $26 million of the net operating losses is related to the tax benefit from the exercise of stock options and thus will be allocated to contributed capital if subsequently recognized. Under the Tax Reform Act of 1986, the amounts of and benefits from net operating loss carryforwards may be impaired or limited in certain circumstances, including a change of more than 50% in ownership.

Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

Revenue for 2004 was up from the prior year. Revenue related to services, which include the issuance of driver licenses, increased by approximately 3% while revenue related to product and subscription sales increased approximately 36% because of delivery of a large, international film-based system to a customer, the sale of equipment to a domestic customer, and the license and related revenues for intellectual property rights to international customers.

Operating expenses in total increased by $5.8 million or 15% for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. The majority of the increase came from the general and administrative function as a result of several factors. One such factor was the cost related to the restatement activities we were undertaking during 2004, which included legal, accounting, and consulting fees. A second factor is the increased cost of our efforts to document, evaluate, and test our internal controls in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We also had increased costs related to impairment charges, litigation settlement charges, increased bad debt expense, charges for vacating our old building, and increased costs related to higher financial staffing and consulting fees. Our sales and marketing and research, development, and engineering costs increased only slightly. As of the end of 2004, we increased the number of our full time employees by 20 and increased the number of our contractors by 92 since the end of 2003. The increased workforce resulted from the high demand of delivery programs during the year and increased resources for our finance group.

31




We had a net loss of $9.0 million compared to our net income of $175,000 in 2003. The decrease in net income came as a result of a decrease in margins of $3.7 million and an increase in operating expenses of $5.8 million, as described above.

Revenue

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

Percent
Increase

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

(Decrease)

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

$73,919

 

$71,588

 

 

3

%

 

Product and subscription

 

19,028

 

14,003

 

 

36

%

 

Total

 

$92,947

 

$85,591

 

 

9

%

 

Revenue (as % of total revenue):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

80%

 

84%

 

 

 

 

 

Product and subscription

 

20%

 

16%

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The $7.4 million increase in total revenue resulted primarily from an increase in our product and subscription revenues.

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

Percent
Increase

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

(Decrease)

 

Revenue by geography:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

$72,173

 

$71,542

 

 

1

%

 

International

 

20,774

 

14,049

 

 

48

%

 

Total

 

$92,947

 

$85,591

 

 

9

%

 

Revenue (as % of total revenue):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

78%

 

84%

 

 

 

 

 

International

 

22%

 

16%

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

100%

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The $2.3 million increase in service revenue was the result of increased issuance revenue from program transitions (the addition of programs based in Mexico, Florida, and Latvia offset by the loss of programs based in Oklahoma, Alaska and Maryland), in addition to increased services provided under our long-term contract with the international consortium of central banks.

The $5.0 million increase in product and subscription revenue was primarily related to the delivery of a large, international film-based system to a customer, the sale of equipment to a domestic customer, and the license and related revenues for intellectual property rights to international customers.

32




Cost of Revenue

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

Percent
Increase

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

(Decrease)

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

$

47,591

 

$

40,808

 

 

17%

 

 

Product and subscription

 

11,784

 

7,524

 

 

57%

 

 

Total

 

$

59,375

 

$

48,332

 

 

23%

 

 

Cost of revenue (as % of related revenue components):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

64%

 

57%

 

 

 

 

 

Product and subscription

 

62%

 

54%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The $6.8 million increase in service cost of revenue was primarily the result of increased international operations costs of $2.0 million, an increase of program-related depreciation costs of $3.7 million, and an increase of $1.8 million in domestic field operations costs, inventory and program asset charges of $1.1 million related to excess, obsolete, and slow-moving inventory, partially offset by a decrease of $2.2 million related to costs of consumables related to issuances and additional allocated infrastructure and centralized costs of $0.5 million. In 2004, we began to outsource much of our field operations and maintenance activities on new contracts to third parties, and therefore the increase in spending is not the result of the increase in the total number of our full-time employees during 2004. We were active in negotiating volume discounts, decreasing storage costs, and consolidating operations when necessary among other actions. Field operations employees totaled 142 and 147 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

The $4.3 million increase in product and subscription cost of revenue was primarily the result of increased material costs in connection with the delivery of the large international film based system to one customer during the year ended December 31, 2004. This large delivery had particularly low margins. We also sold quantities of older or expiring film and equipment to a domestic customer at low margins or no margin during the year which drove up costs and reduced margins for the period.

Gross Profit

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

Percent
Increase

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

(Decrease)

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

$

26,328

 

$

30,780

 

 

(14

%)

 

Product and subscription

 

7,244

 

6,479

 

 

12

%

 

Total

 

$

33,572

 

$

37,259

 

 

(10

%)

 

Gross profit (as % of related revenue components):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

36%

 

43%

 

 

 

 

 

Product and subscription

 

38%

 

46%

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

36%

 

43%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The $3.7 million decrease in gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the prior year was primarily related to the following factors:

·         Inventory and program asset charges of $1.1 million related to excess, obsolete, and slow-moving inventory;

·        increased international operations costs of $2.0 million related to the ramp up of two large new programs;

33




·        increased domestic field operations costs of $1.8 million;

·        an unfavorable revenue mix during the first half of the year, including low margin revenues from follow-on film sales into an international voter identification project and some domestic equipment sales;

·        cost overruns related to the sale of a driver license issuance system in the first half of the year; and

·        higher depreciation charges of $3.7 million originating from the capitalized costs related to hardware, software, and delivery activities in the deployment of new contracts and upgrades to existing contracts.

·        These items were partially offset by a decrease of $2.2 million related to costs on consumables related to issuances.

The costs included in our cost of sales are comprised of three categories as described below:

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

Percent
Increase

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

(Decrease)

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable

 

$

29,253

 

$

26,620

 

 

10

%

 

Fixed field support and manufacturing

 

21,511

 

16,343

 

 

32

%

 

Program depreciation

 

8,611

 

5,369

 

 

60

%

 

Total

 

$

59,375

 

$

48,332

 

 

23

%

 

Cost of revenue (as % of total revenue):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable

 

32%

 

31%

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed field support and manufacturing

 

23%

 

19%

 

 

 

 

 

Program depreciation

 

9%

 

7%

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

64%

 

57%

 

 

 

 

 

 

In particular, the high level of new programs exerted operational pressures on our identification systems business during 2004 as the organization incurred higher expenses as part of the upfront implementation costs associated with making these new programs operational.

Operating Expenses

Sales and marketing

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

Percent
Increase

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

(Decrease)

 

Sales and marketing

 

$

12,908

 

$

12,709

 

 

2

%

 

Sales and marketing (as % of total revenue)

 

14%

 

15%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing expenses remained relatively flat for the year due primarily to lower headcount for sales and marketing employees and spending controls offset by increased impairment charges of approximately $0.5 million related to investments in private, technology-related companies. Starting in 2003, we reduced many of the overhead and variable costs within sales and marketing by consciously making strategic spending decisions. These efforts resulted in targeted spending for critical areas, yielding lower overall spending within the function. Sales and marketing employees totaled 50 and 55 as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

34




Research, development and engineering

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

Percent
Increase

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

(Decrease)

 

Research, development and engineering

 

$

8,327

 

$

7,992

 

 

4

%

 

Research, development and engineering (as % of total revenue)

 

9%

 

9%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The overall increase in research, development and engineering expenses of $0.3 million resulted from higher headcounts, partially offset by cost control measures taken by us during 2004 and 2003, such as restructuring the business, consolidating operations, centralizing certain services, and standardizing products. Research, development and engineering personnel totaled 137 and 115 as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively

General and administrative

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

Percent
Increase

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

(Decrease)

 

General and administrative

 

$

17,150

 

$

11,629

 

 

48

%

 

General and administrative (as % of total revenue)

 

19%

 

13%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The overall increase in general and administrative expenses of $5.5 million primarily resulted from:

·        incremental third party legal and accounting costs related to our restatement activities of $1.4 million;

·        incremental costs related to third party services in support of our efforts to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of $0.7 million;

·        incremental charges related to the provision for uncollectible accounts receivable and uncollectible notes receivable of $0.5 million;

·        incremental charges related to the settlement of litigation of $0.4 million;

·        incremental facility costs of $0.3 million due to dual rent costs for four months in addition to increased amortization and depreciation on the facility build out; offset by

·        a decrease by $0.8 million in stock-based compensation related to stock-based employee compensation arrangements.

The remaining $3.0 million of the increase in general and administrative expenses is primarily the result of increases in headcount, consulting fees and other general costs related to compliance and administrative activities.

In addition, we added headcount and consulting resources to our infrastructure, including our finance and information technology groups, in order to meet the normal responsibilities of these functions in addition to the increased demands of our restatement and ongoing compliance activities. General and administrative employees totaled 65 and 57 as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

35




Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

Percent
Increase

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

(Decrease)

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

$

2,536

 

$

3,152

 

 

(20

%)

 

Amortization of intangibles (as % of total revenue)

 

3 %

 

4%

 

 

 

 

 

 

We account for intangible assets resulting from acquisitions in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement Nos. 141, Business Combinations and 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . These statements require the recording of intangible assets under purchase accounting rules, and require the amortization of such intangible assets over their expected useful life. As a result, in December 2001 we recorded $29.5 million of intangible assets related to the acquisition of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities from Polaroid and affiliates. These intangible assets were set up to amortize over a 12-year period, representing the expected useful life. Changes in contract status and customer relationships may lengthen or shorten the expected useful life of such intangible assets, or cause an impairment charge related to the intangible asset, so some variability is expected to exist related to intangibles depending on internal and external factors. The change resulted from extensions of certain useful lives during 2004 and the completion of accelerated amortization in late 2003 and early 2004.

Intellectual property.

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

Percent
Increase

 

 

 

  2004  

 

  2003  

 

(Decrease)

 

Intellectual property

 

 

2,162

 

 

 

1,846

 

 

 

17

%

 

 

Intellectual property (as % of total revenue)

 

 

2 %

 

 

 

2%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The increase of $0.3 million was primarily due to consulting fees paid to third party attorneys related to patent work.

Stock-based compensation.    Stock-based compensation expense includes costs relating to stock-based employee compensation arrangements. Stock-based compensation expense is based on the difference between the fair market value of our common stock and the exercise price of options to purchase that stock on the date of grant, and is being recognized over the vesting periods of the related options, usually four years. No stock-based compensation expense was recorded in 2004 while $1.3 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2003, and is included in the respective statements of operations expense categories for the employees to which it applies, as set forth in the table below.

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

    2004    

 

    2003    

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

277

 

 

Research, development and engineering

 

 

 

 

 

254

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

 

 

 

760

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

1,291

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net.   Other income (expense), net consists primarily of interest received and paid. Other income (expense) was $0.9 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The $0.3 million or 51% increase came as a result of higher average cash balances that originated from the private placement offering in the third quarter of 2003 and higher interest rates during the majority of fiscal 2004.

36




Provision for income taxes.   For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company was profitable in some foreign jurisdictions. Therefore, during 2004 and 2003 we provided for income taxes expected to be paid on our international operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2005, we had cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, and short-term investments of $32.0   million, representing a decrease of $19.8 million from $51.8   million at December 31, 2004. As of December 31, 2005, $7.3   million of cash and cash equivalents is restricted as a result of the requirements of performance bonds that we are obligated to maintain in connection with some of our long-term contracts in our secure ID systems business. We support the performance bonds with letters of credit, which may or may not require restricted cash. The letters of credit must be renewed yearly if they are expected to continue, and therefore the need for restricted cash is renewed yearly. However, our banks have required us to restrict this cash until we return to profitability for one year. Accordingly, restricted cash is classified as a non-current asset. Working capital at December 31, 2005 was $31.4   million, compared to working capital of $48.9   million at December 31, 2004. The majority of the decrease in cash and working capital primarily relates to investments made in the Florida, Mexico, and Alabama programs that we anticipate will contribute to revenue growth in 2006 and beyond.

Operating Cash Flow.    The $3.2 million of cash used in operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 resulted from net loss of $23.1 million which includes non cash items related to depreciation, amortization, and stock-based compensation aggregating to $20.2 million. Items positively impacting operating cash flow were decreases in restricted cash of $1.0 million and in inventory of $1.4 million, and increases in deferred revenue of $2.0 million and in accrued payroll and related costs of $1.6 million. Negatively impacting operating cash flow was an increase in trade and unbilled accounts receivable, net of $1.0 million and in other current assets of $1.0 million, along with a decrease in accounts payable of $4.7 million. The $4.7 million of cash provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 resulted from net loss of $9.0 million which includes non cash items related to depreciation and amortization of $13.5 million. Items positively impacting operating cash flow were increases in accounts payable of $4.8 million, in deferred revenue of $1.7 million, and in accrued payroll and related costs of $1.1 million. Negatively impacting operating cash flow was an increase in restricted cash of $6.3 million, an increase in inventory of $2.6 million and an increase in trade and unbilled accounts receivable, net of $1.4 million.

Investing Cash Flow.    The $8.8 million of cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 primarily related to $24.3 million in net sales of short-term investments, partially offset by $15.5 million for the purchase of property and equipment, including capitalized labor costs. We also acquired approximately $0.3 million of fixed assets during 2005 through capital lease arrangements. The $21.7 million of cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 primarily related to $39.7 million for the purchase of property and equipment, including capitalized labor costs, partially offset by $18.0 in net sales of short-term investments. We also acquired approximately $0.1 million of fixed assets during 2004 through capital lease arrangements.

Financing Cash Flow.    The $0.2 million of cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 primarily related to $0.5 million of principal payments under capital leases, offset by proceeds from the issuance of stock for $0.3 million related to the employee stock option and employee stock purchase plans. The $1.9 million of cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 primarily related to the issuance of stock for $2.1 million related to the employee stock option and employee stock purchase plans, offset by $0.2 million of principal payments under capital leases.

Commitments and Contingencies.    Our significant commitments consist of obligations under non-cancelable operating leases, which totaled $9.0   million as of December 31, 2005, and are payable in

37




monthly installments through October 2010. Our obligations under non-cancelable capital leases, which totaled $1.1 million as of December 31, 2005, are payable in monthly installments through 2007. We are contractually obligated to make the following payments as of December 31, 2005:

Contractual Obligations 

 

 

Payment Due by Period (in 000’s)

 

 

 

 

 

Less
than

 

 

 

 

 

More than

 

 

 

Total

 

1 year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

5 years

 

Capital leases

 

$

1,068

 

$

555

 

 

$

513

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Operating leases

 

8,955

 

2,260

 

 

4,643

 

 

 

2,052

 

 

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

10,023

 

$

2,815

 

 

$

5,156

 

 

 

$

2,052

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

We have driver license contracts with various jurisdictions that are not yet fully deployed for which we have estimated the amounts to complete. In order to complete these contracts, we estimate we will incur approximately $16 million of expenditures. The estimates are derived from information known to the Company at the time the estimates were prepared. Actual expenditures may vary from our estimates. These expenditures are recouped through receipts from the long-term price-per-card agreements.

Our planned operating expenses and capital expenditures may constitute a material use of our cash resources. In addition, we expect that we will continue to utilize cash in the upcoming few quarters. We may utilize cash resources to fund acquisitions or investments in complementary businesses, technologies or product lines.

The Company from time to time experiences delays in identification system implementation, timely acceptance for identification systems programs, concerns regarding identification system program performance, and other contractual disputes. Customers have asserted, and may in the future assert, compensatory or liquidated damages, breach of contract, or other claims alleging that we have failed to meet timing or other delivery requirements and milestones pursuant to the terms of such contracts. From time to time, customers have given notice of their intention to assert claims for liquidated damages. Management believes that these assertions are part of the resolution process involving commercial disagreements over the delivery terms of these contracts. Such disputes are not uncommon and tend to be resolved over time. To date, we have not paid any material contractual damages in connection with a customer dispute. While there is always risk that damages could be assessed in the future, management cannot predict, as of December 31, 2005, whether any material damages will be imposed in the future or what the amount of any such damages would be if they were to be imposed. However, our failure to meet contractual milestones or other performance requirements as promised, or to successfully resolve customer disputes, could result in our having to incur liability for damages, as well as increased costs, lower margins, or compensatory obligations in addition to other losses, such as harm to our reputation. Such circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. We anticipate that future contracts will continue to have such provisions unless and until industry practices change.

38




Future Cash Expectations.    We believe that our current cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investment balances will satisfy our projected working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. In addition, we expect to generate positive cash flow from operations in 2006 which will fund a large portion of our capital needs. Thereafter, we anticipate continuing to use cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investment balances to satisfy our projected working capital and capital expenditure requirements. We have taken and continue to take steps to manage our expenses and align our cost structure to our revenues. These steps include, among other things, considering and/or taking steps, as needed, to restructure our business, consolidating our operations, negotiating volume pricing with vendors, centralizing certain services, and standardizing products. Our operating expense levels, including research, development, engineering, selling, marketing, general and administrative expenses, depend on anticipated business activity levels. While research, development, engineering and marketing expenses are based on anticipated investment levels in technology development, product development and market development activities, the appropriate expense levels in selling, general and administrative expenses are dependent on the level of infrastructure required to support our anticipated business volume. We review our business plans periodically to determine the appropriate level of such expenses based on various business factors. In the past we have taken appropriate measures to control our expenses based on business circumstances. In the future we will continue to review our business plans from time to time and make appropriate changes to our expense levels, as we have in the past, to reduce operating expenses where it is advantageous to do so to improve operational efficiencies.

In order to take advantage of opportunities, we may find it necessary to obtain additional equity financing, debt financing, or credit facilities. However, we do not believe at this time that our long-term working capital and capital expenditures would require us to take steps to remedy any such potential deficiencies. As an example, in the event that we were to win contracts requiring significant capital investment, we may need to seek additional financing. If it were necessary to obtain additional financings or credit facilities, we may not be able to do so, or if these funds are available, they may not be available on satisfactory terms.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as such term is defined in recently enacted rules by the SEC, that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenue or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 (FAS 151). FAS 151 clarifies that abnormal inventory costs such as costs of idle facilities, excess freight and handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage) are required to be recognized as current period charges. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of FAS 151 and does not expect that the adoption will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations. The Company will implement the statement in the first quarter of 2006.

On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 123(R)  Share-Based Payment , which is a revision of Statement No. 123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. Statement No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be valued at fair value on the date of grant, and to be expensed over the applicable vesting period. Pro forma disclosure of the income statement effects of share-based payments is no longer an alternative. In addition, companies must also recognize compensation expense related to any awards that are not fully vested as of the effective date. Compensation expense for the unvested awards will be measured based on the fair value of the awards previously calculated in developing the pro forma disclosures in accordance with the provisions of Statement No. 123. The effective date for this pronouncement is for the next fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company has adopted SFAS 123(R) effective January 1, 2006. The Company is

39




evaluating the requirements of SFAS 123(R) and expects that the adoption of SFAS 123(R) will have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations. The Company has not yet determined the method of adoption or the effect of adopting SFAS 123(R), and it has not determined whether adoption will result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma disclosures under SFAS 123.

Safe Harbor Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

Because this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, any of the risk factors set forth above or elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or incorporated herein by reference could cause our actual results to differ materially from those results projected or suggested in such forward-looking statements. Statements that are not historical facts are hereby identified as “forward-looking statements” for the purposes of the safe harbor provided by Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933. Such forward-looking statements include but are not limited to statements relating to trends and expectations in revenue growth, including, but not limited to, statements regarding anticipated growth in U.S. DL revenues due to broadening use of the DL as a secure credential, statements regarding opportunities to facilitate efforts of State government agencies to comply with the REAL ID Act, statements regarding the success of new products, such as IDVS, statements regarding the Company’s ability to support customer requirements for Smart Card technologies, statements regarding the Company’s future level of investment in its business, including investment in development of products and technology, acquisition of new customers and development of new market opportunities, statements regarding our ability to improve margins, statements regarding the expected deployment of programs in 2006, statements regarding anticipated expenses, costs, margins and investment activities in the foreseeable future, statements regarding anticipated revenue to be generated from current contracts and as a result of new programs, statements regarding the investments required to complete certain driver license programs and the Company’s ability to recoup those expenses under the relevant contract, statements regarding our profitability in future periods, statements regarding the development and growth of the market for digital watermarking technology, statements regarding momentum in the recognition of the benefits offered by digital watermarking and in the adoption of digital watermarking, statements regarding business opportunities that could require that we seek additional financing, statements regarding opportunities for increased participation in the global market for ID systems, statements regarding the size and growth of the Company’s markets, including the U.S. DL market, statements regarding the existence of international growth opportunities and our future investment in such opportunities, statements regarding the continuance of operational pressures on our identification systems business in future quarters, statements regarding the source of a majority of our future revenue, statements regarding the contribution of new sales channels in domestic and foreign markets to our future results, statements regarding future effects on our business in connection with the continuing implementation of our new accounting and material requirements planning systems and modifications to our inventory management and controls systems and procedures or other review processes, statements regarding the timing of the completion of the design and implementation of new and enhanced controls and procedures, statements regarding our expected short-term and long-term liquidity positions, statements regarding the Company’s ability to fund its capital needs through cash flow from operations, statements regarding our use of cash in upcoming quarters, statements regarding anticipated levels of backlog in future periods, statements regarding anticipated extensions of the term of our contract with the Central Banks, statements regarding the likelihood or outcome of legal proceedings and claims and their effect on the Company’s business, and other statements containing words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “management believes,” “we believe,” “we intend,” “should” and similar words or phrases, which are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Actual results may vary materially due to, among other things, the Company’s failure to become profitable, the failure of the potential markets for the Company’s digital watermarking technology to develop as anticipated, the adoption of alternative technologies within these markets, as well as changes in economic, business, competitive, technology and/or regulatory factors and trends, and the other factors described in this

40




Form 10-K or in our other documents filed with the SEC. All forward-looking statements are necessarily only estimates of future results and there can be no assurance that actual results will not differ materially from expectations, and, therefore, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements. Investors should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all risk factors and that the risks discussed above should not be considered a complete statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. We do not intend to update any forward-looking statements as a result of future events or developments.

Factors Affecting Forward Looking Statements

Our business, financial condition, results of operation and cash flows may be impacted by a number of factors, including the factors set forth below.

Given our history of losses, we cannot guarantee sustained profitability, particularly if we were to lose large contracts.

We incurred significant net losses from inception through the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, and during 2004 and 2005. Our accumulated deficit as of December 31, 2005 was $88.0 million. In order to attain sustained profitability, we will need to generate higher revenue than we have in prior years while controlling expenditures. Achieving profitability will depend upon a variety of factors, including the impact of new financial accounting mandates requiring us to expense stock options, as well as expenses related to litigation and other proceedings that have arisen as a result of our prior year restatement. In addition, we evaluate our strategy and market opportunities on an ongoing basis and will adjust our approach to market conditions that prevail from time to time. Accordingly, in the short term we may focus more on growing our revenue and taking advantage of market opportunities than an immediate return to profitability. Finally, various adverse developments including the loss of large contracts or cost overruns on our existing contracts could have a negative impact on our revenue or our margins. Accordingly, increases in our expenses may not be offset by revenue increases and as a result we may not be able to regain and/or sustain profitability.

The loss of any large contract may result in loss of revenue and potential acceleration of amortization expense or impairment of intangible assets.

Contracts between government agencies and Digimarc have varying duration, generally five or more years in length. Some contracts we enter into contain cancellation clauses. In addition, after a contract period expires, generally the government agency can re-open the contract for competitive bidding. If we were to lose a contract due to cancellation or in a competitive bidding situation, then, in addition to the loss of revenue and margin on a prospective basis, we could also incur accelerated amortization expense or impairment of intangible assets related to the customer, which could adversely affect our financial results. The Company has not experienced the early termination of any driver license issuance contracts and is not aware of any early terminations of such contracts of its competitors.

The market for our products is highly competitive, and as a result, alternative technologies or larger companies may undermine, limit or eliminate the market for our products’ technologies, which would decrease our revenue and profits.

The markets in which we compete for business are intensely competitive and rapidly evolving. We expect competition to continue from both existing competitors and new market entrants. We face competition from other companies and from alternative technologies. The potential for an influx of federal funds into our core U.S. driver license market is likely to draw new competition. As we expand the applications for our technologies, we will experience more competition from products and services that are substitutes for our applications. Because our digital watermarking business is new and emerging, we also may face competition from unexpected sources. Alternative technologies that may directly or indirectly compete with particular applications of our watermarking technologies include:

·        Encryption—securing data during distribution using a secret code so it cannot be accessed except by authorized users;

41




·        Containers—inserting a media object in an encrypted wrapper, which prevents the media object from being duplicated and is used for content distribution and transaction management;

·        DataGlyphs ® —a slightly visible modification of the characteristics of an image or document that is machine-readable;

·        Scrambled Indicia ® —an optical refraction-based data-hiding technique that is inserted into an image and can be read with a lens;

·        Traditional anti-counterfeiting technologies—a number of solutions used currently by many governments (and that compete for budgetary outlays) designed to deter counterfeiting, including optically sensitive ink, magnetic threads and other materials used in the printing of currencies;

·        Radio frequency tags—embedding a chip that emits a signal when in close proximity with a receiver, which is being used in photo identification credentials, labels and tags;

·        Internet technologies—numerous existing and potential Internet access and search methods are competitive with the Digimarc MediaBridge system and the searching capabilities of Digimarc ImageBridge;

·        Digital fingerprints and signatures—a metric, or metrics, computed solely from a source image or audio or video track, that can be used to uniquely identify an image or track, or authenticate the image or track;

·        Smart cards—badges and cards including a semiconductor memory and/or processor used for authentication and related purposes; and

·        Bar codes—a data-carrying code, typically visible in nature (but invisible if printed in ultraviolet- or infrared-responsive inks).

In addition, as we more broadly apply our digital watermarking technologies to the Internet through new commercial solutions applications, we may begin to compete with a wide range of other types of companies beyond those companies using digital watermarking technologies and alternative technologies. We cannot assure you that digital watermarking technologies, and our products and services using these technologies, will gain widespread market acceptance.

New developments are expected to continue, and we cannot assure you that discoveries by others, including current and potential competitors, will not render our services and products noncompetitive. Moreover, because of rapid technological changes, we may be required to expend greater amounts of time and money than currently anticipated to develop new products and services, which in turn may necessitate us to require greater revenue streams on such products and services to cover developmental costs. Many of the companies that currently compete with us for some of our business, as well as other companies with whom we may compete in the future, are larger and national or international in scope and may have greater technical, financial, marketing, and political resources than we do. These resources could enable these companies to initiate severe price cuts or take other measures in an effort to gain market share or otherwise impede our progress. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future participants in our market or against alternative technologies, nor can we assure you that the competitive pressures we face will not decrease our revenue and profits in the future.

Our products could have unknown defects or errors, which may give rise to claims against us or divert application of our resources from other purposes.

Products and systems as complex as those we offer or develop may contain undetected defects or errors. Furthermore, we often provide complex implementation, integration, customization, consulting and other technical services in connection with the implementation and ongoing maintenance of our products. Despite testing, defects or errors in our products and services may occur, which could result in delays in the development and implementation of products and systems, inability to meet customer requirements or expectations in a timely manner, loss of revenue or market share, failure to achieve market acceptance,

42




diversion of development resources, injury to our reputation, increased insurance costs, increased service and warranty costs and warranty or breach of contract claims. Although we attempt to reduce the risk of losses resulting from warranty or breach of contract claims through warranty disclaimers and liability limitation clauses in our sales agreements when we can, these contractual provisions are sometimes not included and may not be enforceable in every instance. If a court refuses to enforce the liability-limiting provisions of our contracts for any reason, or if liabilities arose that were not contractually limited or adequately covered by insurance, the expense associated with defending such actions or paying the resultant claims could be significant.

If leading companies in our industry or standard-setting bodies or institutions downplay, minimize, or reject the use of digital watermarking, its deployment may be slowed and we may be unable to achieve revenue growth - particularly in the media and entertainment sector.

Many of our business endeavors, such as our licensing of intellectual property in support of audio and video copy-control applications, can be impeded or frustrated by larger, more influential companies or by standard-setting bodies or institutions downplaying, minimizing or rejecting the value or use of watermarking technology or any of our other technologies. Such a negative position by these companies, bodies or institutions, if taken, may result in obstacles for us that we would be incapable of overcoming and may block or impede the adoption of digital watermarking—particularly in the media and entertainment market. In addition, potential customers in the media and entertainment industry may delay or reject initiatives that relate to deployment of digital watermarking. Such a development would make the achievement of our business objectives in this market difficult or impossible.

If we are unable to respond to regulatory or industry standards effectively, or if we are unable to develop and integrate new technologies effectively, our growth and the development of our products and services could be delayed or limited.

Our future success will depend in part on our ability to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features of our products and services in accordance with regulatory or industry standards. Our ability to remain competitive will depend in part on our ability to influence and respond to emerging industry and governmental standards, in a timely and cost-effective manner. If we are unable to influence these or other standards or respond to such standards effectively, our growth and the development of certain products and services could be delayed or limited.

Our market is characterized by new and evolving technologies. The success of our business will depend on our ability to develop and integrate new technologies effectively and address the increasingly sophisticated technological needs of our customers in a timely and cost-effective manner. Our ability to remain competitive will depend in part on our ability to:

·        enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and other features of the products and services we offer or plan to offer;

·        continue to develop our technical expertise; and

·        develop and introduce new services, applications and technologies to meet changing customer needs and preferences and to integrate new technologies.

We cannot assure you that we will be successful in responding to these technological and industry challenges in a timely and cost-effective manner. If we are unable to develop or integrate new technologies effectively or respond to these changing needs, our margins could decrease, and our release of new products and services and the deployment of our watermarking technology could be adversely affected.

We expect our secure ID systems business to experience variability in gross margins.

We are likely to experience variability in gross margins on our government contracts due to numerous factors, including, among other things, the following:

·        delays in project implementation;

·        failure to achieve add-on sales to existing customers;

43




·        governmental regulation of credentials and issuance policies;

·        private sector usage trends for driver licenses and other credentials;

·        level of commodity vs. proprietary components applicable to customer system specifications;

·        whether contracts have been extended or renewed; and the amount of capital expenditure associated with such extension or renewal;

·        price competition in competitive bids, contract renewals and contract extensions;

·        variations in costs of materials and manufacturing;

·        varying levels of efficiency of our workforce in delivering, implementing, and servicing contracts;

·        seasonality of issuance volumes;

·        sales mix related to card issuance revenues compared to product sales;

·        sales mix related to domestic sales compared to international sales;

·        sales mix related to adoption of new products compared to sales of current products;

·        strategic decisions on new business; and

·        depreciation and amortization of capitalized project costs related to new or upgraded programs.

The numerous factors affecting gross margins make such margins complex and difficult to predict. We are continually refining our predictive tools and increasing our understanding of what drives these various factors. For reasons such as those listed above, we expect that there will be fluctuations in our future operating results as a result of the variability in margins from period to period in the secure ID systems business.

The majority of our revenue is subject to government procurement processes that may involve unpredictable delays and other unexpected changes which might limit our actual revenue in any given quarter.

We derive substantial portions of our revenue from government contracts which are subject to periodic open, competitive bids. The timing of such bids is solely within the discretion of the governmental authority. Consequently, large components of new revenue are tied to procurement schedules, which could shift as the needs of the related government procurement agencies change. Many of these governmental customers are facing continued budget pressures introducing added uncertainty. In addition, the Department of Homeland Security’s initiatives in passports and border crossing cards, as well as delays in disbursement of funding for REAL ID Act projects, could create confusion within the U.S. DL market that may delay purchase decisions by government customers. Any shift in the government procurement process, which is outside our control and may not be predictable, could result in delays in bookings forecasted for any particular financial period, could impact the predictability of our quarterly results, and might limit our actual revenue in any given quarter, resulting in reduced and less predictable revenue and lower profitability.

Our future growth will depend to some extent on our successful implementation of our intellectual property in solutions provided by third parties, including partners and suppliers.

Our business and strategy rely, in part, on deployment of our digital watermark reader technology by third-party software developers and original equipment manufacturers. For example,one form of our digital watermark reader is commonly deployed in image editing applications (offered by vendors including Adobe, Corel and Ulead) to permit users of these products to read watermarks embedded in imagery, and thereby discern the identities of image owners. Another form of our digital watermark reader is used in our anti-counterfeiting product offerings. We anticipate entering into additional agreements with third-party vendors to create, promote and service products that incorporate, embed, integrate or bundle our technologies. If If third parties who include such technologies in their products cease to do so, or we fail to obtain other partners that will incorporate, embed, integrate or bundle such technologies, or these partners

44




are unsuccessful in their efforts, our efforts to expand deployment of our technologies would be adversely affected and, consequently, our ability to increase revenues would be adversely affected and we may suffer other adverse effects to our business. In addition, if our technologies do not perform according to market expectations, our future sales would suffer as customers seek other providers.

Some of our revenue models relating to anticipated products and services are under development. If these revenue models and pricing structures do not gain market acceptance, the corresponding anticipated products and services may fail to attract or retain customers and we may not be able to generate new or sustain existing revenue.

Some of our business involves embedding digital watermarks in traditional and digital media, including identification documents, secure documents, audio, video and imagery, and licensing our intellectual property. Through 2001, our revenue stream was based primarily on a combination of development, consulting, subscription and license fees from copyright protection and counterfeit deterrence applications. Beginning in 2002 and for the foreseeable future, we have seen, and we anticipate, that the majority of our revenue will be from government and private-sector customers for providing security-related applications relating to secure personal identification, copyright protection, and counterfeit deterrence to such customers. We have not fully developed revenue models for certain of our future digital watermarking applications and licensing endeavors. Because some of our products and services are not yet well-established in the marketplace, and because some such products and services will not directly displace existing solutions, we cannot be certain that the pricing structure for these products and services will gain market acceptance or be sustainable over time or that the marketing for such products and services will be effective.

The security systems used in our product and service offerings may be circumvented or sabotaged by third parties, which could result in the disclosure of sensitive government information or private personal information or cause other business interruptions that could damage our reputation and disrupt our business.

Our business relies on computers and other information technologies, both in-house and at customer and vendor locations. In addition, many of the systems we sell manage private personal information and protect information involved in sensitive government functions. The protective measures that we use in these systems may not prevent security breaches, and failure to prevent security breaches may disrupt our business, damage our reputation, and expose us to litigation and liability. A party who is able to circumvent security measures used in these systems could misappropriate sensitive or proprietary information or materials or cause interruptions or otherwise damage our products, services and reputation, and the property of our customers. If unintended parties obtain sensitive data and information, or create bugs or viruses or otherwise sabotage the functionality of our systems, we may receive negative publicity, incur liability to our customers or lose the confidence of our customers, any of which may cause the termination or modification of our contracts. Further, our insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover losses and liabilities that may result from such events.

In addition, we may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect ourselves against the threat of security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches. Such protection or remedial measures may not be available at a reasonable price or at all, or may not be entirely effective if commenced.

45




As international customers have accounted for approximately 21% of our total revenue during the year ended December 31, 2005, the loss of these customers or the failure to find new customers may result in a decline in our international revenue, which could lower our profitability and slow our growth.

We expect revenue from sales of products and services to governments and other customers outside the U.S. to represent a growing percentage of our total revenue in the future. International sales and services are subject to a number of risks, including the following:

·        changes in foreign government regulations and security requirements;

·        export license requirements, tariffs and taxes;

·        trade barriers;

·        difficulty in protecting intellectual property;

·        difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;

·        currency fluctuations;

·        longer payment cycles than those for customers in the United States;

·        difficulty in managing foreign operations; and

·        political and economic instability.

If we are affected by these risks, our sales of products and services to customers outside the U.S. could be reduced significantly. In addition, if foreign customers, in particular foreign government authorities, terminate or delay the implementation of our products and services, we may have limited recourse against them to recover any potential losses.

We generally do not invoice our foreign sales in U.S. dollars, and, consequently, we are exposed to currency exchange fluctuations. We currently do not engage in foreign currency hedging transactions. We may in the future choose to limit our exposure by the purchase of forward foreign exchange contracts, collared options, currency swap agreements or through similar hedging strategies. However, no currency hedging strategy can fully protect against exchange-related losses.

A significant portion of our business depends on contracts that are subject to a variety of terms and conditions, including damage payment obligations, as well as a variety of other provisions that may cause our quarterly results to fluctuate and our anticipated revenue to potentially decrease significantly.

Our contracts for driver license and other identification issuance systems and related products typically include terms relating to, time-based performance, development and delivery schedules customer acceptance and testing, and other performance milestones. Such provisions are common in large scale government contracts at the state and federal levels. Because procedures often require compliance over extended periods of time, they give rise to an increased risk that we may fail to meet timing or other delivery requirements and milestones pursuant to the terms of such contracts. If we failed to meet such requirements or milestones, customers may assert against us compensatory or liquidated damages, breach of contract, or other claims. Consequently, our failure to meet contractual milestones or other performance requirements as promised could result in our having to incur increased costs, lower margins, or compensatory obligations, in addition to other losses, such as harm to our reputation. Such unexpected increases in costs to meet our contractual obligations or any other requirements necessary to address claims and damages with regard to our customer contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. We anticipate that future contracts will continue to have such provisions unless and until industry practices change.

46




A significant portion of our business depends on a limited number of large, public-sector contracts, which are generally subject to termination for convenience, as determined by the subject agency, or for lack of budgetary appropriation provided for the subject agency. Some government contracts also may be one-time events, such as in the case of some personal identification systems in non-U.S. markets involving voter registration programs. In such cases, we may generate substantial revenue that may not be subject to future renewal. Moreover, government contracts result from purchasing decisions made by public sector agencies that may be subject to political influence, unusual procurement procedures, strict legal requirements, budget changes and cutbacks during economic downturns, variations in appropriations cycles, and protests of contract awards. Additionally, some governmental authorities require performance bonds that we are obligated to maintain during the life of the contract. Often, the terms of these bonds require that we maintain large restricted cash reserves as a guarantee, reducing our ability to use these funds for our other business purposes. Even with the availability of such cash reserve guarantees, we may not be able to obtain such performance bond underwriting at a favorable rate or at all. Our failure to be able to provide such performance bonds may preclude our ability to bid on new government contracts or maintain our existing contracts for their full terms. The size, nature and purpose of, and the risks and uncertainties associated with, public sector contracts can potentially cause our quarterly results to fluctuate and anticipated revenue to decrease significantly.

A significant portion of our business depends on contracts with fixed price terms. In the event of cost overruns in connection with such contracts, our margins may be adversely affected.

In addition to our normal price-per-card issuance contracts, we occasionally enter into agreements to sell entire systems or portions of a system for an agreed upon price. These contracts normally do not have clauses that allow for recovery of cost overruns. Under these contracts, we provide specific tasks for a specific price and are typically paid on a milestone basis. We have experienced low margins or losses on some of these contracts in the recent past. Such contracts involve greater financial risks because we bear the risk if actual project costs exceed the amounts we are paid under the contracts.

We may decline to pursue new, or renew existing, business opportunities in secure ID systems markets due to objectionable terms required by the contracting agencies, or we may agree to objectionable contract terms for competitive reasons.

Government agencies sometimes insist on unduly onerous terms in their contracts with vendors of secure ID issuance systems. For example, it is customary for state agencies to require that a vendor fund the capital-intensive initial deployment of a driver license issuance system (the costs of which the vendor normally recoups over the life of the contract in per-card fees), while reserving the right to terminate the contract for convenience. Similarly, in connection with intellectual property rights, a contract may require that our pre-existing issuance system software be written in a different language and a state may then argue that it falls within the class of works for which it owns the copyright, enabling the state to turn the Digimarc-authored software over to one of our competitors, dedicate it to the public domain, or otherwise use the software in a manner detrimental to our business. Objectionable contract terms may lead us to decline to bid on identification issuance systems to new customers, or to decline to retain business with customers we have historically served, which could reduce our market share and lower our revenues or profits. In addition, if we decline to retain business with customers we have historically served, it could result in the accelerated depreciation of intangible assets. Alternatively, we may decide to accept at least some level of objectionable terms rather than cede an important contract to a competitor, which could also lower our revenues or profits.

47




A loss of a material supplier could have a material adverse effect on our ability to perform effectively under some of our contracts.

We are materially dependent on a limited number of third parties to produce systems or assemblies necessary for us to produce some of our products. While we strive to have alternative suppliers provide us with many of our products, a loss of one or more of such suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our ability to perform effectively, if at all, under some of our contracts.

We are subject to risks encountered by companies developing and relying upon new technologies, products and services for substantial amounts of their growth or revenue.

Our business and prospects must be considered in light of the risks and uncertainties to which companies with new and rapidly evolving technologies, products and services, such as digital watermarking, are exposed. These risks include the following:

·        We may be unable to develop sources of new revenue or sustainable growth in revenue because our current and anticipated technologies, products and services may be inadequate or may be unable to attract or retain customers;

·        The intense competition and rapid technological change in our industry could adversely affect the market’s acceptance of our existing and new products and services; and

·        We may be unable to develop and maintain new technologies upon which our existing and new products and services are dependent in order for our products and services to be sustainable and competitive and in order for us to expand our revenue and business.

Some of our key technologies are in the development stage. Consequently, products incorporating these key technologies are undergoing technological change and are in the early stage of introduction in the marketplace. Delays in the adoption of these products or adverse competitive developments may result in delays in the development of new revenue sources or the growth in our revenue. In addition, we may be required to incur unanticipated capital expenditures in the event product changes or improvements are required. Additionally, new industry standards might redefine the products that we are able to sell, especially if these products are only in the prototype stage of development. If product changes or improvements are required, success in marketing these products and achieving profitability from these products could be delayed or halted. We also may be required to fund such changes or improvements out of operating income, which could reduce or eliminate our profitability.

We may not be able to protect adequately our intellectual property, and we may be subject to infringement claims and other litigation, which could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends in part on licensing our proprietary technologies. To protect our growing intellectual property investments, we rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret rights, confidentiality procedures and licensing arrangements. Unlicensed copying and use of our intellectual property or illegal infringements of our intellectual property rights represent losses of revenue to the Company.

We face risks associated with our patent position, including the potential and sometimes actual need from time to time to engage in significant legal proceedings to enforce our patents, the possibility that the validity or enforceability of our patents may be denied, and the possibility that third parties will be able to compete against us without infringing our patents. Budgetary concerns may cause us not to file, or continue, litigation against known infringers of our patent rights, or may cause us not to file for, or pursue, patent protection for all of our inventive technologies in jurisdictions where they may have value. Some governmental entities that might infringe our intellectual property rights may enjoy sovereign immunity from such claims. Failure to reliably enforce our patent rights against infringers may make licensing more

48




difficult. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary technologies adequately, if there are changes in applicable laws that are adverse to our interests, or if we become involved in litigation relating to our intellectual property rights and proprietary technologies or relating to the intellectual property rights of others, our business could be seriously harmed because the value ascribed to our intellectual property could diminish and result in a lower stock price or we may incur significant costs in bringing legal proceedings against third parties who are infringing our patents.

Effective protection of intellectual property rights may be unavailable or limited, both in the United States and in other countries. Patent protection throughout the world is generally established on a country-by-country basis. We have applied for patent protection both in the United States and in various other countries. However, we cannot assure you that pending patents will be issued or that issued patents will be valid or enforceable. Failure to obtain such patents or failure to enforce those patents that are obtained may result in a loss of revenue to us. We cannot assure you that the protection of our proprietary rights will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop similar technologies, duplicate our services or design around any of our patents or other intellectual property rights we hold.

We are the exclusive licensee under some third-party patents, and may need the assistance of these parties if we choose to enforce any of these patent rights. The cooperation of these third parties cannot be assured even though we rely on some of these technologies for our products.

As more companies engage in business activities relating to personal identification technologies and digital watermarking, and develop corresponding intellectual property rights, it is increasingly likely that claims may arise which assert that some of our products or services infringe upon other parties’ intellectual property rights. These claims could subject us to costly litigation, divert management resources and result in the invalidation of our intellectual property rights. These claims may require us to pay significant damages, cease production of infringing products, terminate our use of infringing technologies or develop non-infringing technologies. In these circumstances, continued use of our technologies may require that we acquire licenses to the intellectual property that is the subject of the alleged infringement, and we might not be able to obtain these licenses on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our use of protected technologies may result in liability that threatens our continuing operation.

Some of our contracts include provisions by which we assure non-infringement of third-party intellectual property rights. As deployment of our technology increases, and more companies enter our markets, the likelihood of a third party lawsuit resulting from such indemnification increases. If an infringement arose in a context governed by such a contract, we may have to refund to our customer amounts already paid to us or pay significant damages, or we may be sued by the party allegedly infringed upon. Similarly, as we seek to broaden the number of companies licensed under our patent portfolio, some may seek contractual assurances that we will pursue—by litigation if necessary—their competitors who use our patented technology but are not licensed to do so. Compliance with any such contract provisions may require that we pursue litigation where our costs exceed our likely recovery.

As part of our confidentiality procedures, we generally enter into non-disclosure agreements with our employees, directors, consultants and corporate partners, and attempt to control access to and distribution of our technologies, solutions, documentation and other proprietary information. Despite these procedures, third parties could copy or otherwise obtain and make unauthorized use of our technologies, solutions or other proprietary information or independently develop similar technologies, solutions or information. The steps that we have taken to prevent misappropriation of our solutions, technologies or other proprietary information may not prevent their misappropriation, particularly outside the United States where laws or law enforcement practices may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States.

49




Products that we are developing for new secure identification markets and components and subsystems markets may not be accepted as quickly as we have projected or at all, which may negatively impact our revenues, margins, earnings and stock price.

We have invested significant time and resources in product development activities for new secure identification markets, including designing and developing numerous enhancements to our driver license systems and improving our cards’ ability to withstand intrusions or alterations without detection. At present, our new products include Digimarc ID Validation Suite (IDVS) and Digimarc IDMarc. If we do not experience a timely, positive reaction from issuing authorities to our new offerings, our projected revenues, margins and earnings may be negatively impacted.

In addition, we are developing new sales channels in domestic and foreign markets for certain components and subsystems of our domestic driver license solutions. We believe these new sales channels may contribute significantly to our future results, as our products get placed into other programs and start generating recurring revenue streams. However, given that this is an emerging area of our business, involving significant time and effort in connection with the development of new products and distribution relationships, there are ongoing risks that these market areas will not develop in the manner or along the timeline that we are projecting, or at all, resulting in significant costs and expenses without corresponding increases in any revenues and profits.

Recent and ongoing leadership, staffing and organizational changes may result in disruptions and inefficiencies in our business during transition periods, may require process changes in our business, and will likely cause additional costs to our business before benefits from such changes may be realized.

During the second quarter of 2004, we made significant changes in our management and staff as a result of a detailed review of our business processes. Many of these changes were initiated following the hiring of our new Chief Financial Officer in June 2004 and other senior managers, and in conjunction with the continuing implementation of our new accounting and material requirements planning systems and work on Sarbanes-Oxley compliance. In 2005, we made certain organizational changes designed to better consolidate the secure ID systems and digital watermarking groups into a single business unit and thereby improve our business execution and operational efficiencies. In addition, we appointed a new President of Government Programs and made considerable changes to the management team that reports to him. While we anticipate that these changes in leadership and staffing will improve operations, there is a risk that these changes may disrupt the operations of our business and, consequently, may result in some short-term inefficiencies as personnel complete their transitions and new leaders implement their new plans and procedures. We also expect that these changes may require further modifications of our finance and business processes and will likely cause additional costs to our business in the short term before any benefits from such changes, if any, may be realized.

We depend on our senior management and key employees for our future success. If we are not able to retain, hire or integrate these employees, we may not be able to meet our commitments.

Our success depends to a significant extent on the performance and continued service of our senior management. Except for our Chief Executive Officer, our senior management does not have employment agreements. The loss of the services of any of our senior management could delay projects or undermine customer relationships.

Due to the high level of technical expertise that our industry requires,our ability to successfully develop, market, sell, license and support our products, services, and intellectual property depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our key personnel in engineering, sales, marketing, operations, legal and licensing, many of whom would be difficult to replace. Similarly, without the continued contributions of our key finance personnel, we believe that our ability to meet our reporting

50




obligations and operate successfully as a public company may be limited. We believe our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to retain our current key employees and our ability to attract, integrate and retain such personnel in the future. It may not be practical for us to match the compensation certain of our employees could garner at other employment. In addition, we may encounter difficulties in hiring and retaining employees because of concerns related to our shareholder litigation and financial performance. In addition, these circumstances may have a negative impact on the market price of our common stock, and employees and prospective employees may factor in the uncertainties relating to our stability and the value of any equity-based incentives in their decisions regarding employment opportunities and decide to leave our employ. In addition, our business is based in part on patented technology, which is unique and not generally known. New employees require substantial training, involving significant resources and management attention. Competition for experienced personnel in our business can be intense. If we do not succeed in attracting new, qualified personnel or in integrating, retaining and motivating our current personnel, our growth and ability to deliver products and services that our customers require may be hampered. Although our employees generally have executed agreements containing non-competition clauses, there is no assurance that a court would enforce all of the terms of these clauses or the clauses generally. If these clauses were not fully enforced, our employees could be able to freely join our competitors. Although we generally attempt to control access to and distribution of our proprietary information by our employees, there can be no assurances that the confidential nature of our proprietary information will be maintained in the course of such future employment. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial and business prospects.

We are engaged in several lawsuits alleging violations of securities law and cannot predict the outcome or ultimate cost of these actions with certainty.

We currently are engaged in litigation relating to the initial public offering of our securities, in addition to the class actions filed against us in connection with our previously announced accounting errors. Such litigation is expensive and lengthy. These matters are discussed in greater detail in Item 3 (Legal Proceedings) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in Note 8 (Commitments and Contingencies) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have incurred significant costs relating to these matters, and expect that we will continue to do so. Due to the inherent uncertainties of such litigation, the ultimate cost and outcome cannot be predicted.

If a judgment were to be entered against the Company and our director and officer liability insurance was inadequate or unavailable, the obligation to pay the judgment may materially harm our business and financial condition.

Our director and officer liability insurance policies provide protection against certain liabilities relating to the securities class action and derivative lawsuits  against us and certain of our officers and directors up to prescribed policy limits. If these policies do not adequately cover expenses and certain liabilities relating to these lawsuits, our financial condition could be materially harmed. In addition, if this insurance coverage becomes unavailable to us or premiums increase significantly in the future, it could make it more difficult for us to retain and attract officers and directors and could expose us to potentially self-funding certain future liabilities ordinarily mitigated by director and officer liability insurance.

We may be required to invest significant additional time and resources to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which may increase our operating expenses and reduce our profitability in the near future.

In 2004, we discovered certain material weaknesses in our internal controls and procedures and since then have deployed significant resources to design and implement new and enhanced controls and

51




procedures. As we monitor the regulatory requirements in the future, we may discover additional problems that require further modifications to our controls, review processes and financial management, which could result in our company experiencing additional costs and expenses that may reduce our profitability in the near future.

ITEM 7A:        QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to the increase or decrease in the amount of interest income we can earn on our investment portfolio and on the increase or decrease in the amount of any interest expense we must pay with respect to outstanding debt instruments. The risk associated with fluctuating interest expense is limited, however, to the exposure related to those debt instruments and credit facilities that are tied to market rates. We do not plan to use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. We plan to ensure the safety and preservation of our invested principal funds by limiting default risk, market risk and investment risk. We plan to mitigate default risk by investing in low-risk securities. At December 31, 2005, we had an investment portfolio of money market funds, commercial securities and U.S. Government securities, including those classified as cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, and short-term investments, of $27.2 million. The original maturities of our investment portfolio range from 4 to 184 days with an average interest rate of 4.1%. We had capital lease obligations of approximately $1.1 million at December 31, 2005. If market interest rates were to increase immediately and uniformly by 10% from levels as of December 31, 2005, the decline of the fair market value of the fixed income portfolio and loans outstanding would not be material. To a lesser extent, the Company is also subject to foreign currency exchange risk in the form of exposures to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

ITEM 8:                FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of Digimarc Corporation and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the three year period ended December 31, 2005 and the independent registered public accounting firm reports thereon are set forth on the F pages of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9:                CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A:        CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The certifications of our principal executive officer and the principal financial officer required in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are attached as exhibits to this Form 10-K. The disclosures set forth in this Item 9A contain information concerning the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, and changes in internal control over financial reporting, referred to in paragraph 4 of the certifications. This Item 9A should be read in conjunction with the officer certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

52




(1)           Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

·        Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

·        Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations from our management and directors; and

·        Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

With the participation of our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2005.

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 has been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Their attestation report is included herein.

(2)           Remediation of Prior Year Material Weaknesses

As previously disclosed in our Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2004 (filed on June 1, 2005), our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2004 due to the following identified material weaknesses.

·        Inadequate supervision and technical accounting expertise within the accounting and finance department.

·        Inadequate design and implementation of new accounting system.

·        Inadequate quarterly and year-end financial statement close and review process.

·        Insufficient controls both for determining the nature and types of costs that should be capitalized and for ensuring allocation of costs to particular projects are appropriate.

·        Insufficient controls to ensure that various international, state and local tax exposures were quantified and properly accrued on a timely basis.

·        Insufficient training and inadequate reconciliation processes for complex revenue recognition requirements primarily related to international transactions.

·        Insufficient controls related to system access and segregation of duties.

53




·        Inadequacies related to entity-level controls.

The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) has defined “material weakness” as a “significant deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected.” As a result of the above material weaknesses, the Company restated the financial results as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 and each quarter therein as well as the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2004 and June 30, 2004.

Throughout 2005, numerous enhancements have been made to our controls over financial reporting, including the following activities:

·        We have hired several new employees into the finance and accounting organization to improve the overall quality and level of experience in the organization. We are continuing to actively recruit and hire new employees to add further depth to the finance and accounting organization.

·        We have made changes in our finance and accounting processes to provide clearer segregation of responsibilities and supervision. Of particular significance is our monthly and quarterly close process which has been enhanced to include additional analysis and support for the financial accounts as well as improved documentation supporting controls over compilation and preparation of our quarterly financial statements.

·        We implemented steps, including changes to our processes and systems, to improve the information flow among the various personnel that have a role in the determination of proper cost capitalization as well as to improve the review and approval process relating to such determination, and we are implementing processes to improve communication among our various functional groups, which include sales, manufacturing, customer support, engineering, accounting, and legal, during the contract negotiation, implementation and fulfillment phases.

·        We implemented preventive control procedures related to system access to monitor and control access to system modules in accordance with appropriate guidelines in order to ensure safeguarding of assets. In addition, we have implemented detective controls such as the enhanced review of accounting transactions and financial statements.

·        We have implemented formal procedures to estimate and document international tax expense and established a procedure to true up prior filings. In addition, we have established procedures to estimate and record our state and local tax expense and exposure.

·        We deployed significant internal and external resources directed at documenting and testing our internal control over financial reporting as contemplated by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, and such efforts have been helpful in improving our overall process and control environment.

With the implementation of the above activities and other measures taken throughout the year, we have significantly improved our internal control environment and reduced to a remote likelihood the possibility of a material misstatement that would not be prevented or detected.

Management is committed to continue monitoring our internal controls over financial reporting and will modify or implement additional controls and procedures that may be required to ensure the ongoing integrity of the Company’s financial statements.

(3)           Evaluation Process; Conclusion on Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures at December 31, 2005

Our current management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, carried out a separate evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and

54




procedures (as defined in Rules 240.13a-15(e) and 240.15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of December 31, 2005, which included an evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures applicable to the period covered by the filing of this periodic report. Management is responsible to maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed with the objective of providing reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Further, such information is to be accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on the evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2005, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Notwithstanding this evaluation, our internal controls and procedures may not be capable of preventing all instances of error or fraud. Any control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are knowledge and resource constraints in any such system, and a large number of complex permutations of facts, circumstances, accounting policies, procedural implications and business practices that must be considered. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, the control systems we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

(4)           Changes to Internal Controls

Other than as described above for the completed remediation of previously disclosed material weakness of the prior year, there have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2005 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting, that Digimarc Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Digimarc Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial

55




reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Digimarc Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, Digimarc Corporation has maintained in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of Digimarc Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended and our report dated March 13, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Portland, Oregon

March 13, 2006

 

ITEM 9B:       OTHER INFORMATION

None.

56




PART III

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K in that we will file the Proxy Statement no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and certain information included therein is incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 10:         DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and controller, as well as a Code of Ethics for Financial Professionals that applies to our principal financial officer and controller.  We have made these codes available in the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.digimarc.com .  This section is included within the “About Company” section on the home page of our website. If we waive, or implicitly waive, any material provision of the codes, or substantively amend the codes, we will disclose that fact on our website within five business days.

The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement, which we intend to file with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors,” “Relationships Among Directors or Executive Officers,” “Management,” “Report of the Nominating Committee of the Board of Directors,” “Report of the Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”

ITEM 11:         EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” and “Executive Compensation.”

ITEM 12:         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement, which we intend to file with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

ITEM 13:         CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement, which we intend to file with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

ITEM 14:         PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the Proxy Statement, which we intend to file with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Audit Fees and Non-Audit Fees.”

57




ITEM 15:         EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)(1)   Financial Statements

The following financial statements are set forth on pages F-1 to F-34 attached to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with Securities and Exchange Commission on March 13, 2006:

(i)              Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Grant Thornton LLP

(ii)          Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—KPMG LLP

(iii)      Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004

(iv)        Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

(v)            Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

(vi)        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

(vii)    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(a)(2)   Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted since they are not required or are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or related notes.

(a)(3)   Exhibits

See Exhibit Index.

58




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

 

/s/ Michael McConnell

Date: March 13, 2006

 

Michael McConnell
Title: Chief Financial Officer (Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

Date

 

/s/ Bruce Davis

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

 

March 13, 2006

Bruce Davis

 

 of the Board of Directors
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

/s/ Michael McConnell

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

March 13, 2006

Michael McConnell

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

/s/ Robert Chamness

 

Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

March 13, 2006

Robert Chamness

 

 

 

 

/s/ Philip Monego, Sr.

 

Director

 

March 13, 2006

Philip Monego, Sr.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brian J. Grossi

 

Director

 

March 13, 2006

Brian J. Grossi

 

 

 

 

/s/ Peter W. Smith

 

Director

 

March 13, 2006

Peter W. Smith

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jim Roth

 

Director

 

March 13, 2006

Jim Roth

 

 

 

 

/s/ James T. Richardson

 

Director

 

March 13, 2006

James T. Richardson

 

 

 

 

/s/ William J. Miller

 

Director

 

March 13, 2006

William J. Miller

 

 

 

 

/s/ Bernard Whitney

 

Director

 

March 13, 2006

Bernard Whitney

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lloyd G. Waterhouse

 

Director

 

March 13, 2006

Lloyd G. Waterhouse

 

 

 

 

 

 

59




DIGIMARC CORPORATION INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Page

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Grant Thornton LLP

 

 

F-2

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—KPMG LLP

 

 

F-3

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

F-4

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

 

F-5

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

 

F-6

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

F-7

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

F-8

 

 

 

F- 1




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Digimarc Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Digimarc Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Digimarc Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Digimarc Corporation and its subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 13, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment, and an unqualified opinion on the effective operation of internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Portland, Oregon
March 13, 2006

F- 2




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Digimarc Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Digimarc Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2004. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Digimarc Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Portland, Oregon
May 27, 2005

F- 3




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

23,964

 

 

 

$

18,489

 

 

Short-term investments

 

 

739

 

 

 

25,068

 

 

Trade accounts receivable, net

 

 

9,469

 

 

 

9,666

 

 

Unbilled trade receivables

 

 

6,228

 

 

 

5,008

 

 

Inventory, net

 

 

7,451

 

 

 

8,858

 

 

Other current assets

 

 

2,828

 

 

 

1,779

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

50,679

 

 

 

68,868

 

 

Restricted cash

 

 

7,279

 

 

 

8,279

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

64,108

 

 

 

63,975

 

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

17,164

 

 

 

21,162

 

 

Other assets, net

 

 

1,009

 

 

 

1,003

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

140,239

 

 

 

$

163,287

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

$

6,722

 

 

 

$

11,424

 

 

Accrued payroll and related costs

 

 

3,731

 

 

 

2,161

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

6,809

 

 

 

4,854

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

2,032

 

 

 

1,492

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

19,294

 

 

 

19,931

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

969

 

 

 

1,112

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

20,263

 

 

 

21,043

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2005 and 2004; issued and outstanding 20,808,994 and 20,453,429 shares at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively

 

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

209,337

 

 

 

206,979

 

 

Deferred stock compensation

 

 

(1,519

)

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

137

 

 

 

147

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(88,000

)

 

 

(64,903

)

 

Total stockholders’ equity  

 

 

119,976

 

 

 

142,244

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

$

140,239

 

 

 

$

163,287

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F- 4




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

$

84,691

 

$

73,919

 

$

71,588

 

Product and subscription

 

16,362

 

19,028

 

14,003

 

Total revenue

 

101,053

 

92,947

 

85,591

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

61,465

 

47,591

 

40,808

 

Product and subscription

 

6,707

 

11,784

 

7,524

 

Total cost of revenue

 

68,172

 

59,375

 

48,332

 

Gross profit

 

32,881

 

33,572

 

37,259

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

15,777

 

12,908

 

12,709

 

Research, development and engineering

 

13,131

 

8,327

 

7,992

 

General and administrative

 

21,524

 

17,150

 

11,629

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

4,035

 

2,536

 

3,152

 

Intellectual property

 

2,014

 

2,162

 

1,846

 

Total operating expenses

 

56,481

 

43,083

 

37,328

 

Operating loss

 

(23,600

)

(9,511

)

(69

)

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

1,095

 

905

 

687

 

Interest expense

 

(203

)

(104

)

(14

)

Other

 

(41

)

53

 

(106

)

Total other income, net

 

851

 

854

 

567

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

 

(22,749

)

(8,657

)

498

 

Provision for income taxes

 

(348

)

(365

)

(323

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(23,097

)

$

(9,022

)

$

175

 

Net income (loss) per share—basic

 

$

(1.13

)

$

(0.44

)

$

0.01

 

Net income (loss) per share—diluted

 

$

(1.13

)

$

(0.44

)

$

0.01

 

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

 

20,485

 

20,326

 

18,572

 

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

 

20,485

 

20,326

 

19,351

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F- 5




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except share data)

 

 

Common stock

 

Additional
paid-in

 

Deferred
stock

 

 

 

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income

 

Accumulated

 

Total
stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

capital

 

compensation

 

Warrant

 

(loss)

 

Deficit

 

equity

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2002  

 

17,640,698

 

 

$18

 

 

 

$176,002

 

 

 

$(1,332

)

 

 

$675

 

 

 

$(43

)

 

 

$(56,056

)

 

 

$119,264

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

622,108

 

 

 

 

 

3,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,567

 

 

Issuance of employee stock purchase plan shares

 

81,044

 

 

 

 

 

862

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

862

 

 

Issuance of common stock and warrants through private placement, net

 

1,785,996

 

 

2

 

 

 

22,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

881

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,452

 

 

Expired warrants and options issued to non-employees

 

 

 

 

 

 

675

 

 

 

 

 

 

(675

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

1,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,291

 

 

Foreign currency translation gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

139

 

 

 

 

 

 

139

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

175

 

 

 

175

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2003  

 

20,129,846

 

 

20

 

 

 

203,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

881

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

(55,881

)

 

 

148,750

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

160,622

 

 

1

 

 

 

679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

680

 

 

Issuance of employee stock purchase plan shares

 

48,455

 

 

 

 

 

468

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

468

 

 

Issuance of common stock and warrants through private placement, net

 

74,506

 

 

 

 

 

969

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

969

 

 

Issuance of common stock for litigation settlement

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

348

 

 

Conversion and expiration of warrants  

 

 

 

 

 

 

881

 

 

 

 

 

 

(881

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,022

)

 

 

(9,022

)

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2004  

 

20,453,429

 

 

21

 

 

 

  206,979

 

 

 

       —

 

 

 

     —

 

 

 

  147

 

 

 

 (64,903

)

 

 

  142,244

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

22,795

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

 

Issuance of employee stock purchase plan shares

 

82,254

 

 

 

 

 

378

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

378

 

 

Issuance of restricted common stock

 

270,000

 

 

 

 

 

2,025

 

 

 

(2,025

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase and retirement of common stock

 

(19,484

)

 

 

 

 

(115

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(115

)

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

506

 

 

Foreign currency translation gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,097

)

 

 

(23,097

)

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2005  

 

20,808,994

 

 

$

21

 

 

 

$

209,337

 

 

 

$

(1,519

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

137    

 

 

 

$

(88,000

)

 

 

$

119,976

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F- 6




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

$

(23,097

)

 

 

$

(9,022

)

 

 

$

175

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

19,700

 

 

 

13,490

 

 

 

10,780

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

506

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,291

 

 

Impairment of investments

 

 

 

 

 

465

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock for litigation settlement

 

 

 

 

 

348

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

25

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

(171

)

 

Other non-cash charges

 

 

(64

)

 

 

703

 

 

 

379

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

(6,303

)

 

 

13,726

 

 

Trade and unbilled accounts receivable, net

 

 

(1,048

)

 

 

(1,448

)

 

 

1,815

 

 

Inventory, net

 

 

1,407

 

 

 

(2,605

)

 

 

(1,162

)

 

Other current assets

 

 

(1,049

)

 

 

273

 

 

 

1,055

 

 

Other assets, net

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(253

)

 

 

(309

)

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(4,702

)

 

 

4,840

 

 

 

(1,424

)

 

Accrued payroll and related costs

 

 

1,570

 

 

 

1,092

 

 

 

(318

)

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,955

 

 

 

1,694

 

 

 

(572

)

 

Other liabilities

 

 

606

 

 

 

1,142

 

 

 

57

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

(3,197

)

 

 

4,679

 

 

 

25,322

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(7,575

)

 

 

(27,247

)

 

 

(7,402

)

 

Capitalization of labor costs

 

 

(7,932

)

 

 

(12,444

)

 

 

(6,609

)

 

Sale or maturity of short-term investments

 

 

180,568

 

 

 

193,355

 

 

 

39,786

 

 

Purchase of short-term investments

 

 

(156,239

)

 

 

(175,392

)

 

 

(63,027

)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

8,822

 

 

 

(21,728

)

 

 

(37,252

)

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

333

 

 

 

2,117

 

 

 

27,881

 

 

Principal payments under capital lease obligations

 

 

(483

)

 

 

(205

)

 

 

(7

)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(150

)

 

 

1,912

 

 

 

27,874

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

5,475

 

 

 

(15,137

)

 

 

15,944

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

18,489

 

 

 

33,626

 

 

 

17,682

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

 

$

23,964

 

 

 

$

18,489

 

 

 

$

33,626

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

 

$

203

 

 

 

$

104

 

 

 

$

14

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

 

$

139

 

 

 

$

400

 

 

 

$

136

 

 

Summary of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment acquired or exchanged under capital lease obligations  

 

 

$

274

 

 

 

$

77

 

 

 

$

1,464

 

 

Grant of restricted stock

 

 

$

2,025

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F- 7




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

(1)    Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Digimarc Corporation is a supplier of secure identity solutions and advanced technologies for use in media management. Our solutions enable governments and businesses around the world to deter counterfeiting and piracy, enhance traffic safety and national security, combat identity theft and fraud, facilitate the effectiveness of voter identification programs, and improve the management of media content. The Company is a supplier of driver licenses in the United States, producing nearly two-thirds of all driver licenses issued.

Digimarc also is a pioneer and leading owner of intellectual property in a signal processing technology innovation known as “digital watermarking,” which allows imperceptible digital codes to be embedded in all forms of media content, including personal identification documents, financial instruments, photographs, movies, music and product packages. The embedded codes within various types of media content can be detected and read by software or hardware detectors in personal computers and other digital devices. As of December 31, 2005, the Company held rights in 222 issued U.S. patents and 59 issued foreign patents on this technology and related technologies, applications, systems, and processes and had more than 500 U.S. and foreign applications pending.

Digimarc’s solutions and technologies are deployed by the Company and its business partners in media objects and digital devices around the world. The substantial majority of the Company’s revenues arise from provision of critical infrastructure pursuant to long-term contracts with government agencies—primarily U.S. state government agencies engaged in the issuance of driver licenses, a consortium of leading Central Banks, and national governments of certain foreign countries. The remainder of our revenues is generated primarily from patent and technology license fees paid by business partners, providing media and rights management solutions to major movie studios and music labels, television and radio broadcasters, creative professionals and other customers around the world.

In December 2001, the Company acquired the assets and assumed certain liabilities of the U.S. large government programs identification systems and international digital identification systems businesses of Polaroid and certain other affiliated entities of Polaroid. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires Digimarc to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Certain of the Company’s accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. These include revenue recognition on long-term service contracts, impairments and estimation of useful lives of long-lived assets, inventory valuation, reserves for uncollectible accounts receivable, and contingencies and litigation. Digimarc bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

F- 8




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the 2004 and 2003 consolidated financial statements and notes thereon have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation. These reclassifications had no material effect on the results of operations or financial position for any year presented.

Certain costs were reclassified from general and administrative to cost of revenue, sales and marketing, research, development and engineering, intellectual property and amortization of intangibles as shown on the consolidated statement of operations. The amortization of intangibles category includes amortization costs related to intangible assets, primarily customer relationship intangibles recorded in December 2001. The intellectual property category includes costs associated with documenting, applying for, and maintaining patents generated through the Company’s research and development efforts. The infrastructure category includes rent, leasehold improvements amortization, insurance expense and infrastructure depreciation. The centralized cost category includes centralized departments that serve all operations such as our information technology department. The methods employed were based on headcount, square footage or a combination of both as appropriate. The table below shows the effects of these reclassifications on prior period numbers:

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

Intellectual

 

 

 

Centralized

 

 

 

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

Before

 

of Intangibles

 

Property

 

Infrastructure

 

Cost

 

After

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue—service

 

$

45,663

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

528

 

 

 

$

1,400

 

 

$

47,591

 

Total cost of revenue

 

57,447

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

528

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

59,375

 

Gross profit

 

35,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(528

)

 

 

(1,400

)

 

33,572

 

Sales and marketing

 

11,919

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

472

 

 

 

517

 

 

12,908

 

Research, development and engineering  

 

7,229

 

 

 

 

 

(1,200

)

 

 

1,070

 

 

 

1,228

 

 

8,327

 

General and administrative

 

25,863

 

 

(2,536

)

 

 

(962

)

 

 

(2,070

)

 

 

(3,145

)

 

17,150

 

Amortization of Intangibles

 

 

 

2,536

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,536

 

Intellectual Property

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,162

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,162

 

Total operating expenses

 

45,011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(528

)

 

 

(1,400

)

 

43,083

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue—service

 

39,412

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

900

 

 

40,808

 

Total cost of revenue

 

46,936

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

900

 

 

48,332

 

Gross profit

 

38,655

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(496

)

 

 

(900

)

 

37,259

 

Sales and marketing

 

11,854

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

539

 

 

 

316

 

 

12,709

 

Research, development and engineering  

 

7,137

 

 

 

 

 

(1,058

)

 

 

1,178

 

 

 

735

 

 

7,992

 

General and administrative

 

19,733

 

 

(3,152

)

 

 

(788

)

 

 

(2,213

)

 

 

(1,951

)

 

11,629

 

Amortization of Intangibles

 

 

 

3,152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,152

 

Intellectual Property

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,846

 

Total operating expenses

 

38,724

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(496

)

 

 

(900

)

 

37,328

 

 

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Digimarc and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

F- 9




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less at the date of acquisition to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents include money market funds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and investments in government bonds totaling $19,171 and $11,606 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Cash equivalents are carried at cost or amortized cost, which approximates market.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash of $7,279 and $8,279 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, consists of cash and cash equivalents that are primarily held as a guarantee for certain performance bond obligations that the Company is obligated to maintain in connection with some of its long-term contracts relating to the secure ID systems business. The Company supports the performance bonds with letters of credit, which may or may not require restricted cash. The letters of credit must be renewed yearly if they are expected to continue, and therefore the need for restricted cash is renewed yearly. However, the Company’s banks have required the Company to restrict this cash until it returns to profitability for one year. Accordingly, restricted cash is classified as a non-current asset.

Investments

The Company considers all investments with original maturities over 90 days that mature in less than one year to be short-term investments. Short-term investments include federal agency notes, company notes, and commercial paper. The Company’s marketable securities are generally classified as held-to-maturity as of the balance sheet date and are reported at amortized cost, which approximates market. The Company also holds market auction preferred investments in its portfolio, which are classified as available-for-sale. The book value of these investments approximates fair market value and, accordingly, no amounts have been recorded to other comprehensive income.

A decline in the market value of any security below cost that is deemed to be other-than-temporary results in a reduction in carrying amount to fair value. The impairment is charged to earnings and a new cost basis for the security is established. To determine whether an impairment is other-than-temporary, the Company considers whether it has the ability and intent to hold the investment until a market price recovery and considers whether evidence indicating the cost of the investment is recoverable outweighs evidence to the contrary. There have been no other-than-temporary impairments identified or recorded by the Company.

Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to yield using a method that approximates the effective-interest method. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued payroll approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying amounts of capital leases approximate fair value as the stated interest rates approximate current market rates. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on

F- 10




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

relevant market information about the financial instrument when available. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Concentrations of Business and Credit Risk

A significant portion of the Company’s business depends on a limited number of large public sector contracts, typically departments of motor vehicles for various states within the United States. Government contracts are generally subject to termination for convenience or lack of appropriation at the determination of the subject agency.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, investments, trade and unbilled accounts recievable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with major banks and financial institutions and at times deposits may exceed insured limits. The Company’s investment policy limits its credit exposure to any one financial institution or type of financial instrument. As a result, the credit risk associated with cash and investments is minimal. At December 31, 2005, the Company had one customer which accounted for 11% of trade and unbilled accounts receiveable.  At December 31, 2004, the Company had no customer which accounted for more than 10% of trade and unbilled accounts receivable.

The Company is dependent on a limited number of third parties to produce systems or components necessary for the Company to produce some of its products. While the Company strives to have alternative suppliers provide it with many of its products, a loss of one or more of such suppliers could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to perform effectively, if at all, for some of its long-term contracts.

Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Revenue earned which has not been invoiced is classified as unbilled trade receivables in the consolidated balance sheets. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience and current information. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company does not have an off-balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers. The amount of the allowance and the charges were as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Balance—beginning of period

 

$

316

 

$

53

 

$

224

 

Provision (recovery)

 

184

 

263

 

(96

)

Charge offs

 

(159

)

 

(75

)

Balance—end of period

 

$

341

 

$

316

 

$

53

 

 

F- 11




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Inventories

Inventory consists primarily of the consumable materials used to manufacture identification cards, such as inks, laminates, and adhesives (considered raw material), equipment held for sale (considered finished goods) and deferred contract costs (considered either finished goods or in-process). Inventories are valued on a first-in, first-out basis at the lower of cost or market value (net realizable value).

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Equipment and deferred contract costs

 

899

 

1,033

 

Consumable materials

 

6,552

 

7,825

 

Inventory, net

 

7,451

 

8,858

 

 

The reserve for slow moving and obsolete items was $240 and $271 at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively. While we do not currently expect to be able to sell or otherwise use the reserved inventory we have on hand based upon our forecast and backlog, it is possible that a customer or customers will decide in the future to purchase a portion of the reserved inventory.

The Company records a provision for excess and obsolete inventory based on changes in market conditions, sales orders, expected sales volumes, and technology advances. The provision was recorded in the period the circumstances occurred or were identified. The activity in the inventory reserve is as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Balance at Beginning of Period

 

$

271

 

$

70

 

$

330

 

Charges to Provision for Obsolescence

 

288

 

726

 

75

 

Deductions against Balance

 

(319

)

(525

)

(335

)

Balance at End of Period

 

$

240

 

$

271

 

$

70

 

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Property and equipment under capital lease obligations are stated at the lower of the present value of minimum lease payments at the beginning of the lease term or fair value of the leased assets at the inception of the lease. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred.

Depreciation on property and equipment is calculated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally two to five years. Property and equipment held under capital leases are amortized by the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life. Amortization of property and equipment under capital lease is included in depreciation expense. Assets specifically used to provide services under long-term contracts are depreciated over the shorter of the contract term or estimated useful life.

Pre-contract Costs

Costs related to pre-contract activity are expensed as incurred in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position (“SOP”) No. 98-5, Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities . The Company begins capitalizing costs when it receives notification that a contract will be awarded.

F- 12




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Software Development Costs

Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 86, Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed, software development costs are to be capitalized beginning when a product’s technological feasibility has been established and ending when a product is made available for general release to customers. To date, the establishment of technological feasibility of the Company’s products has occurred shortly before general release and, therefore, software development costs qualifying for capitalization have been immaterial. Accordingly, the Company has not capitalized any software development costs and has charged all such costs to research and development expense.

Internal use software development costs are accounted for in accordance with AICPA SOP No. 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use . Costs incurred in the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred and costs incurred in the application development stage, which meet the capitalization criteria, are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset, generally three to five years. Costs incurred in the post-implementation stage are expensed as incurred. Internal use software development projects that have been capitalized to date relate to card manufacturing and control systems software.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets relate to the value of customer relationships acquired when the Company purchased certain assets of Polaroid and other technology and intellectual property rights. Customer relationships are generally being amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of 12 years and the other technology and intellectual property rights are being amortized over an estimated useful life of five years. The useful life of the individual asset is evaluated and adjusted when warranted by changes in the contractual arrangement or other evidence indicates a change in useful life. The gross assets and accumulated amortization for intangibles are as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Gross intangible assets

 

$

29,906

 

$

29,869

 

Accumulated amortization

 

(12,742

)

(8,707

)

Intangible assets, net

 

$

17,164

 

$

21,162

 

 

Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The estimated amortization of intangibles over the next five years is as follows:

 

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

$

2,500

 

$

1,900

 

$

1,900

 

$

1,900

 

$

1,900

 

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company accounts for long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . This statement requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of

F- 13




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows or appraised values, depending on the nature of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. During 2004, the Company recorded impairment charges of $465 related to investments in early-stage technology companies. These charges are reflected as sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

Contingencies and Factors that Could Affect Future Results

A portion of the Company’s revenue each year is generated from licensing of technology. In the competitive environment in which the Company operates, product generation, development and marketing processes relating to technology are uncertain and complex, requiring accurate prediction of demand as well as successful management of various development risks inherent in technology development. In light of these dependencies, it is possible that failure to successfully manage future changes in technology with respect to the Company’s technology could have a long-term impact on the Company’s growth and results of operations.

Our contracts for driver license and other identification issuance systems and their related products typically include terms relating to supplier dependencies, time-based performance, development and delivery schedules and milestones, and other contract terms that may create situations where a customer may assert that we are late in meeting our delivery obligations and that we owe them late penalties, charges or other damages. Such provisions are common in large scale government contracts at the state and federal levels. These contracts include installation, customer acceptance and testing, and other delivery and related procedures. Because procedures often require compliance over extended periods of time, they give rise to an increased risk that we may fail to meet timing or other delivery requirements and milestones pursuant to the terms of such contracts. If we failed to meet such requirements or milestones, customers may assert against us compensatory or liquidated damages, breach of contract, or other claims. From time to time, customers have given notice of their intention to assert claims for liquidated damages. Management believes that these assertions are part of the resolution process involving commercial disagreements over the delivery terms of these contracts. Such disputes are not uncommon and tend to be resolved over time. To date, we have not paid any material contractual damages in connection with a customer dispute. While there is always risk that damages could be assessed in the future, management cannot predict, as of December 31, 2005 whether any material damages will be imposed in the future or what the amount of any such damages would be if they were to be imposed. However, our failure to meet contractual milestones or other performance requirements as promised could result in our having to incur increased costs, lower margins, or compensatory obligations in addition to other losses, such as harm to our reputation. Such unexpected increases in costs to meet our contractual obligations or any other requirements necessary to address claims and damages with regard to our customer contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. We anticipate that future contracts will continue to have such provisions unless and until industry practices change.

In addition to our normal price-per-card issuance contracts, we occasionally enter into fixed price contracts. Fixed price contracts typically consist of agreements to sell entire systems or portions of a system for an agreed upon price. These contracts normally do not have clauses that allow for recovery of cost

F- 14




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

overruns. Under fixed price contracts, we provide specific tasks for a specific price and are typically paid on a milestone basis. We have experienced low margins or losses on such contracts in the recent past. Such contracts involve greater financial risks because we bear the risk if actual project costs exceed the amounts we are paid under the contracts. A material percentage of our revenues are derived from fixed price contracts and our reliance on fixed price contracts may grow.

A significant portion of our business depends on a limited number of large, public-sector contracts, which are generally subject to termination for convenience, as determined by the subject agency, or for lack of budgetary appropriation provided for the subject agency. Some government contracts also may be one-time events, such as in the case of some personal identification systems in non-U.S. markets involving voter registration programs. In such cases, we may generate substantial revenue that may not be subject to future renewal. Further, we may face competitive bids for a number of our major accounts in 2006. Moreover, government contracts result from purchasing decisions made by public sector agencies that may be subject to political influence, unusual procurement procedures, strict legal requirements, budget changes and cutbacks during economic downturns, variations in appropriations cycles, and protests of contract awards. Additionally, some governmental authorities require performance bonds that we are obligated to maintain during the life of the contract. Often, the terms of these bonds require that we maintain large restricted cash reserves as a guarantee, reducing our ability to use these funds for our other business purposes. Even with the availability of such cash reserve guarantees, we may not be able to obtain such performance bond underwriting at a favorable rate or at all. Our failure to be able to provide such performance bonds may preclude our ability to bid on new government contracts or maintain our existing contracts for the entirety of their full terms. The size, nature and purpose of, and the risks and uncertainties associated with, public sector contracts can potentially cause our quarterly results to fluctuate and anticipated revenue to decrease significantly.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from the Company’s government-issued credential systems is generally billed and recognized on a per card produced basis. The Company recognizes revenue on these contracts based on the actual monthly production, if available, and in limited situations on estimated volume information. When actual production information becomes available, typically within one month, the Company bills the customer accordingly and any differences from the estimates are recognized in the month the billing occurs. Differences to date have not been significant. Revenue earned which has not been invoiced is classified as unbilled trade receivables in the consolidated balance sheets. Revenue related to an enhancement of or upgrade to an existing system is deferred and recognized over the remaining life of the contract.

Revenue for sales of consumables and equipment not related to a driver license production contract is recognized when the products have been shipped, ownership has been transferred, evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed and determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.

F- 15




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Revenue from professional services arrangements is generally determined based on time and material or a cost plus a profit margin measure. Revenue for professional services is recognized as the services are performed. Progress towards completion is measured using costs incurred compared to the budgeted amounts contained in the contract. Losses on contracts, if any, are provided for in the period in which the loss becomes determinable. Billing for services rendered generally occurs within one month following when the services are provided. Revenue earned which has not been invoiced is classified as unbilled trade receivables in the consolidated balance sheets.

Royalty revenue is recognized when the royalty amounts owed to the Company have been earned, are determinable, and collection is probable. Subscriptions are paid in advance and revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription.

Maintenance revenue is recognized when the maintenance amounts owed to the Company have been earned, are determinable, and collection is probable. Maintenance contracts are, at times, paid in advance and revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the service period.

Deferred revenue consists of payments received in advance for professional services, subscriptions and hardware for which revenue has not been earned.

The Company also generates revenue from the licensing of digital watermarking products and services for use in authenticating documents, detecting fraudulent documents and deterring unauthorized duplication or alteration of high-value documents, for use in communicating copyright, asset management and business-to-business image commerce solutions, and for use in connecting analog media to a digital environment. Software revenue is recognized in accordance with AICPA SOP No. 97-2, as amended by AICPA SOP No. 98-9, Modification of SOP 97-2 , With Respect to Certain Transactions . Revenue for licenses of the Company’s software products is recognized upon the Company meeting the following criteria: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the vendor’s fee is fixed or determinable; and collectibility is probable.

AICPA SOP No. 98-9 requires that revenue be recognized using the “residual method” in circumstances when vendor specific objective evidence exists only for undelivered elements. Under the residual method, revenue is recognized as follows: (1) the total fair value of undelivered elements, as indicated by vendor specific objective evidence, is deferred and subsequently recognized in accordance with the relevant sections of AICPA SOP No. 97-2, and (2) the difference between the total arrangement fee and the amount deferred for the undelivered elements is recognized as revenue related to the delivered elements.

Certain customer arrangements encompass multiple deliverables, such as hardware sales, consumables sales, maintenance fees, and software development fees. The Company accounts for these arrangements in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables . If the deliverables meet the criteria in EITF Issue No. 00-21, the deliverables are divided into separate units of accounting and revenue is allocated to the deliverables based on their relative fair values. The criteria specified in EITF Issue No. 00-21 are as follows (i) the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, (ii) there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered item, and (iii) if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered item is considered probable and substantially in the control of the vendor. For our purposes, fair value is generally defined as the price at which a customer

F- 16




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

could purchase each of the elements independently from other vendors or as the price that the Company has sold the element separately to another customer. Applicable revenue recognition criteria is considered separately for each separate unit of accounting. Management applies judgment to ensure appropriate application of EITF Issue No. 00-21, including value allocation among multiple deliverables, determination of whether undelivered elements are essential to the functionality of delivered elements and timing of revenue recognition, among others.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred as defined in SFAS No. 2, Accounting for Research and Development Costs . The Company accounts for amounts received under its funded research and development arrangements in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 68, Research and Development Arrangements . Under the terms of the arrangements, the Company is not obligated to repay any of the amounts provided by the funding parties. As a result, the Company recognizes revenue as the services are performed.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has various stock-based compensation plans, including stock incentive plans and an employee stock purchase plan. In 2005, the Company continued to apply the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations including Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25 , as allowed by FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . FASB Statement No. 123 and FASB Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123 , established accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair-value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. Generally, under APB Opinion No. 25, stock-based compensation expense is recognized only for stock awards granted with an exercise price below fair market value on the date of grant.

SFAS No. 123 defines a fair value based method of accounting for an employee stock option and similar equity instrument. As is permitted under SFAS No. 123, the Company has elected to continue to account for its stock-based compensation plans under APB Opinion No. 25. The Company has computed the value of all options granted during 2005, 2004 and 2003 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model as prescribed by SFAS No. 123 with the following weighted average assumption for grants:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.50

%

4.00

%

4.00

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

Expected life (in years)

 

4

 

4

 

4

 

Expected volatility

 

50

%

50

%

50

%

 

Using the Black-Scholes methodology, the total value of options granted during 2005, 2004, and 2003 was $4,490, $9,387 and $8,516, respectively, which would be amortized on a pro forma basis over the vesting period of the options. The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2005, 2004, and 2003 was $3.64, $6.56 and $7.81 per share, respectively.

F- 17




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

The effects of applying SFAS No. 123 in this pro forma disclosure are not indicative of future amounts.

The Company has computed the estimated fair value of purchase rights granted under the Purchase Plan on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.50%

 

4.00%

 

4.00%

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

Expected life (in years)

 

0.5 to 2.0

 

0.5 to 2.0

 

0.5 to 2.0

 

Expected volatility

 

50%

 

50%

 

50%

 

 

The weighted-average fair value of the purchase rights granted under the Purchase Plan during fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $1.88, $4.01and $6.24, respectively.

The following table illustrates the effect on net loss and net loss per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to stock-based employee compensation for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively (in thousands, except per-share amounts):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Net income (loss), as reported

 

$

(23,097

)

$

(9,022

)

$

175

 

Add: Stock-based compensation expense determined under the intrinsic value method

 

506

 

 

1,291

 

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards

 

(7,170

)

(12,834

)

(14,121

)

Pro forma net loss

 

$

(29,761

)

$

(21,856

)

$

(12,655

)

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic—as reported

 

$

(1.13

)

$

(0.44

)

$

0.01

 

Diluted—as reported

 

$

(1.13

)

$

(0.44

)

$

0.01

 

Basic—pro forma

 

$

(1.45

)

$

(1.08

)

$

(0.68

)

Diluted—pro forma

 

$

(1.45

)

$

(1.08

)

$

(0.68

)

 

On December 15, 2005, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the acceleration of vesting of the Company’s outstanding stock options with option exercise prices equal to or greater than $9.00. The acceleration  applies to all options outstanding as of December 31, 2005 under the Company’s Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan and 2000 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan, except for options held by members of the Company’s Board of Directors. Options to purchase 422,248 shares of the Company’s common stock, or 6% of the Company’s total outstanding options, with a weighted average exercise price of $11.51 and varying remaining vesting schedules, are subject to this acceleration and become immediately vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2005. Of these 422,248 options, 120,972 options are held by the Company’s executive officers. As a result of this acceleration, the Company reduced its exposure to the effects of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Statement of Financial Accounting Standards

F- 18




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (FAS 123R), which requires the Company to recognize stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options based on the fair value method for periods beginning after December 31, 2005. The incremental pro forma expense as a result of the acceleration was $1,362 and has been included in the table above as a result of this acceleration.

On December 21, 2004, the Audit, Compensation and Corporate Governance Committees of the Board of Directors of the Company approved the acceleration of vesting of the Company’s outstanding stock options with option exercise prices greater than $15.00. The acceleration applied to all options outstanding under the Company’s Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan and 2000 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan that would not have otherwise vested in full by June 30, 2005 in accordance with their terms. The effective date of the vesting acceleration is December 31, 2004. The $15.00 exercise price was selected because it was higher than (i) the price at which the Company’s stock had traded during the period prior to the announcement of the restatement of prior financial results, (ii) the average trading price of the Company’s common stock for the last two years, and (iii) the purchase price per share of the Company’s common stock in the Company’s private placement in August 2003. Options to purchase 310,057 shares of the Company’s common stock, or 5% of the total number of options of the Company outstanding as of December 31, 2004 with remaining vesting schedules, were accelerated. Accelerating the vesting of the Company’s options prior to the time at which these new accounting changes become effective accelerates the recognition of any remaining pro forma expense calculated under Statement 123 associated with these options. No additional compensation expense was recorded in the statement of operations as the options that were accelerated had an exercise price greater than the fair market value of the shares underlying the options on the date of the modification. The incremental pro forma expense as a result of the acceleration was $1,138 and has been included in the table above as a result of this acceleration. Of these 310,057 options, approximately 50,000 options are held by the Company’s executive officers. Other than the Company’s chairman and chief executive officer, no director of the Company holds any options subject to the acceleration.

On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 123(R)  Share-Based Payment , which is a revision of Statement No. 123 and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. Statement No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be valued at fair value on the date of grant, and to be expensed over the applicable vesting period. Pro forma disclosure of the income statement effects of share-based payments is no longer an alternative. In addition, companies must recognize compensation expense related to any awards that are not fully vested as of the effective date. Compensation expense for the unvested awards will be measured based on the fair value of the awards previously calculated in developing the pro forma disclosures in accordance with the provisions of Statement No. 123. The effective date for this pronouncement is for the next fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company will adopt SFAS 123(R) effective January 1, 2006. The Company is evaluating the requirements of SFAS 123(R) and expects that the adoption of SFAS 123(R) will have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations. The Company has not yet determined the method of adoption or the effect of adopting SFAS 123(R), and it has not determined whether adoption will result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma disclosures under SFAS 123.

Information regarding deferred stock compensation expense and information related to the assumptions used in the above calculations is further described in Note 5.

F- 19




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Non-Employee Stock Compensation

The Company accounts for stock issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 and EITF Issue No 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services .

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred income taxes reflect the future tax consequences of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year-end. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Net income (loss) per share is calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share, which provides that basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for all periods presented are to be computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, with diluted net income per share including the effect of potentially dilutive common shares.

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2005

 

Year  Ended December 31, 2004

 

Year  Ended December 31, 2003

 

 

 

Income
(000’s)
(Numerator)

 

Shares
(000’s)
(Denominator)

 

Per
Share
  Amount

 

Income
(000’s)
(Numerator)

 

Shares
(000’s)
(Denominator)

 

Per
Share
Amount

 

Income
(000’s)
(Numerator)

 

Shares
(000’s)
(Denominator)

 

Per
Share
Amount

 

Basic EPS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income available to common stockholders

 

 

$

(23,097

)

 

 

20,485

 

 

 

$

(1.13

)

 

 

$

(9,022

)

 

 

20,326

 

 

 

$

(0.44

)

 

 

$

175

 

 

 

18,572

 

 

 

$

0.01

 

 

Effect of Dilutive Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

778

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted EPS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income available to common stockholders

 

 

$

(23,097

)

 

 

20,485

 

 

 

$

(1.13

)

 

 

$

(9,022

)

 

 

20,326

 

 

 

$

(0.44

)

 

 

$

175

 

 

 

19,351

 

 

 

$

0.01

 

 

 

Common stock equivalents related to stock options and warrants of 6,203,114, 5,893,251 and 3,942,393 were excluded from diluted net income per share calculations for 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively, as their exercise price was higher than the average market price of the underlying common stock for the period. Common stock equivalents related to stock options and warrants of 425,249 and 308,944 are antidilutive in a net loss year and, therefore, are not included in 2005 and 2004 diluted net loss per share, respectively.

F- 20




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as changes in stockholders’ equity exclusive of transactions with owners. To date, only foreign currency translation adjustments are required to be reported in comprehensive income (loss). Comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(23,097

)

$

(9,022

)

$

175

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

(10

)

51

 

139

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

(23,107

)

$

(8,971

)

$

314

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 (FAS 151). FAS 151 clarifies that abnormal inventory costs such as costs of idle facilities, excess freight and handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage) are required to be recognized as current period charges. This prouncement is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2006. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of FAS 151 and does not expect that the adoption will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

(2)           Property and Equipment

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Office furniture and equipment

 

4,999

 

3,815

 

Production equipment

 

96,770

 

82,028

 

Leasehold improvements

 

1,738

 

1,901

 

 

 

103,507

 

87,744

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(39,399

)

(23,769

)

 

 

$

64,108

 

$

63,975

 

 

(3)           Leases

The Company leases certain computers and office equipment under long-term capital leases, which expire over the next 48 months. The cost of these assets was $1,068 and $1,541 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and accumulated amortization was $954 and $463 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

F- 21




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases and the present value of future minimum capital lease payments are as follows:

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

Capital
Leases

 

Operating
Leases

 

2006

 

$

606

 

 

$

2,260

 

 

2007

 

454

 

 

1,610

 

 

2008

 

75

 

 

1,492

 

 

2009

 

4

 

 

1,541

 

 

2010

 

 

 

1,465

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

587

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

1,139

 

 

$

8,955

 

 

Less amount representing interest

 

(71

)

 

 

 

 

Net obligation under capital leases

 

1,068

 

 

 

 

 

Less current portion

 

(555

)

 

 

 

 

Non-current portion

 

$

513

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rent expense on the operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 totaled $2,546, $2,998 and $2,863, respectively.

(4)           Defined Contribution Pension Plan

The Company sponsors an employee savings plan (the “Plan”) which qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employees become eligible to participate in the Plan at the beginning of the following quarter after the employees’ hire date. Employees may contribute up to 20% of their pay to the Plan, subject to the limitations of the Internal Revenue Code. Company matching contributions are discretionary. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company made discretionary matching contributions in the aggregate amount of $479 and $70, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2003 the Company made no discretionary matching contributions.

(5)           Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

In December 1999, all outstanding preferred stock of the Company was converted to common stock upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering. The authorized preferred stock of the Company following its re-incorporation and the initial public offering consists of 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock.

Common Stock

In August 2003, the Company completed a private placement of 1,785,996 units, with each unit consisting of one share of common stock and warrants exercisable for 0.15 shares of common stock, resulting in net proceeds of $23,450, after deducting commissions and offering expenses.

F- 22




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

In November 2004, the Board of Directors authorized and declared a dividend of one right for each outstanding share of common stock to stockholders of record at the close of business on November 29, 2004, and authorized the issuance of one right for each share of common stock issued by Digimarc under certain circumstances in the future. Each right entitles the registered holder, subject to the terms of the Rights Agreement between us and the rights agent, to purchase from us one one-hundredth of a share (a unit) of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a purchase price of $100.00 per unit, under circumstances described in the Rights Agreement. The purchase price, the number of units of preferred stock and the type of securities issuable upon exercise of the rights are subject to adjustment. The rights will expire at the close of business November 16, 2014 unless earlier redeemed or exchanged. Until a right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as one of our stockholders, including the right to vote or to receive dividends. The rights are not immediately exercisable. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Rights Agreement, they will become exercisable ten business days after a person or group acquires, or commences a tender or exchange offer which would lead to the acquisition of beneficial ownership of 15% or more of Digimarc’s outstanding common stock, subject to prior redemption or exchange and subject to exceptions specified in the Rights Agreement, including an exception for certain existing large shareholders that have historically held ownership positions in excess of 15 percent. Subject to these exceptions, once a person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of Digimarc’s outstanding common stock, each right not owned by that person or group or certain related parties will entitle its holder to purchase, at the right’s then-current purchase price, units of Series A preferred stock or, at Digimarc’s option, shares of common stock or cash, property or other securities of our company having a market value equal to twice the then-current purchase price, subject to terms and conditions of the Rights Agreement.

Restricted Stock

On February 23, 2005, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the form of the restricted stock agreement to be used in connection with restricted stock awards to be granted to officers of the Company under the terms of the Company’s 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. The agreement provides, among other things, that the shares will vest in full upon the termination of the officer’s employment without cause or the officer’s resignation for good reason following a change in control of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the plan administrator has discretionary authority, among other things, to determine the terms and conditions of any award granted under the Plan. The Compensation Committee approved grants of restricted stock awards to certain of its named executive officers, effective as of March 1, 2005, totaling 270,000 shares. One-quarter of the restricted shares granted to these executive officers will vest each December 31 beginning on December 31, 2005.

Deferred Stock Compensation

For 2005, stock-based compensation expense relates to restricted stock granted in the current year, is based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the restricted stock was granted (measurement date), and is being recognized over the vesting period of the related restricted stock using the straight-line method. For prior years, deferred stock compensation expense is based on the difference between the fair market value of the Company’s common stock and the exercise price of options to purchase that stock on the date of grant, and was recognized over the vesting period of the related options, generally four years. For the year ended December 31, 2005, $506 of stock-based compensation

F- 23




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

expense was recorded. No stock-based compensation was recorded as expense in 2004 while $1,291 was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Stock Incentive Plan

In October 1995, the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan, subsequently amended (the “1995 Plan”), was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. Under the terms of the 1995 Plan, the Board of Directors is authorized to grant incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options and restricted stock to officers, directors, employees or consultants. Prices for all options or stock granted under the 1995 Plan are determined by the Board of Directors. Option prices for incentive stock options are set at not less than the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. Options vest over periods determined by the Board of Directors, generally four years. Options are contingent upon continued employment with the Company and, unless otherwise specified, expire ten years from the date of grant. The Company has reserved 2,800,000 shares of its common stock for issuance under the 1995 Plan.

In October 1999, the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, subsequently amended and restated (the “1999 Plan”) was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company initially reserved 1,500,000 shares of its common stock for issuance under the 1999 Plan. Upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering, shares available for grant from the 1995 Plan were transferred to the 1999 Plan. Since adoption, the Company has reserved an additional 10,113,414 shares of its common stock for issuance under the 1999 Plan bringing the total reserved under the 1999 plan to 11,613,414 shares, and the total reserved under the 1995 Plan and the 1999 Plan combined to 14,413,414 shares. The exercise price and term of options granted under the 1999 Plan are determined by the Company’s Board of Directors or by a committee they designate.

As part of the 1999 Plan, the Company adopted the 1999 Non-Employee Director Option Program (the “Director Plan”). Under the Director Plan, an automatic option grant to acquire 10,000 shares will be given to each non-employee director then-existing or first elected to the Company’s Board of Directors which vest in three annual increments on the anniversary date of the grant date. Additionally, an annual option grant of 10,000 shares is given to each non-employee director on the date of the Company’s annual stockholders’ meeting if certain conditions are met. These options vest on the first anniversary of the grant date. The exercise price of the options under the Director Plan is the fair market value on the date of grant. In 2002, the Director Plan was further amended to allow for 20,000 shares to be granted to non-employee directors elected or appointed to the Board of Directors for the first time on or after March 29, 2002. These options vest and become exercisable in 36 equal installments on each monthly anniversary of the grant date, such that the stock options will be fully exercisable three years after the grant date. Upon the date of each annual stockholders meeting, each non-employee director who has been a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for at least six months prior to the date of the stockholders meeting will receive an automatic grant of options to acquire 12,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price per share equal to fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. These options vest and become exercisable in twelve equal installments on each monthly anniversary of the grant date, such that the stock options will be fully exercisable one year after the grant date. The Director Plan was also amended to allow for the grant of options exercisable for 3,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant to each non-employee director who serves as a member of a committee of the Board of Directors immediately following each

F- 24




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, provided such non-employee director has been a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for at least six months prior to the date of the stockholders meeting.

These stock options vest and become exercisable in twelve equal installments on each monthly anniversary of the grant date, such that the stock options will be fully exercisable one year after the date of grant. The Director Plan was amended on April 17, 2003 to clarify that committee-related option grants were to be made to non-employee directors serving only on “standing committees” of the Board of Directors. The Director Plan was also amended on May 2, 2003 to eliminate the requirement that a non-employee director must have been a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for at least six months prior to the date of the stockholders meeting in order to receive a committee-related option grant. The Director Plan was further amended on March 10, 2004 to provide that the Board of Directors may waive the issuance of option grants under the Director Plan, in whole or in part, for any particular year. The Board of Directors determined not to grant an option to purchase 3,000 shares of common stock to directors in 2004 and 2005 under the Director Plan for service on each standing committee of the Board of Directors.

In June 2000, the 2000 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the “2000 Plan”) was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company initially reserved 275,000 shares of its common stock for issuance under the 2000 Plan. Options from the 2000 Plan cannot be granted to officers or directors of the Company. The exercise price and term of options granted under the 2000 Plan are determined by the Company’s Board of Directors or by a committee they designate. The exercise price is generally set at the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. Options under the 2000 Plan generally vest over four years.

Transactions involving the stock incentive plans are summarized as follows:

 

 

Number of
Shares

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

 

Options outstanding, December 31, 2002

 

6,632,889

 

 

$

16.31

 

 

Granted

 

1,090,887

 

 

15.19

 

 

Exercised

 

(622,108

)

 

5.73

 

 

Canceled

 

(793,130

)

 

17.74

 

 

Options outstanding, December 31, 2003

 

6,308,538

 

 

16.98

 

 

Granted

 

1,429,952

 

 

11.95

 

 

Exercised

 

(160,622

)

 

4.23

 

 

Canceled

 

(741,688

)

 

16.00

 

 

Options outstanding, December 31, 2004

 

6,836,180

 

 

16.33

 

 

Granted

 

1,257,850

 

 

6.35

 

 

Exercised

 

(22,795

)

 

2.23

 

 

Canceled

 

(702,599

)

 

15.62

 

 

Options outstanding, December 31, 2005

 

7,368,636

 

 

$

14.74

 

 

 

F- 25




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

Outstanding

 

Exercisable

 

Range of Exercise Prices

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)

 

Weighted
Average
Price

 

Number of Shares

 

Weighted
Average
Price

 

$ 0.50 – $  6.15

 

 

921,108

 

 

 

8.33

 

 

 

$

5.09

 

 

 

246,120

 

 

 

$

2.86

 

 

$ 6.19 – $  9.85

 

 

776,162

 

 

 

8.70

 

 

 

$

7.88

 

 

 

400,138

 

 

 

$

8.88

 

 

$10.12 – $12.25

 

 

800,868

 

 

 

7.96

 

 

 

$

11.59

 

 

 

799,201

 

 

 

$

11.59

 

 

$12.40 – $13.25

 

 

757,304

 

 

 

7.12

 

 

 

$

12.83

 

 

 

757,003

 

 

 

$

12.83

 

 

$13.38 – $14.13

 

 

1,125,726

 

 

 

5.22

 

 

 

$

14.05

 

 

 

1,125,726

 

 

 

$

14.05

 

 

$14.18 – $15.24

 

 

778,743

 

 

 

6.99

 

 

 

$

15.11

 

 

 

778,743

 

 

 

$

15.11

 

 

$15.25 – $17.00

 

 

958,031

 

 

 

6.90

 

 

 

$

16.30

 

 

 

958,031

 

 

 

$

16.30

 

 

$17.13 – $26.25

 

 

874,644

 

 

 

5.44

 

 

 

$

20.67

 

 

 

874,644

 

 

 

$

20.67

 

 

$27.50 – $35.13

 

 

121,050

 

 

 

4.36

 

 

 

$

31.40

 

 

 

121,050

 

 

 

$

31.40

 

 

$53.94 – $53.94

 

 

255,000

 

 

 

4.08

 

 

 

$

53.94

 

 

 

255,000

 

 

 

$

53.94

 

 

$ 0.50 – $53.94

 

 

7,368,636

 

 

 

6.85

 

 

 

$

14.74

 

 

 

6,315,656

 

 

 

$

16.16

 

 

 

At December 31, 2005, 3,833,378 shares were available for grant. At December 31, 2004, 5,385,824 options were exercisable at a weighted average price of $17.50. At December 31, 2003, 3,675,637 options were exercisable at a weighted average price of $18.22.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, subsequently amended and restated (the “Purchase Plan”), the Company has authorized the issuance of 1,806,665 shares of common stock, 1,384,549 of which are available for purchase at December 31, 2005. The Purchase Plan allows eligible employees to purchase the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of an employee’s base compensation, not to exceed $21 per year, including commissions, bonuses and overtime, at a price equal to 85% of the lower of the fair value at the beginning or end of each enrollment period.

The Company delayed the purchase of shares under the Purchase Plan that would have occurred on November 30, 2004 until May 31, 2005. The purchase was delayed because the Company’s failure to timely file its third quarter Form 10-Q caused the registration statements on Form S-8 on file with the SEC for the Purchase Plan to not reflect current information. As a result of the delay, participants were provided with the opportunity to withdraw all of the accumulated payroll deductions credited to their account under the Purchase Plan, or terminate future payroll deductions.

Warrants

The Company has in the past issued warrants amd options for the purchase common stock to certain non-employee partners, consultants and investors. As of the date of these financial statements, all such warrants have expired. Because these warrants are reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ for the 2003 and 2004 fiscal years, accounting rules require that we include in these notes certain information concerning these warrants.

In October 1999, the Company entered into a two-year agreement with Hearst Communications, Inc. (Hearst) in which the Company and Hearst would jointly promote Internet-enabled advertising. In connection with the Hearst agreement, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock to Hearst at $20 per share. Of the 150,000 shares, 62,500 vested upon the Company’s initial

F- 26




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

public offering, another 62,500 shares were to vest based on the achievement of certain milestones within the first year of the agreement, and the final 25,000 were to vest upon reaching the one-year anniversary of the commercial availability date for Digimarc MediaBridge. The warrant was exercisable for three years after each vesting date.

The Company recorded $633 of sales and marketing expense during 1999 that related to the vested portion of the warrant. During 2000 and 2001, the specified milestones for vesting were not met and the agreement with Hearst was terminated prior to the one-year anniversary of the commercial availability date for Digimarc MediaBridge. Therefore, no additional warrant expense was recorded as no additional vesting occurred. As of December 31, 2002, no portion of the warrant had been exercised. As of December 31, 2002, these warrants had expired.

In 2001, the Company issued 5,000 options to non-employees who provided consulting services and recorded expense related to those options of $42 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: no expected dividends; expected volatility of 100%; risk-free interest rate of 4.40%; and contractual life ranging from 0.5 to 3.0 years. In January 2002, 3,000 of these options expired. The remainder of these options will expire in July of 2006.

In August 2003, the Company issued an aggregate of 267,899 warrants with an exercise price of $14.00 per share as a part of a private placement of 1,785,996 units, with each unit consisting of one share of common stock and warrants exercisable for 0.15 shares of common stock. The warrants were exercisable for 15 days beyond the effective date of the common stock registration for the private placement. The effective date of the common stock registration was December 23, 2003. In January 2004, 74,506 warrants were exercised. The remainder of these warrants have expired unexercised.

(6)           Income Taxes

Domestic and foreign pre-tax income (loss) is as follows:

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Domestic

 

$

(21,491

)

$

(7,226

)

$

374

 

Foreign

 

(1,258

)

(1,431

)

124

 

Total

 

$

(22,749

)

$

(8,657

)

$

498

 

 

F- 27




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company was profitable in some foreign jurisdictions. Therefore, a provision for current foreign tax of $348, $365 and $323, respectively, was recorded. No provision was recorded for federal or state taxes. The reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Income taxes computed at statutory rates

 

$

(7,734

)

$

(2,943

)

$

169

 

Increases (decreases) resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

(930

)

(270

)

41

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

8,220

 

3,524

 

328

 

Recharge expenses

 

 

381

 

290

 

Amortization expenses

 

323

 

 

 

Other non-deductible

 

81

 

 

 

Generated research credits

 

 

(273

)

(558

)

Foreign rate differential, net of credits

 

169

 

89

 

(13

)

Meals and entertainment

 

116

 

78

 

65

 

Other

 

103

 

(221

)

1

 

Total

 

$

348

 

$

365

 

$

323

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company’s deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31 are as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

37,708

 

$

31,490

 

Research and experimentation credits

 

2,183

 

2,617

 

Accrued expenses and allowances

 

1,672

 

1,030

 

Deferred revenue

 

1,475

 

1,177

 

Deferred compensation

 

272

 

643

 

Foreign tax credit

 

331

 

331

 

Impairment of investments

 

192

 

 

Other

 

1

 

2

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

 

43,834

 

37,290

 

Less valuation allowance

 

(41,825

)

(34,571

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

2,009

 

2,719

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Tax depreciation and amortization

 

2,009

 

2,719

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

2,009

 

2,719

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

 

$

 

$

 

 

F- 28




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against deferred tax assets as it is not more likely than not that deferred tax assets will be recoverable. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was an increase of $7,254, $3,617 and $368, respectively. Included in the valuation allowance at December 31, 2005 is $10,051 for deferred tax assets for which subsequently recognized tax benefits, if any, will be allocated to contributed capital.

At December 31, 2005, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $98,500 to offset against future income for foreign, federal and state tax purposes, and research and experimentation credits of $2,183. Approximately $26,205 of the net operating loss carryforward will be allocated to contributed capital if subsequently recognized. These carryforwards expire through 2025.

A provision of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a limitation on the utilization of net operating losses and research and experimentation credits when there is a change of more than 50% in ownership of the Company. The Company has had several such changes since 1996.

United States taxes have not been provided on undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries. The Company’s intention is to reinvest these earnings and repatriate only when it is tax efficient to do so. Accordingly, the Company believes no federal or state tax will be incurred upon repatriation.

(7)           Segment Information

Geographic Information

The Company derives its revenue from a single reporting segment: secure identification and media management solutions. Revenue is generated in this segment through licensing and subscription of its various products and the delivery of contracted and consulting services related to these products. The Company markets its products in the United States and in non-U.S. countries through its sales personnel and its subsidiaries. The Company’s management evaluates resource allocation decisions and the performance of the Company based upon revenue by the geographic regions of the segment and does not receive discrete financial information about asset allocation and expense allocation on a disaggregated basis.

Information regarding geographic areas for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

United States

 

$

80,119

 

$

72,173

 

$

71,542

 

International

 

20,934

 

20,774

 

14,049

 

 

 

$

101,053

 

$

92,947

 

$

85,591

 

 

Revenue is attributed to countries based on the location of the identifiable customers.

 

 

December 31,

 

Long-lived tangible assets:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

United States

 

$

60,675

 

$

59,683

 

International

 

3,433

 

4,292

 

 

 

$

64,108

 

$

63,975

 

 

F- 29




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Intangible assets, net:

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

United States

 

$

16,829

 

$

19,903

 

International

 

335

 

1,259

 

 

 

$

17,164

 

$

21,162

 

 

Major Customers

No single customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenues for the year ended December 31, 2005, 2004 or 2003. There was one customer that accounted for 11% of the Company’s trade and unbilled accounts receivable for the year ended December 31, 2005. No customer accounted for more than 10% of trade and unbilled accounts receivable at December 31, 2004.

(8)           Commitments and Contingencies

Beginning in September 2004, three purported class action lawsuits were commenced against us and certain of our current and former directors and officers by or on behalf of persons claiming to have purchased or otherwise acquired our securities during the period from April 17, 2002 to July 28, 2004. These lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the District of Oregon and were consolidated into one action for all purposes on December 16, 2004. On May 16, 2005, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. The complaint asserted claims under the federal securities laws, specifically Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, relating to our announcement that we had discovered errors in our accounting for software development costs and project capitalization and other project cost capitalization accounting practices, and that we likely would be required to restate our previously reported financial statements for full fiscal year 2003 and the first two quarters of 2004. Specifically, the complaint alleged that we issued false and misleading financial statements and created a misperception regarding the profitability of the company in order to inflate the value of Digimarc stock, which permitted insider sales of personal holdings at inflated values, and that we maintained insufficient accounting controls, which created an environment where improper accounting could be used to manipulate financial results. The complaint sought unspecified damages.  On November 30, 2005, the Court granted our motion to dismiss the amended complaint on the grounds that plaintiffs had failed to allege facts sufficient to support their allegation that the defendants knowingly or recklessly acted in violation of the securities laws. Plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint on January 17, 2006. On February 14, 2006, we filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint on the grounds that plaintiffs still fail to allege facts sufficient to support their allegation that the defendants knowingly or recklessly acted in violation of the securities laws. This motion is pending. Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation and because the lawsuits are still at a preliminary stage, the ultimate outcome of the matter cannot be predicted.

On or about October 19, 2004, two purported shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed against certain of the Company’s officers and directors, naming the Company as a nominal defendant, in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of San Luis Obispo. These lawsuits were consolidated into one action for all purposes on March 14, 2005. On July 19, 2005, the court granted the Company’s motion to stay these consolidated actions in favor of a shareholder derivative action to be filed by plaintiffs in the Circuit Court of the State of Oregon for the County of Washington. On August 25, 2005, the California plaintiffs filed two new derivative lawsuits in the United States District Court for the

F- 30




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

District of Oregon. On October 17, 2005, defendants filed a motion to dismiss these complaints for lack of subject matter jurisdiction and failure to state a claim. This motion currently is pending. Separately, on November 8, 2004, a letter was mailed to the chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors by a law firm purporting to represent a shareholder of the Company, demanding that the board commence a civil action against each of the directors and officers on behalf of the Company to recover for damages alleged to have been incurred as a result of alleged breaches of fiduciary duties. On or about April 6, 2005, this shareholder filed a purported shareholder derivative suit against certain of the Company’s officers and directors, naming the Company as a nominal defendant, in the Circuit Court of the State of Oregon for the County of Washington. These suits claim that certain of these officers and directors breached their fiduciary duties to the Company’s shareholders and to the Company. The complaints are derivative in nature and do not seek relief from the Company. The Company has appointed a committee to investigate the claims asserted in the demand letter and in the derivative lawsuits. On August 25, 2005, the individual defendants filed a motion to stay this state court derivative lawsuit, and on September 26, 2005, the Court entered a stipulated order granting the motion and staying the case pending the outcome of an investigation by a committee appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors of the claims asserted in the demand letter and in the derivative lawsuits. That stay expired on February 28, 2006, and defendants have until March 31, 2006 to respond to the complaints in this lawsuit.

Beginning in May 2001, a number of substantially identical class action complaints alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York naming approximately 300 companies, including the Company, certain of its officers and directors, and certain underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering as defendants. The complaints have since been consolidated into a single action, and a consolidated amended complaint was filed in April 2002. The amended complaint alleges, among other things, that the underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering violated securities laws by failing to disclose certain alleged compensation arrangements (such as undisclosed commissions or stock stabilization practices) in the Company’s initial public offering registration statement and by engaging in manipulative practices to artificially inflate the price of the Company’s stock in the after-market subsequent to the Company’s initial public offering. The Company and certain of its officers and directors are named in the amended complaint pursuant to Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, and Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on the basis of an alleged failure to disclose the underwriters’ alleged compensation arrangements and manipulative practices. The complaint seeks unspecified damages. The individual officer and director defendants entered into tolling agreements and, pursuant to a court order dated October 9, 2002, were dismissed from the litigation without prejudice. Furthermore, in July 2002, the Company and the other defendants in the consolidated cases filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint for failure to state a claim. The motion to dismiss claims under Section 11 was denied as to virtually all the defendants in the consolidated actions, including the Company. The claims against the Company under Section 10(b), however, were dismissed. In June 2003, a committee of the Company’s board of directors conditionally approved a proposed partial settlement with the plaintiffs in this matter. In June 2004, an agreement of settlement was submitted to the court for preliminary approval. The settlement would provide, among other things, a release of the Company and of the individual defendants for the conduct alleged in the amended complaint to be wrongful. The Company would agree to undertake other responsibilities under the partial settlement, including agreeing to assign away, not assert, or release certain potential claims the Company may have against its underwriters. Any direct financial impact of the proposed settlement (other than defense costs incurred and expensed prior to May 31, 2003) is expected to be borne by the Company’s insurers. The court granted the preliminary approval motion on February 15, 2005, subject to certain modifications. On August 31, 2005, the court issued a preliminary order further approving the

F- 31




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

modifications to the settlement and certifying the settlement classes. The court also appointed the Notice Administrator for the settlement and ordered that notice of the settlement be distributed to all settlement class members beginning on November 15, 2005 and completed by January 15, 2006. The settlement fairness hearing has been set for April 26, 2006. Following the hearing, if the court determines that the settlement is fair to the class members, the settlement will be approved. There can be no assurance that this proposed settlement will be approved and implemented in its current form, or at all. Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation and because the settlement approval process is at a preliminary stage, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of the matter.

The Company from time to time experiences delays in identification system implementation, timely acceptance for identification systems programs, concerns regarding identification system program performance, and other contractual disputes. Customers have asserted, and may in the future assert, compensatory or liquidated damages, breach of contract, or other claims alleging that we have failed to meet timing or other delivery requirements and milestones pursuant to the terms of such contracts. From time to time, customers have given notice of their intention to assert claims for liquidated damages. Management believes that these assertions are part of the resolution process involving commercial disagreements over the delivery terms of these contracts. Such disputes are not uncommon and tend to be resolved over time. To date, we have not paid any material contractual damages in connection with a customer dispute. While there is always risk that damages could be assessed in the future, management cannot predict, as of December 31, 2005, whether any material damages will be imposed in the future or what the amount of any such damages would be if they were to be imposed. However, our failure to meet contractual milestones or other performance requirements as promised, or to successfully resolve customer disputes, could result in our having to incur liability for damages, as well as increased costs, lower margins, or compensatory obligations in addition to other losses, such as harm to our reputation. Such circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. We anticipate that future contracts will continue to have such provisions unless and until industry practices change. The Company is subject from time to time to other legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be determined, management believes that the final disposition of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity of the Company. No accrual has been recorded because the amounts are not probable or reasonably estimatable in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies .

Certain of the Company’s product license and services agreements include an indemnification provision for claims from third parties relating to the Company’s intellectual property. Such indemnification provisions are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies . To date, there have been no claims made under such indemnification provisions.

The Company is subject from time to time to other legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be determined, management believes that the final disposition of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity of the Company. No accrual has been recorded because the amounts are not probable or reasonably estimatable in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies .

F- 32




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

(9)           Related Party Transactions

In 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company entered into services and licensing arrangements with a holder of common stock. The Company recognized $486, $638 and $118 in revenue for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, in connection with these arrangements. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, net accounts receivable from this customer were $231 and $202, respectively. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, deferred revenue from this customer was $320 and $480, respectively.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2005, the Company entered into a relocation agreement with an executive officer. As part of the relocation package, the Company purchased the personal residence of that officer. The purchase price was based on independent appraisals and totaled $825. The Company has assumed all rights and obligations related to the residence and is actively marketing it for sale. The carrying cost of this asset is included on the balance sheet in the Other Current Assets line.

(10)    Subsequent Events

On January 3, 2006, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors granted options to purchase 515,000 shares of the Company’s common stock and awarded 105,000 restricted stock shares and 105,000 performance vesting shares under its 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, to named executive officers. The options were granted with an exercise price equal to the market price on the date of grant. The options and the shares subject to the restricted stock awards will vest over a four-year period following the date of grant. The performance vesting shares will vest in full (or terminate) based on the achievement within three years of the date of grant of a specified performance goal related to the price per share of the Company’s common stock. Specific terms of the option grants are governed by a Stock Option Award Agreement between the Company and each named executive officer. Specific terms of the restricted stock awards and performance vesting share awards are governed by a Restricted Stock Agreement and Performance Vesting Share Agreement between the Company and each named executive officer.

F- 33




DIGIMARC CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

(11)    Quarterly Financial Information—Unaudited

As discussed in Footnote 1, the Company reclassified certain costs related to amortization of intangibles, intellectual property, infrastructure, and centralized costs. The table below shows the effects of these reclassifications on prior quarterly numbers:

 

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

September 30

 

December 31

 

Quarter ended:

 

 

 

Before

 

After

 

Before

 

After

 

Before

 

After

 

Before

 

After

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

$

24,379

 

$

24,379

 

$

24,753

 

$

24,753

 

$

26,781

 

$

26,781

 

N/A

 

$

25,140

 

Total cost of revenue

 

15,493

 

16,077

 

15,967

 

16,560

 

16,494

 

17,043

 

N/A

 

18,492

 

Sales and marketing

 

3,815

 

3,777

 

3,898

 

3,889

 

4,291

 

4,295

 

N/A

 

3,816

 

Research, development and engineering

 

2,483

 

2,908

 

3,001

 

3,428

 

2,898

 

3,199

 

N/A

 

3,596

 

General and administrative

 

7,004

 

5,497

 

6,999

 

5,521

 

6,234

 

4,852

 

N/A

 

5,654

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

811

 

811

 

1,339

 

1,339

 

1,147

 

1,147

 

N/A

 

738

 

Intellectual property

 

 

536

 

 

467

 

 

528

 

N/A

 

483

 

Operating income (loss)

 

(5,227

)

(5,227

)

(6,451

)

(6,451

)

(4,283

)

(4,283

)

N/A

 

(7,639

)

Net income (loss)

 

(5,120

)

(5,120

)

(6,217

)

(6,217

)

(4,228

)

(4,228

)

N/A

 

(7,532

)

Net income (loss) per share—basic

 

(0.25

)

(0.25

)

(0.30

)

(0.30

)

(0.21

)

(0.21

)

N/A

 

(0.37

)

Net income (loss) per share—diluted

 

(0.25

)

(0.25

)

(0.30

)

(0.30

)

(0.21

)

(0.21

)

N/A

 

(0.37

)

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

$

23,658

 

$

23,658

 

$

23,474

 

$

23,474

 

$

23,520

 

$

23,520

 

$

22,295

 

$

22,295

 

Total cost of revenue

 

14,844

 

15,275

 

14,764

 

15,222

 

13,730

 

14,199

 

14,109

 

14,679

 

Sales and marketing

 

2,563

 

2,781

 

2,840

 

3,062

 

3,090

 

3,376

 

3,426

 

3,689

 

Research, development and engineering

 

1,722

 

1,935

 

1,550

 

1,771

 

1,931

 

2,259

 

2,026

 

2,362

 

General and administrative

 

5,465

 

3,506

 

5,579

 

3,558

 

7,436

 

5,160

 

7,383

 

4,926

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

642

 

 

547

 

 

688

 

 

659

 

Intellectual property

 

 

455

 

 

573

 

 

505

 

 

629

 

Operating income (loss)

 

(936

)

(936

)

(1,259

)

(1,259

)

(2,667

)

(2,667

)

(4,649

)

(4,649

)

Net income (loss)

 

(786

)

(786

)

(1,271

)

(1,271

)

(2,467

)

(2,467

)

(4,498

)

(4,498

)

Net income (loss) per share—basic

 

(0.04

)

(0.04

)

(0.06

)

(0.06

)

(0.12

)

(0.12

)

(0.22

)

(0.22

)

Net income (loss) per share—diluted

 

(0.04

)

(0.04

)

(0.06

)

(0.06

)

(0.12

)

(0.12

)

(0.22

)

(0.22

)

 

F- 34




EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

 

Document

 2.1

 

Asset Purchase Agreement among Polaroid Corporation, Polaroid ID Systems, Inc. and Digimarc Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 3, 2002)

 3.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended

 3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2005)

 4.1

 

Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2

 4.2

 

Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of November 2, 1999, between the Registrant and the holders of the Registrant’s preferred stock

 4.3

 

Rights Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2004, between Digimarc Corporation and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. together with: Exhibit A Form of Rights Certificate; Exhibit B Form of Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Stock; and Exhibit C Form of Certificate of Designation of the Series A Preferred Stock of Digimarc Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 17, 2004)

10.1

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its executive officers and directors

10.2

 

Registrant’s 1995 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended

10.3

 

Registrant’s Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated on April 17, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2004)

10.4

 

Form of Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreement for employees under the Digimarc Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan

10.5

 

Registrant’s 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated on February 19, 2004, including forms of agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Commission File No. 333-115074) which became effective on April 30, 2004)

10.6

 

Strategic Investment Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2000, between the Registrant and Macrovision Corporation

10.7

 

Strategic Investment Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2000, between the Registrant and Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.

10.8

 

Registrant’s 2000 Non-Officer Employee Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated on February 19, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 2004)

10.9

 

Registrant’s 1999 Non-Employee Director Option Program, as amended and restated on March 10, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 2004)

10.10

 

First Promissory Note, dated July 1, 2002, between Digimarc Corporation and Indraneel Paul (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2003)




 

10.11

 

Second Promissory Note, dated July 1, 2002, between Digimarc Corporation and Indraneel Paul (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2003)

10.12

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2001, between the Registrant and Bruce Davis (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2003)

10.13

 

Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 2003)

10.14

 

Purchase Agreement by and between the Registrant and each of the purchasers whose names are set forth on the signature pages thereof (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 2003)

10.15

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the Digimarc Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2005)

10.16

 

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement for the 1999 Non-Employee Director Option Program adopted under the Digimarc Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2005)

10.17

 

Forms of Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreement for officers under the Digimarc Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2005)

10.18

 

Full Service Lease, dated March 22, 2004, by and between PS Business Parks, L.P., and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2005)

10.19

 

Summary of Key Terms of Named Executive Officer Compensation Arrangements

10.20

 

Summary of Key Terms of Nonemployee Director Compensation Arrangements

10.21

 

Form of Performance Vesting Share Agreement

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries

23.1

 

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2

 

Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer

32.1

 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer

32.2

 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer

 



Exhibit 3.1

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify:

 

1. That the name of the Corporation is Digimarc Corporation. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name Digimarc-Delaware, Inc.; and the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and Restated Certificate of Incorporation were filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on the 27th day of September, 1999 and the 5th day of November, 1999, respectively.

 

2. That the Corporation filed a Certificate of Merger effective December 1, 1999, merging Digimarc Corporation, an Oregon corporation (“Digimarc Oregon”), with and into Digimarc-Delaware, Inc., and succeeded to the resolutions passed by the Board of Directors of Digimarc Oregon.

 

3. That by unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of Digimarc Oregon, dated as of the 14th day of September, 1999, filed with the minutes of the Corporation, resolutions were duly adopted setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that conditioned upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and subject to the approval of the stockholders, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in the attached Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

4. That thereafter, pursuant to resolutions of its Board of Directors, the shareholders of Digimarc Oregon approved such amendment and restatement at a special meeting of the stockholders called and held upon notice in accordance with Title VII, Chapter 60 of the Oregon Revised Statutes. A majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon has been voted in favor of said amendment and restatement.

 

5. That said amendment and restatement was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. This Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as follows:

 



 

SECTION 1.

 

The name of the corporation is Digimarc Corporation (the “Corporation”).

 

SECTION 2.

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, Delaware 19801, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

SECTION 3.

 

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

SECTION 4.

 

4.1 The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 35,000,000, consisting of 30,000,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock (“Preferred Stock”), $.001 par value per share.

 

4.2 Any of the shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The rights privileges, preferences and restrictions of any such series may be subordinated to, made pari passu with (including, without limitation, inclusion in provisions with respect to liquidation and acquisition preferences, redemption and/or approval of matters by vote or written consent), or made senior to any of those of any present or future class or series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock. Subject to the limitations and restrictions set forth in this Section 4, the Board of Directors or a Committee of the Board of Directors, to the extent permitted by law and the bylaws of the Corporation or a resolution of the Board of Directors, by resolution or resolutions, is authorized to create or provide for any such series, and to fix the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation, the authority to fix or alter the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, exchange rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking and purchase fund provisions), the redemption price or prices, the dissolution preferences and the rights in respect to any distribution of assets of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares constituting any such series, and the designation thereof, or any of them and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series so created, subsequent to the issue of that series but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 



 

There shall be no limitation or restriction on any variation between any of the different series of Preferred Stock as to the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof; and the several series of Preferred Stock may, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, vary in any and all respects as fixed and determined by the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors or by Committee of the Board of Directors, providing for the issuance of the various series; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that all shares of any one series of Preferred Stock shall have the same designation, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions.

 

Except as otherwise required by law, or as otherwise fixed by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors with respect to one or more series of Preferred Stock, the entire voting power and all voting rights shall be vested exclusively in the Common Stock, and each stockholder of the Corporation who at the time possesses voting power for any purpose shall be entitled to one vote for each share of such stock standing in his name on the books of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5.

 

5.1 COMMON STOCK. Except as expressly set forth in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the shares of Common Stock have voting rights of one vote per share on all matters, and are entitled to receive the net assets of the Corporation upon liquidation.

 

5.2 REPURCHASE OF SHARES. Subject to Delaware law, this Corporation is authorized to purchase shares of Common Stock from holders thereof pursuant to arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, without taking into account the preferential liquidation rights of holders of Preferred Stock set forth herein when applying the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law to determine the lawfulness of the purchase.

 

SECTION 6.

 

6.1 DIRECTORS. Except as otherwise provided herein or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of directors consisting of one or more members. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation. The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time, within the limits specified in the Bylaws, by a Bylaw or amendment thereof duly adopted by the vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present, or by the board of directors.

 

The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors permits, serving staggered terms so that the initial terms of each such class will expire, respectively, at the 2000, 2001, and 2002 annual meetings of the stockholders. At each such succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms are expiring at such meeting shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders following such election. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be

 



 

apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional directors of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of preferred stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this Section 6.1 unless expressly provided by such terms.

 

Any amendment, change or repeal of this Section 6.1, or any other amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that will have the effect of permitting circumvention of or modifying this Section 6.1, shall require the favorable vote, at a stockholders’ meeting, of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote.

 

Except as provided below, the directors shall be elected by a plurality vote of the shares represented in person or by proxy at the stockholders annual meeting in each year and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Elected directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting for the years in which their terms expire and until their successors shall be duly elected and qualified. If, for any cause, the board of directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws.

 

6.2 VACANCIES. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or any amendments thereto, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of authorized directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacant, and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. A vacancy in the board of directors shall be deemed to exist under this Section 6.2 in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director, or if the stockholders fail at any meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected to elect the number of directors then constituting the whole board.

 

6.3 RESIGNATION. Any director may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Corporation at its principal office, addressed to the president or secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. When one or more directors shall resign from the board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until

 



 

his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

SECTION 7.

 

7.1 INDEMNIFICATION. To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware statutory or decisional law, as amended or interpreted, no director of this Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. This Section 7.1 does not affect the availability of equitable remedies for breach of fiduciary duties.

 

7.2 AMENDMENTS. Any amendment, change or repeal of this Section shall only be prospective and no repeal or modification hereof shall adversely affect the rights under this Section in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any Proceeding.

 

SECTION 8.

 

The board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 9.

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

SECTION 10.

 

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof, or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

 



 

SECTION 11.

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer, this 10th day of December, 1999.

 

 

By:

/S/ BRUCE DAVIS

,

 

 

Bruce Davis, President

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE INCORPORATION

OF

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

 

1. That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of Digimarc, duly held on February 11, 2000, resolutions were adopted setting forth the proposed amendment of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and declaring said amendment to be advisable. The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement are as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that the Board approves an amendment to the Digimarc Corporation Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance by the Company from 30,000,000 to 100,000,000; and

 

FURTHER RESOLVED that Section 4.1 of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate be, and hereby is amended and restated to read in full as follows:

 

“The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 105,000,000, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock (“Preferred Stock”), $.001 par value per share.”

 

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers are authorized to solicit and obtain the consent of the stockholders of the corporation to amend the Certificate of Incorporation and upon receipt of said consent, the officers are authorized to file such Amended Certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware; and

 

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers of this corporation, and any one of them, is authorized to take any and all actions to effect the foregoing, including the making of any required notifications with any other entity.

 

2. That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, the Corporation’s annual meeting of the stockholders was duly called and held, upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute was voted in favor of the amendment.

 

3. That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 



 

4. That the capital of said corporation shall not be reduced under or by reason of said amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officer, this 24th day of August, 2000.

 

 

By:

/S/ BRUCE DAVIS

 

 

 

Bruce Davis, President

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF THE
SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK
OF
DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

The undersigned officers of Digimarc Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), DO HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

That, pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors of the Corporation by its Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), the said Board of Directors, at a duly called meeting held on November 16, 2004, at which a quorum was present and acted throughout, adopted the following resolution, which resolution remains in full force and effect on the date hereof, creating a series of Preferred Stock having a par value of $.001 per share, designated as Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), out of the Corporation’s shares of preferred stock of the par value of $.001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”):

 

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors does hereby create, authorize and provide for 300,000 shares of its authorized Preferred Stock to be designated and issued as the “Series A Preferred Stock”, having the voting powers, designation, relative, participating, optional and other special rights, preferences and qualifications, limitations and restrictions that are set forth as follows:

 

1.              Dividends and Distributions .

 

(A)           Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any other series of Preferred Stock or any other shares of stock of the Corporation ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, each holder of one one-hundredth (1/100) of a share (a “ Unit ”) of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, (i) quarterly dividends payable in cash on the last day of February, May, August and November in each year (each such date being a “ Quarterly Dividend Payment Date ”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a Unit of Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per Unit (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $0.01 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends declared on shares of the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of a Unit of Series A Preferred Stock, and (ii) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, quarterly distributions (payable in kind) on each Quarterly Dividend Payment Date in an amount per Unit equal to the aggregate per share amount of all non-cash dividends or other distributions (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, by reclassification or otherwise) declared on shares of Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend

 



 

Payment Date, since the first issuance of a Unit of Series A Preferred Stock.  In the event that the Corporation shall at any time after November 16, 2004 (the “ Rights Declaration Date ”) (i) declare any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) combine outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the amount to which the holder of a Unit of Series A Preferred Stock was entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b) or clause (ii) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction (y) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately after such event and (z) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

(B)            The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on Units of Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the shares of Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, by reclassification or otherwise); provided , however , that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $0.01 per Unit on the Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

 

(C)            Dividends shall begin to accrue and shall be cumulative on each outstanding Unit of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issuance of a Unit of Series A Preferred Stock, unless the date of issuance of such Unit is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such Unit shall begin to accrue from the date of issuance of such Unit, or unless the date of issuance is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.  Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.  Dividends paid on Units of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the aggregate amount of all such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such Units shall be allocated pro rata on a Unit-by-Unit basis among all Units of Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding.  The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

 

2.              Voting Rights .  The holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

 

(A)           Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each Unit of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.  In the event the Corporation shall, at any time after the Rights Declaration Date, (i) declare any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in

 

2



 

each such case the number of votes per Unit to which holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction (y) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and (z) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

(B)            Except as otherwise provided herein, in the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation or as required by law, the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

 

3.              Certain Restrictions .

 

(A)           Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on Units of Series A Preferred Stock as provided herein are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on outstanding Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

 

(i)             declare or pay dividends on, or make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of junior stock;

 

(ii)            declare or pay dividends on, or make any other distributions on, any shares of parity stock, except dividends paid ratably on Units of Series A Preferred Stock and shares of all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of such Units and all such shares are then entitled;

 

(iii)           redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any parity stock, provided , however , that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of any junior stock; or

 

(iv)           redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any Units of Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of parity stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such Units and shares of parity stock upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series and classes.

 

(B)            The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation, unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 3, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

 

4.              Reacquired Shares .  Any Units of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such Units shall, upon their cancellation, become authorized but unissued shares (or fractions of shares) of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as

 

3



 

part of a new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

 

5.              Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up .

 

(A)           Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made (i) to the holders of shares of junior stock, unless the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received, subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided in paragraph (B), the greater of either (a) $0.01 per Unit plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not earned or declared, to the date of such payment, or (b) the amount equal to the aggregate per share amount to be distributed to holders of shares of Common Stock, or (ii) to the holders of shares of parity stock, unless simultaneously therewith distributions are made ratably on Units of Series A Preferred Stock and all other shares of such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled under clause (i)(a) of this sentence and to which the holders of shares of such parity stock are entitled, in each case upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

 

(B)            In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii) combine outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event pursuant to clause (i)(b) of paragraph (A) of this Section 5 shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction (y) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately after such event and (z) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

6.              Consolidation, Merger, etc .  In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or converted into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged for or converted into an amount per Unit (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is converted or exchanged.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii) combine outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the amount set forth in the immediately preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or conversion of Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction (y) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately after such event and (z) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

4



 

7.              Redemption .  The Units of Series A Preferred Stock and shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

 

8.              Ranking .  The Units of Series A Preferred Stock and shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Preferred Stock and to any other class of Preferred Stock that hereafter may be issued by the Corporation as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such series or class shall provide otherwise.

 

9.              Fractional Shares .  The Series A Preferred Stock may be issued in Units or other fractions of a share, which Units or other fractions shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s Units or other fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

10.            Amendment .  At any time when any Units of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, neither the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation nor this Certificate of Designation shall be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Units of Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or more of the outstanding Units of Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

 

11.            Certain Definitions .  As used in this resolution with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(A)           The term “Common Stock” shall mean the class of stock designated as the common stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Corporation at the date hereof or any other class of stock resulting from successive changes or reclassification of the common stock.

 

(B)            The term “junior stock” (i) as used in Section 3, shall mean the Common Stock and any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized or issued over which the Series A Preferred Stock has preference or priority as to the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and (ii) as used in Section 5, shall mean the Common Stock and any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation over which the Series A Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

 

(C)            The term “parity stock” (i) as used in Section 3, shall mean any class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized or issued ranking pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends and (ii) as used in Section 5, shall mean any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Digimarc Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designation to be signed by its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and its Secretary this 16th day of November, 2004.

 

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bruce W. Davis

 

 

 

Name:

Bruce W. Davis

 

 

Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert P. Chamness

 

 

 

Name:

Robert P. Chamness

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

6


EXHIBIT 4.2

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 2 day of November, 1999, by and among DIGIMARC CORPORATION, an Oregon corporation (the “Company”) and the holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Holders”), Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Holders”), Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Holders”), Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Holders”) and Series D-X Preferred Stock (the “Series D-X Holders”), (collectively, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders, the Series D Holders and the Series D-X Holders are referred to herein as “Preferred Holders”).

 

Recitals

 

WHEREAS, the Company, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders and the Series C Holders have entered into a First Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated December 31, 1997, as amended by that First Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated June 8, 1999 by and among the Company and the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders, the Series C Holders and the Series D Holders, as further amended by that Second Amendment to the First Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated August 26, 1999 by and among the Company and the Preferred Holders (collectively, the “First Amended and Restated Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Preferred Holders desire to provide for certain arrangements with respect to the registration of shares of capital stock of the Company under the Securities Act;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement and pursuant to Sections 3.10, 3.11 and 6.5 of the First Amended and Restated Agreement, the Company and the undersigned Preferred Holders holding at least 60% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (as defined in the First Amended and Restated Agreement) hereby amend the First Amended and Restated Agreement so that it is restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

1



 

1.                                        General.

 

1.1                                  Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

“Designated IPO” means the same thing as that term is defined to mean in Section 4.2.3(a)(3) of the Company’s Third Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended (“Third Restated Articles”).

 

“Holder” means any Preferred Holder or other holder owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 3.9 hereof.

 

“Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

“Register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

“Registrable Securities” means (i) Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares; and (ii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 3 of this Agreement are not assigned.

 

“Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares determined by calculating the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (1) are then issued and outstanding or (2) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

 

“Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the underwriters, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the sale.

 

2



 

“Shares” shall mean shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,  Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series D-X Preferred Stock.

 

“Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

“SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2.                                        Restrictions on Transfer.

 

2.1                                  Transfer Only Under These Conditions. Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by this Section 2, provided and to the extent such Section is then applicable and:

 

2.1.1                         Unless Registration Statement Then Effective. There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

 

2.1.2                         Unless Exemption Exists. (i) Such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (ii) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require Registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in unusual circumstances.

 

2.1.3                         Unless Affiliated Transaction. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs 2.1.1 and 2.1.2 above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer by a Holder which is (i) a partnership to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (ii) a corporation to its shareholders in accordance with their interest in the corporation or to an entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such corporation, (iii) a limited liability company to its members in accordance with their membership interests, (iv) an individual Holder to a family member of such Holder or to a trust for the benefit of such Holder or (v) a partnership or limited liability company affiliated with and/or managed by the transferee or the same manager who manages the transferee, provided the transferee will be subject to the terms of this Section 2.1 to the same extent as if such transferee were an original Holder hereunder.

 

3



 

2.1.4                         Legend. Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws or as provided elsewhere in this Agreement):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL OR BASED ON OTHER WRITTEN EVIDENCE IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

2.2                                  Removal of ‘33 Act Legend. The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any holder thereof if the holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification or legend.

 

2.3                                  Removal of Blue Sky Legends. Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

 

3.                                        Registration Rights.

 

3.1                                  Demand Registration.

 

3.1.1                         Obligation to Register. Subject to the conditions of this Section 3.1, if the Company shall receive at any time a written request from the Holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the “Initiating Holders”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act having an aggregate offering price to the public in excess of $10,000,000 (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions), then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders and subject to the limitations of this Section 3.1, shall use its best efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be registered.

 

3.1.2                         Underwritten Demand Offerings. If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 3.1 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 3.1.1. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in

 

4



 

such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.1, if the underwriter advises the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders). Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

 

3.1.3                         Limits on Obligation. The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 3.1:

 

(a)                                   Earliest Allowed Demand. prior to the earlier of (i) January 1, 2002; or (ii) the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the Initial Offering of the Company’s Common Stock; or

 

(b)                                  Maximum Limits. after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 3. 1 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective; or

 

(c)                                   Upcoming Company Registration. during the period starting with the date 30 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimated date of filing of, and ending on the date 120 days following the effective date of, a registration statement pertaining to an offering of securities for the account of the Company, provided the Company is at all times during such period diligently pursuing such registration provided, however, that this right to delay any requested registration shall not be utilized more than once in any 12 month period; or

 

(d)                                  Company Deferral. if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 3.1, a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer initiation of the offering process for a single period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the

 

5



 

request of the Initiating Holders, provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company no more than twice in any one-year period.

 

3.2                                  Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding registration statements relating to employee benefit plans and corporate reorganizations) and will use its best efforts to afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

3.2.1                         Underwritten Offerings, Cutback. If the registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 3.2 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced among the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders, provided no such reduction shall reduce to less than 25% of any offering the number of shares of the Holders requested to be registered. In no event will shares of any other selling shareholder be included in such registration which would reduce the number of Registrable Securities which may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering.

 

3.2.2                         Company’s Right to Terminate. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 3.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 3.4 hereof.

 

6



 

3.3                                  Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short- form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders the Company will:

 

3.3.1                         Notice. promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

 

3.3.2                         Inclusion of Offered Shares. as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 3.3:

 

(a)                                   Unless S-3 not available. if Form S-3 (or such successor or similar form) is not available for such offering by the Holders; or

 

(b)                                  Unless total offered stock less than threshold. if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate offering price to the public of less than $1,000,000; or

 

(c)                                   Unless for Company Deferral. if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a single period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 3.3 and provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company no more than twice in any one-year period; or

 

(d)                                  Unless within 180 Days of Offering. during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or

 

7



 

(e)                                   One per 12 Months Limit. if the Company has already effected one (1) registration on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 3.3 within the previous 12 months.

 

3.3.3                         Prompt filing. Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders.

 

3.4                                  Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 3.1 or any registration under Section 3.2 or 3.3 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.3, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one requested registration pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.3 (in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders). If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested.

 

3.5                                  Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall use its best efforts, as expeditiously and as reasonably possible, to:

 

3.5.1                         File And Keep Registration Statement Effective. Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred eighty (180) days or, if earlier, until the Holders have completed the distribution related thereto.

 

3.5.2                         Update as Law Requires. Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

 

3.5.3                         Supply Prospectus. Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the

 

8



 

Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

 

3.5.4                         Blue Sky, within limits. Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

 

3.5.5                         Enter Underwriting Agreement. In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

 

3.5.6                         Keep Holders Updated for Compliance. Notify each Holder of securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

 

3.5.7                         Opinion and Comfort Letters. Furnish, at the request of a majority of the Holders participating in the registration, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and if permitted by applicable accounting standards, to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

 

3.6                                  Termination of Registration Rights. All registration rights granted under this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no

 

9



 

further force and effect ten (10) years after the Initial Offering, provided, however, that registration rights granted under this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect as to each individual Holder (or transferee holding registration rights hereunder) prior to ten (10) years after the closing of the Initial Offering if such Holder and its affiliates or transferee and its affiliates can either (i) sell all of its Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act within any calendar quarter or (ii) sell its Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144K of the Securities Act.

 

3.7                                  Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

 

3.7.1                         No Injunctions. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 3.

 

3.7.2                         Holders’ Data Conditions Precedent. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2 or 3.3 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

 

3.8                                  Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 3.1, 3.2 or 3.3:

 

3.8.1                         Company Indemnification. To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “1934 Act”), against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, officer or director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses as reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.8.1 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss,

 

10



 

claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

 

3.8.2                         Holder Indemnification. To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.8.2 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 3.8 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

3.8.3                         Procedure on Indemnification Claims. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 3.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 3.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the indemnifying and indemnified parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other

 

11



 

party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 3.8, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 3.8.

 

3.8.4                         Alternate Remedies. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 3.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

3.8.5                         Indemnification Obligations Survive. The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 3.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement, and otherwise.

 

3.8.6                         Limits on Settlement Obligation. No Holder shall be obligated to consent to any settlement of any claim entered into by the Company in satisfaction of its indemnification obligations hereunder unless the settlement includes a full and complete release of the Holder.

 

3.9                                  Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 3 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities who (i) is a subsidiary, affiliate, parent, general partner, limited partner or retired partner of a Holder or affiliated partnership managed by the Holder, (ii) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, (iii) is a Holder prior to the transfer, or (iv) acquires either (x) at least five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) subject to Registration Rights pursuant to this Section 3; or (y) at least one hundred twenty-five thousand (125,000) shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series D-X Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) subject to Registration Rights pursuant to this Section 3 (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations); provided, however, (a) the transferor shall, within ten (10) days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of

 

12



 

the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (b) such transferee shall agree in writing to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

 

3.10                            Amendment of Registration Rights. Any provision of this Section 3 may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Holders of not less than sixty percent (60%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 3.10 shall be binding upon each Holder and the Company. By acceptance of any benefits under this Section 3, Holders hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereunder.

 

3.11                            Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. The Company shall grant no additional parties registration rights on parity with or superior to those granted the Holders hereunder, without the written consent of the Company and the Holders of not less than sixty percent (60%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.

 

3.12  “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. If requested by the Company or a representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company acting reasonably, each Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters, not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (the “Effective Date”). The foregoing commitment has two limitations: (i) no Holder shall be required to refrain from selling under this paragraph, unless all officers and key employees of the Company enter into similar agreements; and (ii) no Holder (including for this purpose affiliates of any Holder) shall be required to refrain from selling under this paragraph unless all other holders of the Company’s Common Stock owning an equal or a larger percentage of the Company’s Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) as the Holder and its affiliates are also required by a representative of the underwriter to enter into market standoff agreements on the same terms.

 

The obligations described in this Section 3.12 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop- transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period.

 

3.13                            Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its good faith efforts to:

 

13



 

3.13.1                   Do things that Make Rule 144 Available. Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

 

3.13.2                   File ‘33 and ‘34 Act Reports Timely. File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the 1934 Act;

 

3.13.3                   Data to Holders. So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon written request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

 

4.                                        Covenants of the Company.

 

4.1                                  Basic Financial Information and Reporting. The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. In addition, so long as a Series B Holder, Series C Holder, Series D Holder or Series D-X Holders (or Series B Holders, Series C Holders, Series D Holders or Series D-X Holders under common management) shall own on an as-converted basis not less than three percent (3%) of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including such Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Company’s outstanding shares of preferred stock), the Company will furnish such Series B Holder, Series C Holder, Series D Holder or Series D- X Holder (or Series B Holders, Series C Holders, Series D Holders or Series D-X Holders under common management, by furnishing to the common manager):

 

4.1.1                         Annual Data. As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within ninety (90) days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a consolidated statement of income and a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, and for the operating plan for the year as to which the financial statements pertain, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be audited by an independent public accounting firm selected by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

14



 

4.1.2                         Monthly Data. As soon as practicable after each monthly accounting period in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within twenty-five (25) days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such monthly period, a consolidated statement of income and a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, with comparisons to year earlier results and to results projected in that year’s operating plan, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments need not have been made.

 

4.1.3                         Quarterly Data. As soon as practicable after each quarterly accounting period in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within thirty (30) days after such quarterly period, a report setting forth the Company’s financial and operational highlights corresponding to each such period.

 

4.2                                  Qualified Small Business and SBA Covenants.

 

4.2.1                         Use of Proceeds. The proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series D-X Preferred Stock (the “Proceeds”) that have been provided by Series C Holders, Series D Holders or Series D-X Holders who are licensed Small Business Investment Companies (“SBIC Investors”) shall be used by the Company for its growth, modernization, or expansion. The Company shall provide each SBIC Investor and the Small Business Administration (the “SBA”) reasonable access to the Company’s books and records for the purpose of confirming use of Proceeds from SBIC Investors.

 

4.2.2                         Business Activity. For a period of one year following the initial Closing under the Series C Purchase Agreement, the Company shall not change its business activity if the change would render the Company ineligible as provided in 13 CFR Section 107.720.

 

4.2.3                         Compliance. So long as any SBIC Investor holds any securities of the Company, the Company will at all times comply with the non- discrimination requirements of 13 CFR Parts 112, 113, and 117.

 

4.2.4                         Information for SBIC Investor. Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal year and at such other times as an SBIC Investor may reasonably request, the Company shall deliver to such SBIC Investor a written assessment, in form and substance satisfactory to such SBIC Investor, of the economic impact of such SBIC Investor’s financing specifying the full time equivalent jobs created or retained in connection with such investment, and the impact of the financing on the Company’s business in terms of profits and on taxes paid by the Company and its employees. Upon request, the Company agrees to promptly provide each SBIC Investor with sufficient information to permit such Investor to comply with its obligations under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended, and the

 

15



 

regulations promulgated thereunder and related thereto. Any submission of any financial information under this Section shall include a certificate of the Company’s President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer, or Chief Financial Officer.

 

4.2.5                         Compliance with 1202. The Company will use reasonable efforts to comply with the reporting and recordkeeping requirements of Section 1202(c) f of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and any regulations promulgated thereunder, and unless by vote of the Board of Directors including the Series B Preferred Stock Director (as defined in the Third Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company) will not repurchase any stock of the Company if such purchase would cause the Registrable Securities not to qualify as “Qualified Small Business Stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code.

 

4.2.6                         Number of Holders of Voting Securities. So long as any SBIC Investor holds any shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series D-X Preferred Stock or securities issued by the Company with respect thereto, the Company shall use good faith efforts to notify each SBIC Investor (i) at least 15 days prior to taking any action after which the number of record holders of the Company’s voting securities would be increased from fewer than 50 to 50 or more, and (ii) of any other action or occurrence after which the number of record holders of the Company’s voting securities was increased (or would increase) from fewer than 50 to 50 or more, as soon as practicable after the Company becomes aware that such other action or occurrence has occurred or is proposed to occur.

 

4.3                                  Stock Options. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors for particular individuals, shares and options issued under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan shall vest 25 percent after 12 months from issuance, and monthly at the rate of 1/48th of the total grant per month thereafter over the remaining 36-month period. Such shares will have restrictions on transfer prior to vesting, and thereafter the Company shall have the right of first refusal to purchase, such right to terminate on the Initial Offering or on such other terms as the Board may determine.

 

4.4                                  Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in Section 4 of this Agreement shall expire and terminate as to each Preferred Holder on the closing of a Designated IPO.

 

4.5                                  Reserve for Conversion Shares. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of common stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Shares and otherwise complying with the terms of this Agreement, such number of its duly authorized shares of common stock as shall be sufficient to effect the conversion of the Shares from time to time outstanding or otherwise to comply with the terms of this Agreement. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of common stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of the Shares or otherwise to comply with the terms of this Agreement, the Company will forthwith take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized

 

16



 

but unissued shares of common stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes. The Company will obtain any authorization, consent, approval or other action by or make any filing with any court or administrative body that may be required under applicable state securities laws in connection with the issuance of shares of common stock upon conversion of the Shares.

 

4.6                                  Corporate Existence. The Company shall maintain and cause each of its subsidiaries (if any) to maintain, their respective corporate existence, rights and franchises in full force and effect.

 

4.7                                  Inspection, Consultation and Advice. The Company shall permit and cause each of its subsidiaries (if any) to permit each Holder and such persons as it may designate, at such Holder’s expense, to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, examine their books and take copies and extracts therefrom, discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries with their officers, employees and public accountants (and the Company hereby authorizes said accountants to discuss with such Holder and such designees such affairs, finances and accounts), and consult with and advise the management of the Company and its subsidiaries as to their affairs, finances and accounts, all at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice.

 

4.8                                  Restrictive Agreements Prohibited. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall become a party to any agreement which by its terms restricts the Company’s performance of this Agreement, the Series C Purchase Agreement, the Series D Purchase Agreement or the Series D-X Purchase Agreement or any of the Related Agreements (as defined in the Series D-X Purchase Agreement) except for standard commercial lending agreements as approved by the Board of Directors including the Series B Preferred Stock Director and the Series C Preferred Stock Director (as those terms are defined in the Third Restated Articles).

 

4.9                                  Expenses of Directors; Outside Directors. The Company shall promptly reimburse in full in accordance with payment policies consistent with this Section 4.9 established by the Board of Directors, each director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company for all of his reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending each meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company or any Committee thereof. The Company shall use its best efforts promptly to increase the size of the Board of Directors to include two outside directors (as such term is reasonably construed by the Board of Directors).

 

17



 

5.                                        Confidentiality.

 

5.1                                  Commitments Regarding Use. Each Series B Holder, Series C Holder, Series D Holder and Series D-X Holder agrees not to use Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) of the Company for its own use or for any purpose except to evaluate and enforce its equity investment in the Company. Except as permitted under subsection (B) below, each Series B Holder, Series C Holder, Series D Holder and Series D-X Holder agrees to use its respective best efforts not to disclose such Confidential Information to any third parties. Each Series B Holder, Series C Holder, Series D Holder and Series D-X Holder shall undertake to treat such Confidential Information in a manner consistent with the treatment of its own information of such proprietary nature and agrees that it shall protect the confidentiality of and use reasonable best efforts to prevent disclosure of the Confidential Information to prevent it from falling into the public domain or the possession of unauthorized persons. Each transferee of any Series B Holder, Series C Holder,  Series D Holder or Series D-X Holder who receives Confidential Information shall agree to be bound by such provisions. For purposes of this Section 5, “Confidential Information” means any information, technical data, or know-how, including, but not limited to, the Company’s research, products, software, services, development, inventions, processes, designs, drawings, engineering, marketing, or finances, disclosed by the Company either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or by drawings or inspection of parts or equipment.

 

5.2                                  Confidential Information Defined. Confidential Information does not include information, technical data or know-how which (i) is in the Series B Holder’s, Series C Holder’s,  Series D Holder’s or Series D-X Holder’s possession at the time of disclosure as shown by such Series B Holder’s, Series C Holder’s, Series D Holder’s or Series D-X Holder’s files and records immediately prior to the time of disclosure; (ii) before or after it has been disclosed to the Series B Holder, Series C Holder, Series D Holder or Series D-X Holder, is part of the public knowledge or literature, not as a result of any action or inaction of the Series B Holder, Series C Holder, Series D Holder or Series D-X Holder; or (iii) is approved for release by written authorization of Company. The provisions of this Section 5 shall not apply (A) to the extent that a Series B Holder, Series C Holder, Series D Holder or Series D-X Holder is required to disclose Confidential Information pursuant to any law, statute, rule or regulation or any order of any court or jurisdiction process or pursuant to any direction, request or requirement (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law being of a type with which institutional investors in the relevant jurisdiction are accustomed to comply) of any self- regulating organization or any governmental, fiscal, monetary or other authority; (B) to the disclosure of Confidential Information to a Series B Holder’s, Series C Holder’s, Series D Holder’s or Series D-X Holder’s employees, counsel, accountants or other professional advisors; (C) to the extent that a Series B Holder, Series C Holder, Series D Holder or Series D-X Holder needs to disclose Confidential Information for the protection of any such Series B Holder’s, Series C Holder’s, Series D Holder’s or Series D-X Holder’s rights or interest against the Company, whether under this Agreement or otherwise; or (D) to the disclosure of Confidential Information to a prospective transferee of securities which agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 5 in connection with the receipt of such Confidential Information.

 

18



 

6.                                        Miscellaneous.

 

6.1                                  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Oregon as applied to agreements among Oregon residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Oregon.

 

6.2                                  Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements made herein shall survive any investigation made by any Holder and the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby. All statements as to factual matters contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to be representations and warranties by the Company hereunder solely as of the date of such certificate or instrument.

 

6.3                                  Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators of the parties hereto and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a Holder from time to time; provided, however, that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

 

6.4                                  Separability. In case any provision of the Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

6.5                                  Amendment and Waiver. Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Holders of more than sixty percent (60%) of the Registrable Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 4.12 of this Agreement may not be amended without the written consent of Reuters and the Company.

 

6.6                                  Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any Holder, upon any breach, default or noncompliance of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any Holder’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such Holder’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to Holders, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

19



 

6.7                                  Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relative to the specific subject matter hereof. Any previous agreement among the parties related to the specific subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement.

 

6.8                                  Notices. Notices will be given to the people designated, at the address designated at the conclusion of this Agreement. Each party can change its own Notice address and designated Notice recipient, by Notice. Notice shall be effective when actually received by the designated person, in any form that leaves a hard copy record of the notice in that person’s possession. If sent certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, notice is considered effective on the date the return receipt shows the notice was accepted, refused, or returned undeliverable.

 

6.9                                  Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any dispute among the parties to this Agreement should result in litigation, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

 

6.10                            Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

6.11                            Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bruce Davis

 

 

 

 

 

Bruce Davis, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

One Centerpointe Drive,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suite 500

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lake Oswego, Oregon 97035

 

 

[Signatures continue on the next page]

 

20



 

Holders of Series B Preferred Stock

 

AVI Capital L.P.

 

Associated Venture Investors III L.P.

 

By:

AVI Capital Management, L.P., its

 

By:

AVI Management Partners III, L.P.

 

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Brian J. Grossi

 

By:

 /s/ Brian J. Grossi

 

Title: Brian J. Grossi, General Partner

 

Title: Brian J. Grossi, General Partner

 

Address:

One First Street

 

Address:

One First Street

 

 

 

Los Altos, California 94022

 

 

Los Altos, California 94022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AVI Silicon Valley Partners L.P.

 

AVI Partners Growth Fund II L.P.

 

By:

AVI Management Partners III, L.P.

 

By:

AVI Management Partners III, L.P., its

 

 

 

 

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Brian J. Grossi

 

By:

 /s/ Brian J. Grossi

 

Title: Brian J. Grossi, General Partner

 

Title: Brian J. Grossi, General Partner

 

Address:

One First Street

 

Address:

One First Street

 

 

 

Los Altos, California 94022

 

 

 

Los Altos, California 94022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Justsystem, Inc.

 

Softbank Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Jun Iuchi

 

By:

 /s/ Yoshitaka Kitao

 

Title: President & Coo

 

Title: Yoshitaka Kitao, President & CEO

 

Address:

2460 Sand Hill Road, Suite 201

 

Address:

333 W. San Carlos, Suite 1225

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

San Jose, CA 95110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adobe Ventures L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

H & Q Adobe Ventures Management, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

H & Q Adobe Ventures Management Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Jackie Berterretche

 

 

 

 

 

Title: Jackie Berterrtche, Attorney-In-Fact

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

One Bush Street, 15th Floor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

 

 

 

 

 

21



 

Holders of Series C Preferred Stock

 

Reuters, Ltd.

 

AVI, Capital L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ R.O. Rowley

 

 

By: AVI Capital Management, L.P.,

 

 

Finance Director

 

 

its General Partner

 

Address:

85 Fleet Street

 

 

 

 

 

London, EC4P4AJ

 

By:

 /s/ Brian J. Grossi

 

 

 

 

 

Title: Brian J. Grossi, General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

One First Street

 

 

 

 

 

 

Los Altos, California 94022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Associated Venture Investors III L.P.

 

AVI Silicon Valley Partners L.P.

 

By:

AVI Management Partners III, L.P.

 

By:

AVI Management Partners III, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Brian J. Grossi

 

By:

 /s/ Brian J. Grossi

 

Title: Brian J. Grossi, General Partner

 

Title: Brian J. Grossi, General Partner

 

Address:

One First Street

 

Address:

One First Street

 

 

 

Los Altos, California 94022

 

 

 

Los Altos, California 94022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AVI Partners Growth Fund II L.P.

 

Justsystem, Inc.

 

By:

AVI Management Partners III, L.P.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Brian J. Grossi

 

By:

 /s/ Jun Iuchi

 

Title: Brian J. Grossi, General Partner

 

Title: President & Coo

 

Address:

One First Street

 

Address:

2460 Sand Hill Road, Suite 201

 

 

 

Los Altos, California 94022

 

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adobe Ventures L.P.

 

Macrovision Corporation

 

By:

H & Q Adobe Ventures Management, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

H & Q Adobe Ventures Management Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 /s/ Jackie Berterretche

 

Title:

 

 

Title: Jackie Berterretche, Attorney-In-Fact

 

Address:

1341 Orleans Drive

 

Address:

One Bush Street, 15th Floor

 

 

 

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

 

 

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

 

 

 

 

 

22



 

Beagle Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Michael Hecht

 

/s/ Steve Combs

 

Title: Michael Hecht, President

 

Steve Combs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

c/o Hecht & Co., P.C.

 

Address:

282 20th Avenue

 

 

 

111 W. 40th Street

 

 

 

San Francisco, CA 94121

 

 

 

New York, NY 10018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven Joseph Phinney

 

/s/ Warren Rosenfeld

 

/s/ Dana Phinney

 

Warren Rosenfeld

 

Steven Joseph and Dana Phinney, JTWROS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

P.O. Box 10068

 

Address:

1001 Godetia Drive

 

 

 

Portland, OR 97210-0067

 

 

 

Woodside, CA 94062

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas Garnier

 

/s/ Dennis Johnson

 

Thomas Garnier

 

Dennis Johnson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

9760 SW Freeman Drive

 

Address:

3545 SW Santa Monica

 

 

 

Wisonville, OR 97070

 

 

 

Portland, OR 97221

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Philip Monego, Sr.

 

/s/ Thomas Toy

 

Philip Monego, Sr.

 

Thomas Toy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

P.O. Box 620065

 

Address:

331 Parrott Drive

 

 

 

Woodside, CA 94062

 

 

 

San Mateo, CA 94402

 

 

23



 

Holders of Series A Preferred Stock

 

Deborah A. Coleman

 

Stephen Joseph and Dana Phinney,

 

 

 

 

 

JTWROS

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stephen Anthony Phinney

 

/s/ Deborah A. Coleman

 

/s/ Dana Phinney

 

#2904 Fountain Plaza

 

1001 Godetia Drive

 

1414 SW 3rd Avenue

 

Woodside, CA 94062

 

Portland, OR 97201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dennis Johnson

 

Herbert M. Gardner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dennis Johnson

 

 

 

SW Santa Monica Court

 

4 Darley Road

 

Portland, OR 97201

 

Great Neck, NY 11021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Garnier

 

Warren Rosenfeld

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas Garnier

 

/s/ Warren Rosenfeld

 

9760 SW Freeman Drive

 

P.O. Box 10067

 

Wilsonville, OR 97070

 

Portland, OR 97210-0067

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hugh Mackworth

 

John C. Thuma

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Hugh Mackworth

 

/s/ John C. Thuma

 

248 NW Sundown Way

 

1017 E. Street, Suite D

 

Portland, OR 97229

 

San Rafael, CA 94901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Monego, Sr.

 

Thomas J. Toy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Philip Monego, Sr.

 

/s/ Thomas J. Toy    /s/ Constance K. Toy

 

P.O. Box 620065

 

331 Parrott Drive

 

Woodside, CA 94062

 

San Mateo, CA 94402

 

 

24



 

Holders of Series D Preferred Stock

 

Reuters, Holdings Switzerland, S.A.

 

Hewlett-Packard Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Illegible

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

Address:

153 Route Thornon

 

Address:

3000 Hanover Street

 

 

1245 Collonge

 

 

Palo Alto, CA 94034

 

 

Bellgrive, Switzerland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adobe Ventures L.P.

 

Macrovision Corporation

 

By:

H & Q Adobe Ventures Management, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

H & Q Adobe Ventures Management Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Jackie Berterretche, Attorney-In-Fact

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

Title:

 

Address:

One Bush Street, 15th Floor

 

Address:

1341 Orleans Drive

 

 

 

San Francisco, CA 94104

 

 

 

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beagle Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Michael Hecht, President

 

/s/ Warren Rosenfeld

 

Title:

 

Warren Rosenfeld

 

Address:

c/o Hecht & Co., P.C.

 

Address:

P.O. Box 10068

 

 

 

111 W. 40th Street

 

 

 

Portland, OR 97210-0067

 

 

 

New York, NY 10018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas Garnier

 

/s/ Philip Monego

 

Thomas Garnier

 

Philip Monego, Sr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

9760 SW Freeman Drive

 

Address:

P.O. Box 620065

 

 

 

Wisonville, OR 97070

 

 

 

Woodside, CA 94062

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AVI Management Partners Growth Fund III, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

AVI Capital Management, L.P., its

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Brian Grossi

 

/s/ Dennis Johnson

 

Title: Brian Grossi, General Partner

 

Dennis Johnson

 

Address:

One First Street

 

Address:

3545 SW Santa Monica Court

 

 

 

Los Altos, California 94022

 

 

 

Portland, OR 97221

 

 

25



 

Holders of Series D-X Preferred Stock

 

/s/ Philip Monego, Sr.

 

BANCBOSTON ROBERTSON STEPHENS

 

Philip Monego, Sr.

 

 

By: Bayview

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

PO Box 620065

 

By:

Dana Welch

 

Woodside, CA 94062

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

555 California Street

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

San Francisco, CA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTN: Jennifer Sherrill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUILDING C PARTNERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Gavin Grover

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

425 Market St

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

San Francisco, CA

 

 

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.1

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into, effective as of                                     , 2005, by and between Digimarc Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                 (“Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability in order to enhance Indemnitee’s continued and effective service to the Company, and in order to induce Indemnitee to provide services to the Company as a director and/or officer, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted by Delaware law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee’s continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.               Certain Definitions .

 

(a)           Board :  the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(b)           Change In Control :  shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company (collectively “excluded persons”), is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve

 

1



 

a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

(c)           Expenses :  any expense, liability, or loss, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, and any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposes as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

 

(d)           Indemnifiable Event :  any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the effective date of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or an officer of the Company, or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Company or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity.

 

(e)           Independent Counsel :  the person or body appointed in connection with Section 3.

 

(f)            Potential Change In Control :  shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the Company enters into an agreement or arrangement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control, (ii) any person (including the Company) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions that, if consummated, would constitute a Change in Control, (iii) any person (other than an Excluded Person) who is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, increases his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person on the date hereof, or (iv) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

 

(g)           Proceeding :  (i) any threatened, pending, or complete action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or other, or (ii) any inquiry, hearing, or

 

2



 

investigation, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, or proceeding.

 

(h)           Reviewing Party :  the person or body appointed in accordance with Section 3.

 

(i)            Voting Securities : any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

 

2.               Agreement To Indemnify .

 

(a)           General Agreement . In the event Indemnitee was, is, or become a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto).

 

(b)           Initiation Of Proceeding . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding, (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 5, or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control and Independent Counsel has approved its initiation.

 

(c)           Expense Advances . If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within ten business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “ Expense Advance ”); provided that such request shall be accompanied by reasonable evidence of the expenses incurred by Indemnitee and that, if and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid. If Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, as provided in Section 4, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or have lapsed).

 

(d)           Mandatory Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 2(f) below), to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event

 

3



 

or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

(e)           Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

(f)            Prohibited Indemnification . No indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company on account of any Proceeding in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Act or similar provisions of any federal, state or local laws.

 

3.               Reviewing Party .

 

Prior to any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body appointed by the Board who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification; after a Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be the Independent Counsel referred to below. With respect to all matters arising after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last five years. The Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorney’s fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of Independent Counsel pursuant hereto.

 

4.               Indemnification Process And Appeal .

 

(a)           Suit To Enforce Rights . Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within 60 days after making a request in accordance with Section 2(c), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation, in any appropriate court having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is

 

4



 

proper, seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, provided, however, that such 60-day period shall be extended for reasonable time, not to exceed another 60 days, if the reviewing party in good faith requires additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and information relating thereto. The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by the Indemnitee shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee in law or equity.

 

(b)           Defense To Indemnification, Burden Of Proof, And Presumptions . It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Company) that it is not permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party or the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party or Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.

 

5.               Indemnification For Expenses Incurred In Enforcing Rights .

 

The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten business days of such request), advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any claim asserted against or covered action brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification of Expenses or Expense Advances by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, and or (ii) recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, Expense Advances, or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

5



 

6.               Notification And Defense Of Proceeding .

 

(a)           Notice . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof, but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).
 
(b)           Defense . With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company shall be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless:  (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control, the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by the Independent Counsel, or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which case all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii) above.
 
(c)           Settlement Of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent, provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action; the Company’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if participation in the Proceeding by the Company was barred by this Agreement.
 

7.               Non-Exclusivity .

 

The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company’s Certificate of

 

6



 

Incorporation, bylaws, applicable law, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws, applicable law, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

 

8.               Liability Insurance .

 

To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.

 

9.               Amendment Of This Agreement .

 

No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

 

10.        Subrogation .

 

In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

11.        No Duplication Of Payments .

 

The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, bylaw, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

 

12.        Binding Effect .

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though he or she may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

 

7



 

13.        Severability .

 

If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void, or unenforceable.

 

14.        Governing Law .

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.

 

15.        Notices .

 

All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:

 

Digimarc Corporation
9405 S.W. Gemini Drive
Beaverton, OR 97008

 

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

 

16.        Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Indemnification Agreement as of the day specified above.

 

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

9


Exhibit 10.2

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

1995 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN, AS AMENDED

 

1.              Purposes and Scope of the Plan.

 

1.1  Purposes of Plan. The purposes of this Stock Incentive Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to the Employees and Consultants of the Company and to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

1.2  Scope of Plan. Options granted hereunder may be either “incentive stock options,” as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or “nonqualified stock options,” at the discretion of the Board and as reflected in the terms of the written option agreement. In addition, shares of the Company’s Common Stock may be Sold hereunder independent of any Option grant.

 

2.              Definitions.  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

2.1  “Board” shall mean the Committee, if one has been appointed, or the Board of Directors of the Company, if no Committee is appointed.

 

2.2  “Code”  shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.3  “Common Stock”  shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

2.4  “Company”  shall mean Digimarc Corporation, an Oregon corporation.

 

2.5  “Committee” shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section of the Plan, if one is appointed.

 

2.6  “Consultant” shall mean any person who is engaged by the Company or any Subsidiary to render consulting services and is compensated for such consulting services and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

 

2.7  “Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant” shall mean the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Board; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute.

 

2.8  “Employee” shall mean any person, including officers and directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. The payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

2.9  “Exchange Act”  shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 



 

2.10 “Incentive Stock Option” shall mean an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

2.11 “Nonqualified Stock Option” shall mean an Option not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

2.12 “Option” shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

2.13 “Optioned Stock” shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.

 

2.14 “Optionee” shall mean an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

 

2.15 “Parent” shall mean a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424 of the Code.

 

2.16 “Plan” shall mean this Stock Incentive Plan.

 

2.17 “Sale” or “Sold” shall include, with respect to the sale of Shares under the Plan, the sale of Shares for consideration in the form of cash or notes, as well as a grant of Shares without consideration, except past or future services.

 

2.18 “Share” shall mean a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section of the Plan.

 

2.19 “Subsidiary” shall mean a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424 of the Code.

 

3.              Stock Subject to the Plan.

 

3.1  Size of Plan Pool. Subject to the provisions of Section of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and/or Sold under the Plan is 5,600,000 shares of Common Stock. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

3.2  Return of Unexercised Option Shares. If an Option should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future Option grants and/or Sales under the Plan.

 

3.3  Return of Unvested or Restricted Shares. If Shares Sold under the Plan or purchased upon the exercise of an Option are repurchased by the Company pursuant to restrictions applicable to such Shares, the number of Shares repurchased shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future Option grants and/or Sales under the Plan.

 

3.4  Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in

 

2



 

respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

4.              Administration of the Plan.

 

4.1  Procedure. The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

4.1.1  Committee. Subject to subparagraph, the Board of Directors may     appoint a Committee consisting of not less than two (2) members of the Board of Directors to administer the Plan on behalf of the Board of Directors, subject to such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe. Once appointed, the Committee shall continue to serve until otherwise directed by the Board of Directors. From time to time the Board of Directors may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan.

 

4.1.2  Conflicts. Members of the Board who are either eligible for Options and/or Sales or have been granted Options or Sold Shares may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the Plan or the grant of any Options or Sale of any Shares pursuant to the Plan, except that no such member shall act upon the granting of an Option or Sale of Shares to himself, but any such member may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board during which action is taken with respect to the granting of Options or Sale of Shares to him.

 

4.1.3  Grants Following Registration, to Officers or Directors, Only by Disinterested Persons. Notwithstanding the foregoing subparagraph, if and in any event the Company registers any class of any equity security pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, from the effective date of such registration until six (6) months after the termination of such registration, any grants of Options to officers or directors shall only be made by the Board if each member of the Board is a disinterested person, or if every member of the Board is not a disinterested person, by a committee of two or more directors, each of whom is a disinterested person. A “disinterested person” is a director who has not, during the one year period prior to service as an administrator of the Plan, or during such service, been granted or awarded equity securities pursuant to the Plan or any other plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, with these qualifications:

 

(a)  Formula Plans don’t disqualify. Participation in a formula plan meeting the conditions in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of SEC Rule 16b-3 shall not disqualify a director from being a disinterested person.

 

(b)  Ongoing Acquisition Plans Don’t Disqualify. Participation in an ongoing securities acquisition plan meeting the conditions in paragraph (d)(2) (i) of SEC Rule 16b-3 shall not disqualify a director from being a disinterested person.

 

3



 

(c)  Annual Retainers in Stock Don’t Disqualify. An election to receive an annual retainer fee in either cash or an equivalent amount of securities, or partly in cash and partly in securities, shall not disqualify a director from being a disinterested person.

 

(d)  Disqualification applies Only To Plan In Which Director Participates. Participation in a plan shall not disqualify a director from being a disinterested person for the purpose of administering another plan that does not permit participation by directors.

 

4.2  Powers of the Board. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the authority, in its discretion, to do any or all of these things:

 

4.2.1  Grant Options. To grant Incentive Stock Options in accordance with Section 422 of the Code, or Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

4.2.2  Authorize Sales.  To authorize Sales of Shares of Common Stock hereunder.

 

4.2.3  Determine Fair Market Value. To determine, upon review of relevant information and in accordance with Section of the Plan, the fair market value of the Common Stock.

 

4.2.4  Determine Exercise or Purchase Price. To determine the exercise/purchase price per Share of Options to be granted or Shares to be Sold, which exercise/purchase price shall be determined in accordance with Section of the Plan.

 

4.2.5  Decide Who Gets Options. To determine the Employees or Consultants to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of Shares to be represented by each Option.

 

4.2.6  Decide Who Gets Stock. To determine the Employees or Consultants to whom, and the time or times at which, Shares shall be Sold and the number of Shares to be Sold.

 

4.2.7  Interpret Plan.  To interpret the Plan.

 

4.2.8  Make Rules About Plan. To prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan.

 

4.2.9  Set and Amend Option Terms. To determine the terms and provisions of each Option granted (which need not be identical) and, with the consent of the holder thereof, modify or amend each Option.

 

4.2.10 Set and Amend Sale Terms. To determine the terms and provisions of each Sale of Shares (which need not be identical) and, with the consent of the purchaser thereof, modify or amend each Sale.

 

4



 

4.2.11 Change Exercise Dates of Options. To accelerate or defer (with the consent of the Optionee) the exercise date of any Option.

 

4.2.12 Change Vesting Restrictions. To accelerate or defer (with the consent of the Optionee or purchaser of Shares) the vesting restrictions applicable to Shares Sold under the Plan or pursuant to Options granted under the Plan.

 

4.2.13 Authorize Signers. To authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Option or Sale of Shares previously granted or authorized by the Board.

 

4.2.14 Establish Shareholder Agreement Restrictions. To determine the restrictions on transfer, vesting restrictions, repurchase rights, or other restrictions applicable to Shares issued under the Plan.

 

4.2.15 Cancel and Reissue Options (subject to Price Restrictions). To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected Optionees, the cancellation of any or all outstanding Options under the Plan and to grant in substitution therefor new Options under the Plan covering the same or different numbers of Shares, but having an Option price per Share consistent with the provisions of Section of this Plan as of the date of the new Option grant.

 

4.2.16 Make Case by Case Exceptions at Termination of Employment. To establish, on a case-by-case basis, different terms and conditions pertaining to exercise or vesting rights upon termination of employment, whether at the time of an Option grant or Sale of Shares, or thereafter.

 

4.2.17 Do Other Things Needed or Advisable. To make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

4.3  Effect of Board’s Decision. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Board shall be final and binding on all Optionees and any other holders of any Options granted under the Plan or Shares Sold under the Plan.

 

5.              Eligibility.

 

5.1  Persons Eligible. Options may be granted and/or Shares Sold only to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. An Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Option or Sold Shares may, if he is otherwise eligible, be granted an additional Option or Options or Sold additional Shares.

 

5.2  ISO Limitation. No Incentive Stock Option may be granted to an Employee which, when aggregated with all other Incentive Stock Options granted to such Employee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, would result in Shares having an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the Option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000 becoming first available for purchase upon exercise of one or more Incentive Stock Options during any calendar year.

 

5



 

5.3  Section Limitations. Section of the Plan shall apply only to an Incentive Stock Option evidenced by an “Incentive Stock Option Agreement” which sets forth the intention of the Company and the Optionee that such Option shall qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. Section of the Plan shall not apply to any Option evidenced by a “Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement” which sets forth the intention of the Company and the Optionee that such Option shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

5.4  No Right to Continued Employment. The Plan shall not confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuation of employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his right or the Company’s right to terminate his employment or consulting relationship at any time.

 

6.              Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by the stockholders of the Company as described in Section of the Plan. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years, unless sooner terminated under Section of the Plan.

 

7.              Term of Options.

 

7.1  Term of ISOs to 10% or Less Holders. The term of each Incentive Stock Option shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Stock Option Agreement.

 

7.2  Term of Nonqualified Options to 10% or Less Holders. The term of each Nonqualified Stock Option shall be ten (10) years and one (1) day from the date of grant thereof or such other term as may be provided in the Stock Option Agreement.

 

7.3  Terms for Holders of More than 10%. In the case of an Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, (a) if the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter time as may be provided in the Stock Option Agreement, or (b) if the Option is a Nonqualified Stock Option, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years and one (1) day from the date of grant thereof or such other term as may be provided in the Stock Option Agreement.

 

8.              Exercise/Purchase Price and Consideration.

 

8.1  Exercise/Purchase Price. The per-Share exercise/purchase price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option or a Sale (other than a Sale which is a grant for which no purchase price is payable) shall be such price as is determined by the Board, but shall be subject to the requirements of this Section.

 

8.2  ISO Price.

 

8.2.1  ISO Price to Holders of more than 10%. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per

 

6



 

Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value per Share on the date of the grant.

 

8.2.2  ISO Price to Holders of 10% or Less. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value per Share on the date of grant.

 

8.3  Nonqualified Option and Sale Price.

 

8.3.1  Nonqualified Price to Holders of More than 10%. In the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option or Sale granted or Sold to a person who, at the time of the grant of such Option or authorization of such Sale, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise/purchase price shall be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value per Share on the date of the grant or authorization of Sale, unless otherwise expressly determined by the Board of Directors.

 

8.3.2  Nonqualified Price to Holders of 10% or Less. In the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option or Sale granted or Sold to any other person, the per Share exercise/purchase price shall be no less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value per Share on the date of grant or authorization of Sale, unless otherwise expressly determined by the Board of Directors.

 

8.3.3  Requirement for Below Market Options and Sales. Any determination to sell stock at less than fair market value on the date of the grant or authorization of Sale shall be accompanied by an express finding by the Board of Directors specifying that the sale is in the best interest of the Company, and specifying both the fair market value and the grant or sale price of the stock.

 

8.4  Sales After Registration. In the case of an Option granted or Sale authorized on or after the effective date of registration of any class of equity security of the Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act and prior to six (6) months after the termination of such registration, the per Share exercise/purchase price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value per Share on the date of grant or authorization of Sale.

 

8.5  Fair Market Value. The fair market value per Share shall be determined by the Board in its discretion; provided, however, that where there is a public market for the Common Stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the closing price of the Common Stock for the date of grant or authorization of Sale, as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation (NASDAQ) System) or, in the event the Common Stock is listed on a stock exchange, the fair market value per Share shall be the closing price on such exchange on the date of grant of the Option or authorization of Sale, as reported in The Wall Street Journal .

 

8.6  Consideration. The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or pursuant to a Sale, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Board and may consist in whole or part of:

 

7



 

8.6.1  Cash, Check, Note.  Cash, Check, or Promissory Note.

 

8.6.2  Transferred or Withheld Shares. Transfer to the Company of Shares having a Fair Market Value at the time of such exercise equal to the Option exercise price, or delivery of instructions to the Company to withhold from the Shares that would otherwise be issued on the exercise that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value at the time of such exercise equal to the Option exercise price. If the Fair Market Value of the number of whole Shares transferred or the number of whole Shares surrendered is less than the total exercise price of the Option, the shortfall must be made up in cash or by check.

 

9.              Time of Granting Options. The date of grant of an Option shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Board makes the determination granting such Option. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

10.            Option Agreement. Options shall be evidenced by written option agreements in such form as the Board shall approve.

 

11.            Nontransferability of Options. An Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or, if incapacitated, by his or her legal guardian or legal representative.

 

12.            Exercise of Option.

 

12.1 When Exercisable. Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Board, including performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee, and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan.

 

12.2 No Fractional Shares. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

12.3 How Exercised. An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company. Full payment may, as authorized by the Board, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section of the Plan.

 

12.3.1  Deposits for Withholding Taxes. Each Optionee who exercises an Option shall, upon notification of the amount due (if any) and prior to or concurrent with delivery of the certificate representing the Shares, pay to the Company amounts necessary to satisfy applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements.

 

12.3.2  Shareholder Agreements. An Optionee must also provide a duly   executed copy of any stock transfer agreement then in effect and determined to be applicable by the Board.

 

8



 

12.4 No Shareholder Rights or Adjustments Until Issuance. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section of the Plan.

 

12.5 Effect of Exercise on Plan Pool. Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

12.6 Termination of Status as an Employee or Consultant. If an Employee or Consultant ceases to serve as an Employee or Consultant (as the case may be), he may, but only within three (3) months (or such other period of time not exceeding the limitations of Section above as is determined by the Board at the time of grant of an Option or thereafter) after the date he ceases to be an Employee or Consultant (as the case may be) of the Company, exercise his Option to the extent that he was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that he was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if he does not exercise such Option (which he was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

12.7 Disability of Optionee. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section above, in the event an Employee or Consultant is unable to continue his employment or consulting relationship (as the case may be) with the Company as a result of his total and permanent disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), he may, but only within twelve (12) months (or such other period of time not exceeding the limitations of Section above as is determined by the Board at the time of grant of an Option or thereafter) from the date of termination, exercise his Option to the extent he was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that he was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if he does not exercise such Option (which he was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

12.8 Death of Optionee. In the event of the death of an Optionee during the term of the Option who is at the time of his death an Employee or Consultant of the Company and who shall have been in Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant since the date of grant of the Option, the Option may be exercised, at any time within twelve (12) months (or such other period of time not exceeding the limitations of Section above as is determined by the Board at the time of grant of an Option or thereafter) following the date of death, by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise as of the date of death.

 

13.            Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization or Merger.

 

13.1 Stock Splits and the Like. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan

 

9



 

but as to which no Options have yet been granted or Sales made or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

 

13.2 Termination on Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Board. The Board may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any Option shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Board and give each Optionee the right to exercise his Option as to all or any part of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable.

 

13.3 Substitution or Exercise on Sale or Merger. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation, the Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the Board determines, in the exercise of its sole discretion and in lieu of such assumption or substitution, that the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable. If the Board makes an Option fully exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Board shall notify the Optionee that the Option shall be fully exercisable for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such notice or such shorter period as the Board may specify in the notice, and the Option will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

14.            Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

14.1 Amendment and Termination. The Board may amend or terminate the Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board may deem advisable; provided, however, that if required to qualify the Plan under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Rule 16b-3”), no amendment shall be made more than once every six months that would change the amount, price or timing of the option grants, other than to comport with changes in the Code, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and provided, further, that, if required to qualify the Plan under Rule 16b-3, no amendment shall be made without the approval of the stockholders of the Company in the manner described in Section of the Plan and within the times required by Section 422 of the Code (if any), if the amendment would:

 

10



 

14.1.1  Increase Shares. Increase the number of Shares subject to the Plan, other than in connection with an adjustment under Section 13 of the Plan;

 

14.1.2  Change Class of Employee or Consultant Eligible. Make a change in the designation of the class of Employees or Consultants eligible to be granted Options; or

 

14.1.3  Increase Benefits After Registration. If the Company has a class of equity security registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act at the time of such revision or amendment, cause any material increase in the benefits accruing to participants under the Plan.

 

14.2 Stockholder Approval. If any amendment requiring stockholder approval under Section of the Plan is made subsequent to the first registration of any class of equity security by the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, such stockholder approval shall be solicited as described in Section of the Plan.

 

14.3 Effect of Amendment or Termination. Any such amendment or termination of the Plan shall not affect Options already granted, and such Options shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Board, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

 

15.  Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

 

15.1 General Compliance Requirement. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or a Sale unless the exercise of such Option or consummation of the Sale and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, applicable state securities laws, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange (including NASDAQ) upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

15.2 Investment Intent Warranty. As a condition to the exercise of an Option or a Sale, the Company may require the person exercising such Option or to whom Shares are being Sold to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or Sale that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

 

16. Stockholder Approval. Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. If such stockholder approval is obtained at a duly held stockholders’ meeting, it may be obtained by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company, such holders being present or represented and entitled to vote thereon. If and in the event that the Company registers any class of any equity security pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the approval of such stockholders of the Company shall be obtained as follows:

 

11



 

16.1 Solicitation. Approval shall be solicited substantially in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or solicited after the Company has furnished in writing to the holders entitled to vote substantially the same information concerning the Plan as that which would be required by the rules and regulations in effect under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act at the time such information is furnished.

 

16.2 Time. Approval shall be obtained at or prior to the first annual meeting of stockholders held subsequent to the first registration of any class of equity securities of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

 

16.3 If by Written Consent: Compliance with State Law. If such stockholder approval is obtained by written consent, it must be obtained by the written consent of stockholders of the Company in compliance with the requirements of applicable state law.

 

17.  Six Month Holding Period for Affiliates. If the Company registers any class of any equity security pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, then from the effective date of such registration until six (6) months after the termination of such registration (the Public Period), these limits will apply to each officer, director and beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of equity securities of the Company (Affiliates.) During the Public Period, any Affiliate shall hold Shares Sold hereunder at least six months from the date of Sale. During the Public Period, at least six months must elapse from the date of grant of an Option to an Affiliate to the date the Affiliate disposes of the Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, or (if the Option is disposed of other than by exercise) to the date of disposition of the Option itself.

 

12


EXHIBIT 10.4

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION 1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION AWARD

 

Grantee’s Name and Address:

 

 

 

 

You have been granted an option to purchase shares of Common Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), the Digimarc Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) attached hereto, as follows.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Notice.

 

Award Number

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Award

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share

 

$

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares subject

 

 

 

 

 

to the Option

 

 

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price

 

$

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

Incentive Stock Option

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Post-Termination Exercise Period:  Three (3) Months

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

Subject to Grantee’s Continuous Service and other limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement, the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

 

25% of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest twelve months after the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/1,460 of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on each day thereafter.

 

During any authorized leave of absence, the vesting of the Option as provided in this schedule shall cease after the leave of absence exceeds a period of ninety (90) days.  Vesting of the Option shall resume upon the Grantee’s termination of the leave of absence and return to service to the Company or a Related Entity.

 

1



 

In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee to Consultant or from an Employee whose customary employment is 20 hours or more per week to an Employee whose customary employment is fewer than 20 hours per week, vesting of the Option shall continue only to the extent determined by the Plan Administrator as of such change in status.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Grantee have executed this Notice and agree that the Option is to be governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement.

 

 

Digimarc Corporation,

 

 

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE SHARES SUBJECT TO THE OPTION SHALL VEST, IF AT ALL, ONLY DURING THE PERIOD OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER).  THE GRANTEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS NOTICE, THE OPTION AGREEMENT, OR THE PLAN SHALL CONFER UPON THE GRANTEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE AWARDS OR CONTINUATION OF GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE GRANTEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE GRANTEE’S EMPLOYER TO TERMINATE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Option Agreement, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof.  The Grantee has reviewed this Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice, and fully understands all provisions of this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement. The Grantee hereby agrees that all disputes arising out of or relating to this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with Section 15 of the Option Agreement.  The Grantee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated in this Notice.

 

Dated:

 

 

Signed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grantee

 

 

2



 

Award Number:

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION 1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

 

1.             Grant of Option .  Digimarc Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the Grantee (the “Grantee”) named in the Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the Total Number of Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option (the “Shares”) set forth in the Notice, at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “Exercise Price”) subject to the terms and provisions of the Notice, this Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and the Company’s 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which are incorporated herein by reference.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

If designated in the Notice as an Incentive Stock Option, the Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.  However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares subject to Options designated as Incentive Stock Options which become exercisable for the first time by the Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options, to the extent of the Shares covered thereby in excess of the foregoing limitation, shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options.  For this purpose, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the date the Option with respect to such Shares is awarded.

 

2.             Exercise of Option .

 

(a)           Right to Exercise .  The Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. The Option shall be subject to the provisions of Section 4 relating to the exercisability or termination of the Option in the event of a Corporate Transaction or Related Entity Disposition. No partial exercise of the Option may be for less than the lesser of five percent (5%) of the total number of Shares subject to the Option or the remaining number of Shares subject to the Option. In no event shall the Company issue fractional Shares.

 

(b)           Method of Exercise .  The Option shall be exercisable only by delivery of an Exercise Notice (attached as Exhibit A) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the whole number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares and such other provisions as may be required by the Plan Administrator. The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Grantee and shall be delivered in person, by certified mail, or by such other method as determined from time to time by the Plan Administrator to the Company accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised

 

1



 

upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price, which, to the extent selected, shall be deemed to be satisfied by use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the Exercise Price provided in Section 5(d), below.

 

(c)           Taxes .  No Shares will be delivered to the Grantee or other person pursuant to the exercise of the Option until the Grantee or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Plan Administrator for the satisfaction of applicable income tax, employment tax, and social security tax withholding obligations, including, without limitation, obligations incident to the receipt of Shares or the disqualifying disposition of Shares received on exercise of an Incentive Stock Option. Upon exercise of the Option, the Company or the Grantee’s employer may offset or withhold (from any amount owed by the Company or the Grantee’s employer to the Grantee) or collect from the Grantee or other person an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations and/or the employer’s withholding obligations.

 

3.             Definitions .  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)           “ Corporate Transaction ” means any of the following transactions:

 

(i)             a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state in which the Company is incorporated;

 

(ii)            the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including the capital stock of the Company’s subsidiary corporations) in connection with the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

(iii)           any reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from those who held such securities immediately prior to such merger; or

 

(iv)           acquisition by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities, but excluding any such transaction that the Plan Administrator determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction.

 

(b)           “ Related Entity Disposition ” means the sale, distribution or other disposition by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the interests of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary in any Related Entity effected by a sale, merger or consolidation or other transaction involving that Related Entity or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of that Related Entity, other than any Related Entity Disposition to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

2



 

4.             Corporate Transactions/Related Entity Dispositions .

 

(a)           In the event of a Corporate Transaction, if this Option is not assumed by the successor corporation or the Parent thereof in connection with the Corporate Transaction, this Option shall automatically become fully vested and exercisable and be released from any restrictions on transfer (other than transfer restrictions under Section 10), immediately prior to the specified effective date of such Corporate Transaction, for all of the Shares at the time represented by this Option. For the purposes of determining whether to accelerate vesting and release restrictions applicable to this Option pursuant to this subsection (but not for purposes of termination of this Option), this Option shall be considered assumed if, in connection with the Corporate Transaction, the Option is replaced with a comparable Option with respect to shares of capital stock of the successor corporation or Parent thereof or is replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation or Parent thereof which preserves the compensation element of this Option existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice. The determination of Option comparability above shall be made by the Plan Administrator and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Effective upon the consummation of a Corporate Transaction in which this Option is not assumed by the successor corporation or the Parent thereof in connection with the Corporate Transaction, this Option shall terminate.

 

(b)           Effective upon the consummation of a Related Entity Disposition, for purposes of this Option, the Continuous Service of the Grantee who is at the time engaged primarily in service to the Related Entity involved in such Related Entity Disposition shall be deemed to terminate and this Option automatically shall become fully vested and exercisable and be released from any restrictions on transfer (other than transfer restrictions under Section 10) for all of the Shares at the time represented by this Option and be exercisable in accordance with the terms of this Option Agreement. However, such Continuous Service shall not be deemed to terminate and this Option shall not automatically become fully vested and exercisable and be released from any restrictions on transfer if this Option is, in connection with the Related Entity Disposition, assumed by the successor entity or its Parent. For the purposes of determining whether to accelerate vesting and release restrictions applicable to this Option pursuant to this subsection (but not for purposes of termination of this Option), the Option shall be considered assumed if, in connection with the Related Entity Disposition, the Option is replaced with a comparable Option with respect to shares of capital stock of the successor corporation or Parent thereof or is replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation or Parent thereof which preserves the compensation element of this Option existing at the time of the Related Entity Disposition and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice. The determination of Option comparability above shall be made by the Plan Administrator and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Effective upon the consummation of a Related Entity Disposition in which the Option is not assumed by the successor corporation or the Parent thereof in connection with the Related Entity Disposition, this Option shall terminate.

 

(c)           The portion of the Option, if an Incentive Stock Option, accelerated under this Section 4 in connection with a Corporate Transaction or Related Entity Disposition shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Stock Option under the Code only to the extent the $100,000 dollar limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is

 

3



 

exceeded, the accelerated excess portion of the Option shall be exercisable as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

5.             Method of Payment .  Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Grantee;  provided, however, that such exercise method does not then violate any Applicable Law and, provided further, that the portion of the Exercise Price equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law:

 

(a)           cash;

 

(b)           check;

 

(c)           surrender of Shares or delivery of a properly executed form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Plan Administrator may require (including withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the Option) which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or attestation equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised (but only to the extent that such exercise of the Option would not result in an accounting compensation charge with respect to the Shares used to pay the exercise price); or

 

(d)           payment through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Grantee (i) shall provide written instructions to a Company designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of some or all of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares and (ii) shall provide written directives to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale transaction.

 

6.             Restrictions on Exercise .  The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares subject to the Option upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws. In addition, the Option, if an Incentive Stock Option, may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company.

 

7.             Termination or Change of Continuous Service .  In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates, the Grantee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the “Termination Date”), exercise the Option during the Post-Termination Exercise Period. In no event shall the Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice. In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee, Director or Consultant to any other status of Employee, Director or Consultant, the Option shall remain in effect and, except to the extent otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, continue to vest; provided, however, that with respect to any Incentive Stock Option that shall remain in effect after a change in status from Employee to Director or Consultant, such Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following such change in status. Except as provided in Sections 8 and 9 below, to the extent that the Grantee is not entitled to

 

4



 

exercise the Option on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the Option within the Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Option shall terminate.

 

8.             Disability of Grantee .  In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of his or her Disability, the Grantee may, but only within twelve (12) months from the Termination Date (and in no event later than the Expiration Date), exercise the Option to the extent he or she was otherwise entitled to exercise it on the Termination Date; provided, however, that if such Disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1)  day following the Termination Date.  To the extent that the Grantee is not entitled to exercise the Option on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

9.             Death of Grantee .  In the event of the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of his or her death, or in the event of the Grantee’s death during the Post-Termination Exercise Period or during the twelve (12) month period following the Grantee’s Termination of Continuous Service as a result of his or her Disability, the Grantee’s estate, or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, may exercise the Option, but only to the extent the Grantee could exercise the Option at the date of termination, within twelve (12) months from the date of death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date).  To the extent that the Grantee is not entitled to exercise the Option on the date of death, or if the Option is not exercised to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

10.           Transferability of Option .  The Option, if an Incentive Stock Option, may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Grantee only by the Grantee; provided, however, that the Grantee may designate a beneficiary of the Grantee’s Incentive Stock Option in the event of the Grantee’s death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Plan Administrator. The Option, if a Non-Qualified Stock Option may be transferred to any person by will and by the laws of descent and distribution. Non-Qualified Stock Options also may be transferred during the lifetime of the Grantee by gift and pursuant to a domestic relations order to members of the Grantee’s Immediate Family to the extent and in the manner determined by the Plan Administrator. The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and transferees of the Grantee.

 

11.           Term of Option .  The Option may be exercised no later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice or such earlier date as otherwise provided herein.

 

12.           Tax Consequences .  Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option Agreement of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE GRANTEE

 

5



 

SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

(a)           Exercise of Incentive Stock Option . If the Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as income for purposes of the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the Grantee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

 

(b)           Exercise of Incentive Stock Option Following Disability . If the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of Disability that is not total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, to the extent permitted on the date of termination, the Grantee must exercise an Incentive Stock Option within three (3) months of such termination for the Incentive Stock Option to be qualified as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(c)           Exercise of Non-Qualified Stock Option . On exercise of a Non-  Qualified Stock Option, the Grantee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If the Grantee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from the Grantee’s compensation or collect from the Grantee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(d)           Disposition of Shares . In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, if Shares are held for more than one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes and subject to tax at a maximum rate of 20%. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for more than one year after receipt of the Shares and are disposed more than two years after the Date of Award, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares also will be treated as capital gain for federal income tax purposes and subject to the same tax rates and holding periods that apply to Shares acquired upon exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option. If Shares purchased under an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of prior to the expiration of such one-year or two-year periods, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.

 

13.           Entire Agreement: Governing Law .  The Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

 

6



 

Nothing in the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties. The Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement are to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of Oregon without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of Oregon to the rights and duties of the parties. Should any provision of the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

14.           Headings . The captions used in the Notice and this Option Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of the Option for construction or interpretation.

 

15.           Dispute Resolution . The provisions of this Section 15 shall be the exclusive means of resolving disputes arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement.  The Company, the Grantee, and the Grantee’s assignees pursuant to Section 10 (the “parties”) shall attempt in good faith to resolve any disputes arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement by negotiation between individuals who have authority to settle the controversy.  Negotiations shall be commenced by either party by notice of a written statement of the party’s position and the name and title of the individual who will represent the party.  Within thirty (30) days of the written notification, the parties shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary, to resolve the dispute.  If the dispute has not been resolved by negotiation, the parties agree that any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be brought before the U.S. District Court, District of Oregon, and that the parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of such court.  If the U.S. District Court, District of Oregon, does not have jurisdiction over the dispute, the parties agree that any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or related to the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be brought before the Oregon Circuit Court, 4th Judicial District, located in Portland, Oregon, and that the parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of such court.  The parties irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection the party may have to the laying of venue for any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts.  THE PARTIES ALSO EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY HAVE OR MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING.  If any one or more provisions of this Section 15 shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, it is the specific intent of the parties that such provisions shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it or its application valid and enforceable.

 

16.           Notices .  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States) or upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service (for international delivery of notice), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown beneath its

 

7



 

signature in the Notice, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

8



 

EXHIBIT A

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION 1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Digimarc Corporation

One Centerpointe Drive, Suite 500

Lake Oswego, Oregon 97035-8615

 

Attention: Secretary

 

1.             Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,                            ,        the undersigned (the “Grantee”) hereby elects to exercise the Grantee’s option to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Digimarc Corporation (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”) and the [ ] Incentive [ ] Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”) dated                           ,                 . Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Exercise Notice.

 

2.             Representations of the Grantee . The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee has received, read and understood the Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3.             Rights as Stockholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 10 of the Plan.

 

4.             Delivery of Payment . The Grantee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, which, to the extent selected, shall be deemed to be satisfied by use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the Exercise Price provided in Section 5(d) of the Option Agreement.

 

5.             Tax Consultation . The Grantee understands that the Grantee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Grantee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Grantee represents that the Grantee has consulted with any tax consultants the Grantee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Grantee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice

 

1



 

6.             Taxes . The Grantee agrees to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding obligations and herewith delivers to the Company the full amount of such obligations or has made arrangements acceptable to the Company to satisfy such obligations. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Grantee also agrees, as partial consideration for the designation of the Option as an Incentive Stock Option, to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days of any disposition of any shares acquired by exercise of the Option if such disposition occurs within two (2) years from the Award Date or within one (1) year from the date the Shares were transferred to the Grantee. If the Company is required to satisfy any federal, state or local income or employment tax withholding obligations as a result of such an early disposition, the Grantee agrees to satisfy the amount of such withholding in a manner that the Plan Administrator prescribes.

 

7.             Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. This Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Grantee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

8.             Headings . The captions used in this Exercise Notice are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this agreement for construction or interpretation.

 

9.             Dispute Resolution . The provisions of Section 15 of the Option Agreement shall be the exclusive means of resolving disputes arising out of or relating to this Exercise Notice.

 

10.           Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of Oregon without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of Oregon to the rights and duties of the parties. Should any provision of this Exercise Notice be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

11.           Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, (if the parties are within the United States) or upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service (for international delivery of notice) with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

12.           Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this agreement.

 

13.           Entire Agreement . The Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, and together with this Exercise Notice constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety

 

2



 

all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. Nothing in the Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and this Exercise Notice (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties.

 

Submitted by:

Accepted by:

 

 

GRANTEE:

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

Address :

 

 

 

 

 

One Centerpointe Drive, Suite 500

 

 

Lake Oswego, Oregon 97035-8615

 

3


EXHIBIT 10.6

STRATEGIC INVESTMENT AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

AND

 

MACROVISION CORPORATION

 

DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 17, 2000

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I. PURCHASE AND SALE OF ADDITIONAL SHARES

 

2

1.1

PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE ADDITIONAL SHARES

 

2

1.2

THE CLOSING

 

2

1.3

JDA AMENDMENT

 

2

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

2

2.1

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

2

2.2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTOR

 

9

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III. COVENANTS

 

12

3.1

[RESERVED]

 

12

3.2

INVESTOR’S STANDSTILL AGREEMENT

 

12

3.3

TRANSFER

 

13

3.4

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 13

 

14

3.5

DIRECTOR APPOINTMENTS AND ELECTION

 

14

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

12

4.1

LEGEND

 

14

4.2

REGISTRATION ON FORM S-3

 

15

4.3

PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION

 

16

4.4

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

 

17

4.5

DELAY OF REGISTRATION; FURNISHING INFORMATION

 

20

4.6

TERMINATION OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

20

4.7

INDEMNIFICATION

 

20

4.8

ASSIGNMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

23

4.9

LIMITATION ON SUBSEQUENT REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

23

4.10

MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

 

23

4.11

RULE 144 REPORTING

 

24

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

24

5.1

CONSENTS; APPROVALS

 

24

5.2

PROCEDURAL SAFEGUARDS

 

25

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

25

6.1

INVESTOR CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

25

6.2

COMPANY CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

27

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII. MISCELLANEOUS

 

29

7.1

FEES AND EXPENSES

 

29

7.2

SEVERABILITY

 

29

7.3

CONSENT TO JURISDICTION

 

29

7.4

DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES

 

30

7.5

BROKERS

 

32

7.6

ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS

 

32

 

i



 

7.7

NOTICES

 

33

7.8

NO WAIVER

 

34

7.9

HEADING

 

34

7.10

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

 

34

7.11

NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES

 

34

7.12

GOVERNING LAW

 

34

7.13

FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

34

7.14

RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES

 

35

7.15

PUBLICITY

 

35

7.16

NUMBER AND GENDER OF WORDS

 

35

7.17

INTERPRETATION

 

36

7.18

COUNTERPARTS

 

36

 

ii



 

TABLE OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A - Definitions

 

Exhibit B - JDA Amendment

 

Exhibit C - Schedule of Exceptions

 

Exhibit D - Director Agreement

 

 



 

EXHIBIT 10.12

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

STRATEGIC INVESTMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS STRATEGIC INVESTMENT AGREEMENT (this “AGREEMENT”) is made as of September 17, 2000 by and between MACROVISION CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “INVESTOR”), and DIGIMARC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “COMPANY”), (each a “PARTY”, collectively, the “PARTIES”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined are defined in EXHIBIT A, attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

A.             The Investor and the Company believe that a more extensive business relationship between them would be mutually advantageous.

 

B.             As part of such current and potential business relationship, the Parties desire that the Investor further increase its equity stake in the Company by purchasing additional shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “COMMON STOCK”, and such shares, the “ADDITIONAL SHARES”) at a purchase price of the lower of (i) $20.00 per share and (ii) the price to be paid for the Common Stock by Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. or an Affiliate thereof (“PHILIPS”) for the purchase of approximately twelve percent (12%) of the issued and outstanding Common Stock pursuant to the Strategic Investment Agreement between the Company and Philips of even date herewith (the “PHILIPS STRATEGIC INVESTMENT AGREEMENT”), such that after its purchase of the Additional Shares the Investor will hold an aggregate amount of Common Stock equal to the Macrovision Percentage (defined below). The “MACROVISION PERCENTAGE” of the Common Stock shall be an amount equal to twelve and five tenths of a percent (12.5%) of the issued and outstanding Common Stock at the Closing, including the 924,475 shares of Common Stock currently owned by the Investor (the “ORIGINAL SHARES”) and the Additional Shares to be issued to the Investor hereunder and the shares issued or to be issued pursuant to the Philips Strategic Investment Agreement, but excluding shares subject to warrants, options or other contracts for the sale of the Common Stock existing on the date of this Agreement. If the Company issues any warrants, options or other contracts for the purchase of Common Stock after the date of this Agreement but prior to the Closing (other than pursuant to the Company’s existing employee stock purchase plans), then the Investor may purchase (at its option) a number of shares of Common Stock such that the Macrovision Percentage may be calculated including the Common Stock available for issuance under such warrants, options and other contracts.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and made pursuant hereto, and good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

1



 

ARTICLE I.

 

Purchase and Sale of Additional Shares

 

1.1            PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE ADDITIONAL SHARES.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company will issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor will purchase from the Company, at the Closing (defined in Section 1.2), that number of Additional Shares at a purchase price per share (the “SHARE PRICE”) equal to the lower of (a) $20.00 per share and (b) the price for the Common Stock to be paid by Philips pursuant to the Philips Strategic Investment Agreement, such that the Investor will hold an aggregate amount of Common Stock equal to the Macrovision Percentage. The “TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE” shall be the Share Price multiplied by the number of Additional Shares purchased by the Investor, such number of shares when taken together with the Original Shares not to exceed the Macrovision Percentage.

 

1.2            THE CLOSING.

 

The purchase and sale of the Additional Shares shall take place at the offices of Morrison & Foerster LLP, 425 Market Street, San Francisco, California, on October 19, 2000, or at such other time and place as the Company and the Investor mutually agree upon orally or in writing (the “CLOSING”). At the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Investor a stock certificate representing the Additional Shares purchased by the Investor, and the Investor shall pay the Total Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the manner requested by the Company, all in accordance with Section 1.1.

 

1.3            JDA AMENDMENT.

 

On the date hereof the Parties will execute an amendment to the Joint Development Agreement between them, dated as of August 22, 1997 and as previously amended, which is attached hereto as EXHIBIT B (the “JDA AMENDMENT”). [***] The remaining terms and conditions are more fully set forth in the JDA Amendment.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

Representations and Warranties

 

2.1            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

 

Except as set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions, attached hereto as EXHIBIT C (“SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS”), or as disclosed in the SEC Documents (as defined in Section 2.1(f)), the Company represents and warrants to the Investor as follows:

 

2



 

(a)            ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION.

 

The Company is a corporation duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, and has the requisite corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted. The Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes such qualification necessary and where the failure to qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company.

 

(b)            AUTHORIZATION; ENFORCEMENT.

 

The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to issue the Additional Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors, and no further consent or authorization of the Company or its Board of Directors or stockholders is required. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company. Subject to the Company’s receipt of the Total Purchase Price, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and remedies or by equitable principles of general application.

 

(c)            CAPITALIZATION.

 

The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which as of September 13, 2000, 13,085,930 shares were issued and outstanding and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, none of which is outstanding. All of such outstanding shares have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. As of September 15, 2000, the Company has: (1) granted options to purchase a total of 4,028,438 shares of Common Stock; (2) issued warrants covering 150,000 shares of Common Stock; (3) not entered into other contracts covering the future issuance of any shares of Common Stock; (4) reserved for issuance 1,167,470 shares of Common Stock under its employee stock option plans; and (5) reserved for issuance 575,603 shares of Common Stock under its employee stock purchase plans. The Company has furnished to the Investor true and correct copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as in effect on the date hereof (the “CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION”) and the Company’s By-laws, as in effect on the date hereof (the “BY-LAWS”).

 

(d)            VALIDITY OF ADDITIONAL SHARES.

 

The Additional Shares, when issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

3



 

(e)            NO CONFLICTS.

 

The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby do not (i) result in a violation of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with material notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any material agreement, material indenture or material instrument to which the Company is a Party, or result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Company or by which any property or asset of the Company is bound or affected (except for such conflicts, defaults, terminations, amendments, accelerations, cancellations and violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company). No action, suit, dispute or proceeding is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company which, if adversely determined, would prevent the Company from carrying out its obligations under this Agreement or which would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or on any of the Company’s Intellectual Property (as defined in Section 2(m)(i) hereof). The business of the Company is not being conducted in violation of any law, ordinance or regulation of any Governmental Authority, except for possible violations which either singly or in the aggregate do not and will not have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, the Company is not required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court or Governmental Authority in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(f)             SEC DOCUMENTS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

Since December 7, 1999, the Company has filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by it with the SEC pursuant to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act (all filings with the SEC since such date through the date of this Agreement are hereinafter the “SEC DOCUMENTS”). As of their respective dates, the SEC Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder applicable to such SEC Documents, and none of the SEC Documents (when read together with all exhibits included therein and financial statement schedules thereto and documents (other than exhibits) incorporated by reference) contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The financial statements of the Company included in the SEC Documents comply as to form in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except (i) as may be otherwise indicated in such financial

 

4



 

statements or the notes thereto, or (ii) in the case of unaudited interim statements, to the extent they may not include footnotes or year-end adjustments or may be condensed or summary statements) and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments).

 

(g)            LIABILITIES.

 

The Company has no debt, obligation, duty or liability of any nature including any unknown, undisclosed, unmatured, unaccrued, unasserted, contingent, indirect, conditional, implied, vicarious, derivative, joint, several or secondary liability, regardless of whether such debt, obligation, duty or liability would be required to be disclosed on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and regardless of whether such debts, obligations, duties or liabilities are immediately due and payable (hereinafter, “LIABILITIES”), and the executive officers of the Company have no knowledge that could result in any such debts, obligations, duties or liabilities of the Company except:

 

(i)             Those Liabilities disclosed in the SEC Documents; or

 

(ii)            Those Liabilities reflected or reserved against on the Company’s June 30, 2000 balance sheet (the “INTERIM BALANCE SHEET”) or incurred by the Company in the ordinary course of business since June 30, 2000, none of which individually or in the aggregate had or will have a Material Adverse Effect on the business of the Company or its property, assets, financial condition, earnings, profits or prospects or which would have a material adverse effect on any of the Intellectual Property.

 

(h)            OFFERING.

 

Assuming (i) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Investor contained in Section 2.2 hereof and (ii) that the principal office of the Investor is at 1341 Orleans Drive, Sunnyvale, California, the offer, issuance, and sale of the Additional Shares are and will be exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and are exempt from the registration, permit, or qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws.

 

(i)             SUBSIDIARIES.

 

The Company does not presently own or control, directly, or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, association, partnership, or other business entity.

 

(j)             LITIGATION.

 

There are no civil, criminal or administrative actions, suits, claims, hearings or proceedings pending, initiated or, to the best knowledge of the executive officers of the

 

5



 

Company, threatened, against the Company which, if decided adversely, are reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company. There are no actions, suits, claims, hearings or proceedings pending, initiated or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened, by the Company against any other Person for claims in excess of $500,000.

 

(k)            WATERMARKING TECHNOLOGY.

 

There is no present intention by the Company to depart from its business plan of aggressively developing and marketing its watermarking technology.

 

(l)             ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES.

 

Since the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly report filed with the SEC (the “AUDIT DATE”), the Company has conducted its businesses only in, and has not engaged in any material transaction other than according to, the ordinary and usual course of its business. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, since the Audit Date there has not been any damage, destruction or other casualty or loss with respect to any asset or property owned, leased or otherwise used by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, whether or not covered by insurance, which will have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

 

(m)           INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

 

(i)             The Company is the sole legal and beneficial owner of all intellectual property, proprietary technology and proprietary information held or used in the business of the Company (the “INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY”), except for Intellectual Property that is the subject of any license for Third Party Intellectual Property Rights (a “THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSE”) or commercially available or user licenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no warranty about third party patents that have not, to the knowledge of the Company’s executive officers, been asserted in writing against the Company as of the date hereof, other than: (A) third party patents that the Company has asked outside legal counsel to analyze to determine whether such patents apply to the Company’s products; (B) any third-party patent for which the Company’s in-house attorneys have prepared a written analysis relating to the relevance of such patent to the Company’s products; (C) third-party patents that have been identified by or brought to the attention to any of the executive officers of the Company (which includes its Chief Technology Officer and the general managers of each of its three lines of business) or the Vice President of Engineering or the Vice President of Corporate Development of the Company as being potentially infringed by the Company’s products or methods, or (D) third party patents that the Company is willfully infringing.

 

(ii)            With the exception of immaterial licenses and agreements entered into in the normal course of business and except for as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, [***].

 

6



 

(iii)           The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all Third Party Intellectual Property Licenses.

 

(iv)           The Company is not, nor will it be as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance of obligations hereunder in violation or breach of any contracts as to which the Company licenses or sublicenses the Intellectual Property or any Third Party Intellectual Property Licenses.

 

(v)            The Company has the right to license to third parties the use of the Intellectual Property other than commercially available and user software licenses and other than the Intellectual Property that, in the aggregate, would be immaterial to the Company’s business.

 

(vi)           All registrations and filings relating to the Company’s Intellectual Property are in good standing. All maintenance and renewal fees necessary to preserve the rights of the Company in respect of its Intellectual Property have been made. The registrations and filings relating to the Company’s Intellectual Property are proceeding, and there are no facts of which the executive officers of the Company have knowledge which could significantly undermine those registrations or filings or reduce to a significant extent the scope of protection of any patents arising from such applications beyond that which ordinarily might occur in a patent prosecution proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company only makes the foregoing warranties under this subsection (vi) to the knowledge of the Company’s executive officers as of the Closing as applied to the Third Party Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(vii)          The manufacturing, marketing, distribution or sale of any product currently manufactured, marketed, distributed or sold by, or identified for development by, the Company, any of its subsidiaries, licensees or sublicensees in the countries where the Company has conducted or proposes to conduct such activities does not and would not infringe, induce infringement or contributorily infringe the intellectual property rights throughout the world of any third party (collectively, “THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS”), except the Company makes no warranty about third party patents that have not, to the knowledge of the Company’s executive officers, been asserted in writing against the Company as of the date hereof, other than: (A) third party patents that the Company has asked outside legal counsel to analyze to determine whether such patents apply to the Company’s products; (B) any third-party patent for which the Company’s in-house attorneys have prepared a written analysis relating to the relevance of such patent to the Company’s products; (C) third-party patents that have been identified by or brought to the attention to any of the executive officers of the Company or the Vice President of Engineering or the Vice President of Corporate Development of the Company as being potentially infringed by the Company’s products or methods, or (D) third party patents that the Company is willfully infringing.

 

(viii)         Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, there are no allegations, claims or proceedings instituted or pending which challenge the rights

 

7



 

possessed by the Company to use the Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of the Intellectual Property, including without limitation any interferences, oppositions, cancellations or other contested proceedings.

 

(ix)            There are no outstanding claims or proceedings instituted or pending by any third party challenging the ownership, priority, scope or validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property.

 

(x)             There are no Third Party Intellectual Property Rights that would be infringed by the continued practice of any technologies previously used or presently used by the Company, except the Company makes no warranty about third party patents that have not, to the knowledge of the Company’s executive officers, been asserted in writing against the Company as of the date hereof, other than: (A) third party patents that the Company has asked outside legal counsel to analyze to determine whether such patents apply to the Company’s products; (B) any third-party patent for which the Company’s in-house attorneys have prepared a written analysis relating to the relevance of such patent to the Company’s products; (C) third-party patents that have been identified by or brought to the attention to any of the executive officers of the Company or the Vice President of Engineering or the Vice President of Corporate Development of the Company as being potentially infringed by the Company’s products or methods, or (D) third party patents that the Company is willfully infringing.

 

(xi)            Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, to the knowledge of the executive officers of the Company, there is no unauthorized use, infringement or misappropriation of the Intellectual Property by any third party, including any employee or former employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except for use, infringement or misappropriation that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xii)           The Company has taken commercially reasonable measures to maintain the confidentiality of the inventions, trade secrets, formulae, know-how, technical information, research data, research raw data, laboratory notebooks, procedures, designs, proprietary technology and information of the Company, and all other information the value of which to the Company is contingent upon maintenance of the confidentiality thereof.

 

(n)            PAYMENTS.

 

To the knowledge of the executive officers of the Company, none of the current stockholders, directors, officers, representatives, agents or employees of the Company (i) has used or is using any corporate funds for any illegal or improper contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses, (ii) has used or is using any corporate funds for any direct or indirect unlawful or improper payments to any domestic government officials or employees, (iii) has established or maintained, or is maintaining, any unlawful, improper or unrecorded fund of corporate monies or other properties, (iv) has made any false or fictitious entries on the books and records of the Company, (v) has made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or

 

8



 

improper payment of any nature using corporate funds or otherwise on behalf of the Company, or (vi) has made any material favor or gift that is not deductible for federal income tax purposes using corporate funds or otherwise on behalf of the Company.

 

(o)            REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

The Company has not granted registration rights with respect to the Company’s securities, except as set forth in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of November 2, 1999.

 

(p)            FULL DISCLOSURE.

 

No representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement nor any of the exceptions, qualifications or other information set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions (i) contains any statement that is false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or (ii) omits to state any material fact that is necessary to make the statements made in the context in which made, not false or misleading. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company to provide to the Investor information which (A) the Company must, under confidentiality obligations to third parties, not disclose to the Investor; (B) is protected by the attorney-client privilege of the Company; or (C) is the Company’s attorney work product.

 

(q)            DISCLAIMER.

 

The Company shall not be deemed to have made to the Investor any representation or warranty other than as expressly made by the Company in this Section 2.1. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and without prejudice to any express representations and warranties made by the Company in this Section 2.1, the Company makes no representation or warranty to the Investor with regard to any projections, estimates or budgets or as to any matters addressed in other materials previously delivered to or made available to the Investor with respect to future revenues, expenses, expenditures or future results of operations. Within the limits of the foregoing disclaimer, nothing in this Section 2.1(q) shall limit any remedy that may be available to the Investor pursuant to Applicable Law.

 

2.2            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTOR.

 

The Investor hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Company:

 

(a)            AUTHORIZATION; ENFORCEMENT.

 

The Investor is a corporation duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, and has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement. The execution and

 

9



 

delivery of this Agreement by the Investor and the consummation by the Investor of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and no further consent or authorization of the Investor or its Board of Directors or stockholders is required. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Investor. Upon receipt of the Additional Shares, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Investor enforceable against the Investor in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application.

 

(b)            PRESENT OWNERSHIP.

 

Other than the Original Shares and the Additional Shares to be acquired pursuant to this Agreement, the Investor does not Beneficially Own any other securities issued by the Company.

 

(c)            INVESTMENT INTENT.

 

The Investor is acquiring the Additional Shares solely for the purpose of investment within the meaning of 16 C.F.R. Section 802.9. Based upon the Company’s representation in Section 2.1(c) regarding its issued and outstanding stock, as a result of this investment, the Investor and all other entities controlled by the Investor will not own more than 12.5% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company. As used in the preceding sentence, the term “controlled” shall have the meaning set forth in 16 C.F.R. Section 801.1(b). This representation and warranty is made solely for the purpose of determining the applicability to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement of the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR ACT”).

 

(d)            NO CONFLICTS.

 

The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Investor and the consummation by the Investor of the transactions contemplated hereby do not (i) result in a violation of the Investor’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with material notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any material agreement, material indenture or material instrument to which the Investor or any of its subsidiaries is a Party, or result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Investor, any of its subsidiaries or by which any property or asset of the Investor or any of its subsidiaries is bound or affected (except in the case of subclause (ii) for such conflicts, defaults, terminations, amendments, accelerations, cancellations and violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Investor or materially impair the Investor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement). No action, suit, dispute or proceeding is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Investor, threatened against the Investor which, if adversely

 

10



 

determined, would prevent the Investor from carrying out its obligations under this Agreement. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, the Investor is not required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court or governmental agency in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or to purchase the Additional Shares in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

(e)            INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION.

 

The Investor understands and acknowledges that none of the Additional Shares have been registered or qualified under the federal or applicable state securities laws and the Additional Shares are being sold to and purchased by the Investor in reliance upon applicable exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements. The Investor is an “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” within the meaning of the federal securities laws and acknowledges that it has been furnished with access to, and has been afforded access to, and afforded the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning such information pertaining to the Additional Shares, the Company, and its assets and liabilities as it deemed necessary to decide whether to purchase the Additional Shares pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Additional Shares will be acquired by the Investor for investment only and not with a view to any public distribution thereof. The Investor understands that the Additional Shares are “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. The Investor agrees that it will not offer to sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Additional Shares in violation of the registration and qualification requirements of the federal and applicable state securities laws. All certificates to be delivered at the Closing evidencing the Additional Shares will contain appropriate legends incorporating any applicable securities laws restrictions.

 

(f)             DISCLAIMER.

 

The Investor shall not be deemed to have made to the Company any representation or warranty other than as expressly made by the Investor in this Section 2.2. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and without prejudice to any express representations and warranties made by the Investor in this Section 2.2, the Investor makes no representation or warranty to the Company with regard to any issues related to projections, estimates or budgets or other matters previously delivered to or made available to the Company with respect to future revenues, expenses, expenditures or future results of operations. Nothing in this Section 2.2(f) shall limit any remedy that may be available to Company pursuant to Applicable Law.

 

11



 

ARTICLE III.

 

Covenants

3.1            [RESERVED].

 

3.2            INVESTOR’S STANDSTILL AGREEMENT.

 

(a)            STANDSTILL PERIOD.

 

Subject to subsection (b) below, during the period commencing on the Closing and ending [***] (the “STANDSTILL Period”), the Investor agrees that, except as specifically permitted by this Agreement, the Investor and each of its Affiliates will not, in any manner, directly or indirectly:

 

(i)             acquire, or offer or agree to acquire, any Common Stock of the Company or any of its successors, except by way of stock dividends or other distributions or offerings made available to holders of Common Stock generally, [***];

 

(ii)            disclose any intention, plan or arrangement inconsistent with the foregoing; or

 

(iii)           enter into any discussions, negotiations, arrangements or understanding with any third party with respect to, or aid, abet or encourage any action prohibited by, any of the foregoing.

 

(b)            EXCEPTIONS.

 

(i)             Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 3.2 to the contrary, the provisions of subsection (a) above shall terminate on the following events:

 

(A)           [***]; or

 

(B)            [***].

 

(ii)            Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 3.2 to the contrary, the provisions of subsection (a) above shall not be construed to prohibit or otherwise restrict [***].

 

(c)            NOTICE OF ACQUISITION; COMPLIANCE.

 

So long as the Investor complies with this Agreement, during the Standstill Period, the Investor agrees that within thirty (30) days following the Investor’s acquisition of Company Securities in any open market purchase or other purchase which is specifically permitted by this Agreement, it will give the Company notice of such acquisition. All open market purchases of shares of Company Securities by the Investor and its Affiliates shall be made in compliance with this Agreement and Applicable Laws.

 

12



 

3.3            TRANSFER.

 

(a)            TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.

 

The Investor shall not, at any time, directly or indirectly, sell or transfer, or offer to sell or transfer, all or any portion of the Additional Shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement, except:

 

(i)             as provided in Section 3.3(b);

 

(ii)            in transactions in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such rule exists on the date hereof as hereafter amended (or any successor or similar provision governing the resale of the restricted securities); or

 

(iii)           in any other bona fide sales or transfers to any Person pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, but only if:

 

(A)           such Person, together with all of such Person’s Affiliates, certify to the Company that such Person, together with such Person’s Affiliates and associates (as defined in the Exchange Act), would not Beneficially Own or be a member of any Group that Beneficially Owns, after such sale or transfer, Voting Securities representing Beneficial Ownership of in excess of 12.5% of all then outstanding Voting Securities;

 

(B)            the Investor has previously delivered to the Company an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that any sale or transfer pursuant to this Section 3.3 is exempt from registration under the Securities Act;

 

(C)            the Investor shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition; and

 

(D)           the transferee(s) agrees by written instrument to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if such transferee(s) was the original investor hereunder.

 

(b)            PERMITTED TRANSFERS.

 

The Investor shall be permitted to sell Company Securities that are registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act under Article IV below.

 

(c)            RECOVERY OF LEGAL FEES.

 

The Company shall be entitled to recover from the Investor all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys fees) incurred by the Company in connection with the enforcement of this Article III against the Investor, or its

 

13



 

Affiliates, and all actions or proceedings, in any way, manner or respect arising out of or relating to the enforcement by the Company of its rights under this Article III.

 

3.4            COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 13.

 

The Investor shall, promptly and at all times after the date hereof, use Best Efforts to comply with its obligations to make any filings required by Section 13 of the Exchange Act..

 

3.5            DIRECTOR APPOINTMENTS AND ELECTION.

 

At the Closing, the Company shall appoint either John Ryan or William Krepick, whichever the Investor shall specify, to a seat on the Company’s Board of Directors with a term expiring at the Company’s annual shareholders meeting

in calendar year 2003.

 

ARTICLE IV.

 

Registration Rights

 

4.1            LEGEND.

 

(a)            LEGEND.

 

All certificates evidencing the Additional Shares shall bear the following legend, to the extent applicable, which legend will remain on such certificates until such time as the securities represented by such certificates are no longer subject to the legended restrictions, and there is delivered to the Company an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such legend is no longer required (at which time new certificates shall be issued at the Company’s expense without such legend):

 

THIS SECURITY IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE STRATEGIC INVESTMENT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 17, 2000 BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND MACROVISION CORPORATION AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE THEREWITH. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE OFFICE OF THE CORPORATE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER. THIS SECURITY WAS SOLD IN A PRIVATE PLACEMENT, WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL OR BASED ON OTHER WRITTEN EVIDENCE IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE

 

14



 

SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

(b)            REMOVAL OF SECURITIES ACT LEGEND.

 

The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of the Investor, if the Investor shall have obtained an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification or legend.

 

(c)            REMOVAL OF BLUE SKY LEGEND.

 

Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

 

4.2            REGISTRATION ON FORM S-3.

 

If after the earlier of the [***] of the Closing and the occurrence of an event detailed in Section 3.2(b)(i)(B) the Company shall receive from the Investor a written request or requests (such requests shall state the number of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by the Investor) that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities, the Company will:

 

(a)            as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of the Investor’s Registrable Securities as are specified in such request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 4.2:

 

(i)             if the Company shall have already effected two (2) registrations for the Investor under this Section 4.2

 

(ii)            if Form S-3 (or such successor or similar form) is not available for such offering by the Investor; or

 

(iii)           if the Investor, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate offering price to the public of less than $1,000,000; or

 

(iv)           if the Company shall furnish to the Investor a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith

 

15



 

judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a single period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Investor under this Section 4.2 and provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company no more than twice in any one-year period; or

 

(v)            during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following, the effective date of any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities

Act; or

 

(vi)           if the Company has already effected one (1) registration on Form S-3 for the Investor pursuant to this Section 4.2 within the previous twelve (12) months.

 

(b)            Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request by the Investor.

 

4.3            PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION.

 

(a)            PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION.

 

If after the earlier of the first (1st) anniversary of the Closing and the occurrence of an event detailed in Section 3.2(b)(i)(B) the Company proposes to effect a registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding registration statements relating to acquisitions by the Company, employee benefit plans and corporate reorganizations) for itself and/or its stockholders, the Company shall notify the Investor in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to filing such registration statement. Thereafter, the Company shall use its Best Efforts to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by the Investor pursuant to this Section 4.3, provided however, nothing in this Article IV shall obligate the Company to effect such a registration statement. If the Investor desires to include all or any part of its Registrable Securities in any such registration statement, it shall, within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the above-described notice from the Company, notify the Company in writing of the Investor’s intention; the Investor’s notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by the Investor. If the Investor decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, the Investor shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

16



 

(b)            UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS, CUTBACK.

 

If the registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 4.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Investor. In such event, or if the registration statement under which the Investor proposes to sell the Registrable Securities under Section 4.2 above, the right of the Investor to be included in a registration pursuant to either Sections 4.2 or 4.3 shall be conditioned upon the Investor’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Investor’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. If the Investor proposes to distribute its Registrable Securities through such underwriting, it shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten in a registration effected under this Section 4.3, the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced among the Investor and all other holders of securities who are relying on piggyback rights to include shares in such registration (together, the “PIGGYBACK INVESTORS”) on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities sought to be included in the registration by the Piggyback Investors, provided no such reduction shall reduce to less than 25% of any offering the number of shares of the Piggyback Investors requested to be registered. The foregoing limitations in the previous sentence shall not apply to registrations effected pursuant to Section 4.2. In no event will shares of any other shareholder who does not have piggyback rights or other written contractual rights to require that the Company register its securities be included in such registration, which would reduce the number of shares of Common Stock which may be included by the Piggyback Investors, without the written consent of holders of not less than a majority of the securities proposed to be sold in the offering by the Piggyback Investors.

 

(c)            COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE.

 

The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 4.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration, whether or not the Investor has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 4.4(c) hereof.

 

4.4            REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.

 

(a)            OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY.

 

Whenever the Company determines to effect any registration in which Registrable Securities held by the Investor are to be included pursuant to Section 4.3 (the “SUBJECT SECURITIES”), the Company will use its Best Efforts to effect the registration and sale of the Subject Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition. Without

 

17



 

limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will expeditiously and as soon as reasonably possible:

 

(i)             furnish the Investor, without charge, such number of copies of the prospectus included in a registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus), and such other documents, as the Investor may reasonably request;

 

(ii)            use its Best Efforts to register or qualify the Subject Securities covered by such registration statement under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Investor shall reasonably request or as the managing underwriter(s) shall reasonably recommend, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Investor to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Subject Securities covered by such registration statement in accordance with the plan of distribution, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to (A) qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified; (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction wherein it is not so subject; or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or otherwise take any action that may subject it to the general jurisdiction of the courts of any jurisdiction in which it is not so subject;

 

(iii)           otherwise use its Best Efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, including, without limitation, the following:

 

(A)           prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its Best Efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Investor, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred eighty (180) days or, if earlier, until the Investor has completed the distribution related thereto; and

 

(B)            prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(iv)           immediately notify the Investor, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, if the Company, in its sole judgment, becomes aware that the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and at the request of Investor, deliver a reasonable number of copies of an amended or supplemental prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the securities covered thereby, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to

 

18



 

make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(v)            furnish, at the request of the Investor, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (A) an opinion, dated as of such date, of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to the Investor, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Investor, and (B) a letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to the Investor, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and, if permitted by applicable accounting standards, to the Investor; and

 

(vi)           execute and deliver all instruments and documents (including an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other actions and obtain such certificates and opinions as are customary in underwritten public offerings.

 

(b)            OBLIGATIONS OF THE INVESTOR.

 

The Investor shall provide (in writing and signed by the Investor and stated to be specifically for use in the related registration statement, preliminary prospectus, prospectus or other document incident thereto) all such information and materials regarding the Investor and the plan of distribution and take all such action as may be reasonably required in order to permit the Company to comply with all applicable requirements of the SEC and any applicable state securities laws and to obtain any desired acceleration of the effective date of any registration statement prepared and filed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(i)             In connection with any registration by the Company of Company Securities pursuant to Section 4.3, each Holder agrees, whether or not any of such Holder’s Registrable Securities are included in such registration, not to effect any sale or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, of any Company Securities which are similar to the securities included in such registration (other than as part of such underwritten offering), without the consent of the managing underwriter, for a period of 90 days after the date the Company notifies the Holders of its intent to register such Company Securities either Section 4.2 or Section 4.3; provided, however, that if the registration statement filed in connection therewith becomes effective within such 90-day period, such 90-day period shall be extended for such period (not to exceed 45 days after the date such registration statement is declared effective) as may be required pursuant to the terms and conditions of any underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such proposed registration.

 

19



 

(ii)            In connection with a registration effected under Section 4.3, the Company shall at all times retain the right, in its sole discretion, to select any underwriters necessary for making an offering in conjunction with such registration.

 

(c)            EXPENSES OF REGISTRATION.

 

All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the Investor.

 

4.5            DELAY OF REGISTRATION; FURNISHING INFORMATION.

 

(a)            NO INJUNCTIONS.

 

The Investor shall not have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Article IV.

 

(b)            THE INVESTOR’S DATA CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

 

It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action with respect to the registration of Registrable Securities held by the Investor that the Investor shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of its Registrable Securities.

 

4.6            TERMINATION OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

All registration rights granted under this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after December 6, 2009, provided, however, that registration rights granted under this Article IV shall terminate and be of no further force and effect as to the Investor (or transferee holding registration rights hereunder) prior to December 6, 2009, if the Investor and its Affiliates or transferee and its Affiliates can either (a) sell all of its Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act within any calendar quarter or (b) sell its Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144(k) of the Securities Act.

 

4.7            INDEMNIFICATION.

 

(a)            INDEMNIFICATION.

 

In the event any Registrable Securities held by Investor are included in a registration statement:

 

20



 

 

(i)             COMPANY INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Investor, the partners, officers and directors of the Investor, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for the Investor and each Person, if any, who controls the Investor or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively, a “VIOLATION”) by the Company: (A) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (B) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (C) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse the Investor, partner, officer or director, underwriter or controlling Person for any legal or other expenses as reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 4.7(a)(i) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by the Investor, partner, officer, director, underwriter or controlling Person of the Investor.

 

(ii)            INVESTOR INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Investor will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers, each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other holder’s partners, directors or officers or any Person who controls such holder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling Person, underwriter or other such holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling Person of such other holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by the Investor under an instrument duly executed by the Investor and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and the Investor will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the

 

21



 

Company or any such director, officer, controlling Person, underwriter or other holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling Person of such other holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 4.7(a)(ii) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Investor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 4.7 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by the Investor.

 

(b)            PROCEDURE ON INDEMNIFICATION CLAIMS.

 

Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 4.7 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 4.7, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the indemnifying and indemnified parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other Party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 4.7, but the omission to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 4.7.

 

(c)            ALTERNATE REMEDIES.

 

If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4.7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative

 

22



 

intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(d)           INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS SURVIVE.

 

The obligations of the Company and the Investor under this Section 4.7 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement, and otherwise.

 

(e)           LIMITS ON SETTLEMENT OBLIGATION.

 

The Investor shall not be obligated to consent to any settlement of any claim entered into by the Company in satisfaction of its indemnification obligations hereunder unless the settlement includes a full and complete release of the Investor.

 

4.8           ASSIGNMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Article IV may be assigned by the Investor to a transferee or assignee of all [***] of the Registrable Securities, and by any such transferee or assignee to successive transferees or assignees. The Investor and all such transferees or assignees shall retain all of their rights under this Article IV with respect to any Registrable Securities retained by such Person.

 

4.9           LIMITATION ON SUBSEQUENT REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or prevent the Company from granting additional parties registration rights on parity with or superior to those granted the Investor hereunder.

 

4.10         MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT.

 

If requested by the Company or a representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company acting reasonably, the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters, not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, and shall enter into an agreement with any of the underwriters stating the same upon such underwriter’s request. The foregoing commitment has two limitations: (a) the Investor shall not be required to refrain from selling under this paragraph, unless all officers of the Company enter into similar agreements; and (b) the Investor shall not be required to refrain from selling under this paragraph unless all other holders of the Company’s Common Stock owning an equal or a larger percentage of the Company’s Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) as the Investor is also required by a representative of the underwriter to enter into market stand-off agreements on the same terms.

 

23



 

The obligations described in this Section 4.10 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period.

 

4.11         RULE 144 REPORTING.

 

With a view to making available to the Investor the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its good faith efforts to:

 

(a)           DO THINGS THAT MAKE RULE 144 AVAILABLE.

 

Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

 

(b)           FILE SECURITIES ACT AND EXCHANGE ACT REPORTS TIMELY.

 

File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act;

 

(c)           DATA TO THE INVESTOR.

 

So long as the Investor owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to the Investor forthwith upon written request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and such other reports and documents as the Investor may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

 

ARTICLE V.

 

Additional Agreements

 

5.1           CONSENTS; APPROVALS.

 

The Company and the Investor shall each use their reasonable efforts to obtain all consents, waivers, approvals, authorizations or orders (including, without limitation, all governmental and regulatory rulings and approvals), and the Company and the Investor shall make all filings (including, without limitation, all filings with governmental or

 

24



 

regulatory agencies) required in connection with the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Investor and the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company and the Investor shall furnish all information required to be included in any application or other filing to be made pursuant to the rules and regulations of any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Except where prohibited by applicable statutes and regulations, and subject to that certain confidentiality letter agreement between the Company and the Investor, dated September 15, 2000 (the “CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT”), each Party shall promptly provide the other (or its counsel) with copies of all filings made by such Party with any state or federal government entity in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

5.2           PROCEDURAL SAFEGUARDS.

 

Each Party will take such actions and implement such rules, procedures and methodologies as are reasonably necessary to ensure that the disclosing party’s nonpublic, confidential and proprietary business information, including in particular information relating to the disclosing party’s specific customers and customer contracts or bids and its prices, pricing plans and policies, and retail selling activities, will not be improperly disclosed by the receiving party. Each Party shall certify in writing, at the request of the other Party made not more often than twice each calendar year, that such procedural safeguards remain in effect and have not been violated as of such date.

 

ARTICLE VI.

 

Conditions Precedent

 

6.1           INVESTOR CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

 

The obligation of the Investor to make the investment in the Company contemplated herein shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Investor:

 

(a)           RESOLUTIONS; INCUMBENCY.

 

The Investor shall have received each of the following:

 

(i)            Copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the transactions contemplated hereby, certified as of the Closing by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company; and

 

(ii)           Certificates of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, dated as of the Closing, certifying the names, titles and true signatures of the officers of the Company authorized to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all other documents to be delivered by it hereunder;

 

25



 

(b)           ORGANIZATION DOCUMENTS; GOOD STANDING.

 

The Investor shall have received each of the following:

 

(i)            A copy of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws as in effect on the Closing, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company as of the Closing; and

 

(ii)           A good standing certificate for the Company from the Secretary of State (or similar, applicable Governmental Authority) of its state of incorporation, as of a recent date;

 

(d)           NO INJUNCTION OR RESTRAINTS; ILLEGALITY.

 

(i)            HSR ACT. The waiting period (and any extension thereof applicable to the consummation of the Agreement) under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated;

 

(ii)           No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Agreement shall be in effect and no litigation by any governmental entity seeking any of the foregoing shall have been commenced. There shall not be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to this Agreement, which makes the consummation of this Agreement illegal; and

 

(iii)          The Investor shall have received a certificate from an officer of the Company certifying that all (A) authorizations, consents or approvals of, notices to or filings with, any governmental agency, including pursuant to the HSR Act, and (B) approvals and consents of any other Person, required in connection with the agreement described herein, shall have been obtained or made and that all applicable waiting periods have expired without notice of any action which seeks to restrain, enjoin or otherwise prohibit or significantly delay the Closing having been taken by any governmental agency;

 

(d)           CERTIFICATE.

 

The Investor shall have received a certificate signed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing, stating that the representations and warranties contained in Article II are true and correct on and as of such date, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date);

 

26



 

(e)           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Article II shall be true and correct as of the Closing in all material respects as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date);

 

(f)            OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL.

 

The Investor shall have received from Morrison & Foerster, LLP, counsel for the Company, an opinion, dated as of the Closing, in form reasonably acceptable to counsel to the Investor;

 

(g)           ADDITIONAL SHARE ISSUANCE.

 

The Company shall have taken all steps necessary to instruct its transfer agent to issue a share certificate to the Investor representing the Additional Shares issued at Closing;

 

(h)           DUE DILIGENCE AND OTHER DOCUMENTS.

 

(i)            Within thirty (30) days of the execution of this Agreement, the Investor shall have completed all desired due diligence investigations with respect to the Company and its assets (including, but not limited to, the Intellectual Property), business and operations and shall have concluded in good faith that such investigations have revealed no facts or circumstances, including facts or circumstances that are disclosed herein or in any exhibit hereto, which could reasonably have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company; and

 

(ii)           The Investor shall have received such other approvals, opinions, documents or materials as the Investor may request; and

 

(i)            BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

 

Either John Ryan or William Krepick, whichever the Investor shall specify, shall have been appointed to the Board of Directors of the Company, and shall have entered into an agreement with the Company regarding indemnification and confidentiality, a form of which is attached hereto as EXHIBIT D (the “DIRECTOR AGREEMENT”).

 

6.2           COMPANY CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

 

The obligation of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company:

 

27



 

(a)           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES TRUE; PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS.

 

The representations and warranties made by the Investor herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, with the same force and effect as if they had been made on and as of the same date, and the Investor shall have performed all obligations and conditions required to be performed or observed by it on or prior to the Closing Date and all documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in form and content to the Company and its counsel;

 

(b)           NO INJUNCTIONS OR RESTRAINTS; ILLEGALITY.

 

(i)            The waiting period (and any extension thereof applicable to the consummation of the Agreement, under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated; and

 

(ii)           No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of this Agreement shall be in effect and no litigation by any governmental entity seeking any of the foregoing shall have been commenced. There shall not be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to this Agreement, which makes the consummation of this Agreement illegal;

 

(c)           CONSENTS.

 

The Company shall have obtained all consents, permits and waivers necessary or appropriate for consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which need to be obtained prior to the Closing;

 

(d)           COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LAWS.

 

At the Closing, the purchase of the Common Stock by the Investor hereunder shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the Investor or the Company are subject;

 

(e)           PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE.

 

The Investor shall have delivered the Total Purchase Price;

 

(f)            JDA AMENDMENTT.

 

The Company and the Investor shall have entered into the JDA Amendment; and

 

28



 

(g)           The Investor’s designee for director shall have entered into the Director Agreement and a side letter regarding confidentiality in form reasonably acceptable to counsel to the Investor.

 

ARTICLE VII.

 

Miscellaneous

 

7.1           FEES AND EXPENSES.

 

Except as specifically noted herein, each Party shall be solely responsible for the payment of the fees and expenses of its advisers, counsel, accountants and other experts, if any, and all other expenses incurred by such Party incident to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

 

7.2           SEVERABILITY.

 

If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction (including pursuant to enforcement of any arbitration award under this Agreement) or panel of arbitrators to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, it shall be modified, if possible, to the minimum extent necessary to make it valid, lawful and enforceable or, if such modification is not possible, it shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that, if a provision is so stricken and is of a nature so as to fundamentally alter the economic arrangements of this Agreement, the Party adversely affected may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other Party sixty (60) days’ written notice of termination.

 

7.3           CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.

 

For purposes of any suit, action, or legal proceeding permitted under this Agreement, each Party to this Agreement (i) hereby irrevocably submits itself to and consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Northern District of California for the purposes of any such suit, action or legal proceeding in connection with this Agreement including to enforce an arbitral resolution, settlement, order or award made pursuant to this Agreement (including pursuant to the U.S. Arbitration Act, or otherwise), and (ii) to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action, or legal proceeding pending in such event, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such court, that the suit, action or legal proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of the suit, action or legal proceeding is improper. Each Party to this Agreement hereby agrees to the entry of an order to enforce any resolution, settlement, order or award made pursuant to this Section by the United States District Court for the Northern District of California.

 

29



 

7.4           DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES.

 

(a)           Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this contract, or the breach thereof between or among the Parties and/or any of their Affiliates under this Agreement, shall be settled, if possible, through good faith negotiations between the relevant parties. Prior to resolving any dispute by means of arbitration or by means of any suit, action or legal proceeding permitted under this Section 7.4, the relevant parties involved in such dispute shall refer such dispute to their respective Chief Executive Officers or equivalent, who shall meet in person to negotiate in good faith the possible resolution thereof on at least two occasions within thirty (30) days before any such party commences arbitration or other litigation permitted under this Agreement (provided, that if any such party fails or refuses to have a representative attend such meetings within such thirty (30) day period, the procedures of this Section 7.4 shall be applicable after the conclusion of such thirty (30) day period); and further provided that (i) any legal proceedings seeking interim equitable relief (including a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction) until such time as such interim equitable relief can be addressed through arbitration; (ii) proceedings for provisional relief contemplated by Section 7.4(k) below; and (iii) third-party legal proceedings may be commenced immediately.

 

(b)           In the event such good faith negotiations are unsuccessful, either Party may, after thirty (30) days’ written notice to the other, submit any controversy or claim arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement, or the breach thereof, to arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in accordance with its then existing Commercial Arbitration rules and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(c)           It is the express agreement of the Parties that the provisions of this Section, including the rules of the AAA and the laws of the State of California referenced herein, as modified by the terms of this Section, shall govern the arbitration of any disputes arising pursuant to this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the law of the State of California, the law of the arbitral location, and the U.S. Arbitration Act (Title 9, U.S. Code), with respect to any arbitration conducted pursuant to this Agreement, to the extent permissible, it is the express intent of the Parties that the selected governing law, as modified by this Section, shall prevail. To the extent this Section is deemed a separate agreement, independent from this Agreement, Sections 7.2, 7.6, 7.7 and 7.8 are incorporated herein by reference.

 

(d)           The place of arbitration shall be San Francisco, California, U.S.A.

 

(e)           In any arbitration pursuant to this Section, the award shall be rendered by a majority of the members of a board of arbitration consisting of three members who shall be appointed by the Parties jointly or, if the Parties cannot agree as to three arbitrators within thirty (30) days after the commencement of the arbitration proceeding, then one arbitrator shall be appointed by each of the Company and the Investor within sixty (60) days after the commencement of the arbitration proceeding and the third arbitrator shall

 

30



 

be appointed by mutual agreement of such two arbitrators. If such two (2) arbitrators shall fail to agree within seventy-five (75) days after commencement of the arbitration proceeding upon the appointment of the third arbitrator, the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA in accordance with its then existing rules, but shall be required to have legal experience relevant to the adjudication of the dispute between the Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Party shall fail to appoint an arbitrator within the specified time period, such arbitrator and the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA in accordance with its then existing rules. For purposes of this Section, the “commencement of the arbitration proceeding” shall be deemed to be the date upon which written demand for arbitration has been received by the AAA from one of the Parties (and by the other Party from such Party).

 

(f)            So long as such award complies with subsection (j) below, an award rendered in connection with an arbitration pursuant to this Section shall be final and binding upon the Parties, and any judgment upon such an award may be entered and enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(g)           The Parties agree that the award of the arbitral tribunal will be the sole and exclusive remedy between them regarding any and all claims and counterclaims between them with respect to the subject matter of the arbitrated dispute. The Parties hereby waive all jurisdictional defenses in connection with any arbitration hereunder or the enforcement of an order or award rendered pursuant thereto (assuming that the terms and conditions of this arbitration clause have been complied with).

 

(h)           The Parties hereby agree that the relationship between the Parties is commercial in nature, and that any disputes between the Parties related to this Agreement shall be deemed commercial.

 

(i)            With respect to any order issued by the arbitrator(s) pursuant to this Agreement, the Parties expressly agree (i) and consent to the bringing of an action by one Party against the other in the federal courts of the Northern District of California to enforce and confirm such order; (ii) that such order shall be conclusive proof of the validity of the determination(s) of the arbitrator(s) underlying such order; and (iii) that any court having jurisdiction or any federal court sitting in the Northern District of California may enter judgment upon and enforce such order, whether pursuant to the U.S. Arbitration Act, or otherwise.

 

(j)            The arbitrators shall issue a written explanation of the reasons for the award and a full statement of the facts as found and the rules of law applied in reaching their decision to both Parties. The arbitrator shall apportion to each Party all costs (other than attorneys’ fees) incurred in conducting the arbitration in accordance with what he deems just and equitable under the circumstances. Any provisional remedy which would be available to a court of law shall be available from the arbitrator(s) pending arbitration of the dispute. Either Party may make an application to the arbitrator seeking injunctive or other interim relief, and the arbitrator may take whatever interim measures they deem

 

31



 

necessary in respect of the subject matter of the dispute, including measures to maintain the status quo until such time as the arbitration award is rendered or the controversy is otherwise resolved. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of the State of California could order or grant, including, without limitation, specific performance or any obligation created under the agreement, the awarding of punitive damages, the issuance of an injunction, or the imposition of sanctions for abuse or frustration of the arbitration process, but shall NOT have the authority to award any remedy or relief that could not be granted by a court in the State of California applying California law.

 

(k)           The Parties may file an application in any proper court for a provisional remedy in connection with an arbitrable controversy, but only upon the ground that the award to which the applicant may be entitled may be rendered ineffectual without provisional relief.

 

(l)            After the appointment of the arbitrators, the parties to the arbitration shall have the right to take depositions and to obtain discovery regarding the subject matter of the arbitration, and, to that end, to use and exercise all the same rights, remedies, and procedures, and be subject to all of the same duties, liabilities, and obligations in the arbitration with respect to the subject matter thereof, as provided in Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 1985) of, and Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, as if the subject matter of the arbitration were pending in a civil action before a superior court in California.

 

7.5           BROKERS.

 

Each of the Company and the Investor agrees that it shall indemnify and hold harmless the other and its Affiliates from and against any and all claims, liabilities, or obligations with respect to brokerage or finders’ fees or commissions or consulting fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement asserted by any Person on the basis of any agreement, statement or representation alleged to have been made by such Party.

 

7.6           ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS.

 

This Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits hereto collectively contain the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the matters referred to hereby and thereby, and supercede all prior understandings and agreements with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. Except as specifically set forth herein and the schedules and exhibits hereto, neither the Company nor the Investor makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to the matters referred to hereby or thereby. No provision of this Agreement may be amended, supplemented or waived other than by a written instrument signed by the Party against whom enforcement of any such amendment, supplement or waiver is sought.

 

32



 

7.7           NOTICES.

 

Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given herein shall be in writing and shall be effective (a) upon hand delivery or delivery by telex (with correct answerback received), telecopy or facsimile at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or the first business day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or (b) on the third business day following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur. The addresses for such communications shall be:

 

If to the Company:

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION
19801 S.W. 72nd Avenue
Suite 250
Tualatin, OR  97062
Telephone:  (503) 885-9699
Facsimile:  (503) 495-4577

 

Attention:  Bruce Davis, President & CEO

 

With a copy to:

 

MORRISON & FOERSTER, LLP
425 Market Street
San Francisco, CA 94105
Telephone:  (415) 268-7000
Facsimile:  (415) 268-7522
Attention:  Gavin B. Grover, Esq.

 

If to the Investor:

 

MACROVISION CORPORATION

 

1341 Orleans Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
Telephone:  (408) 743-8461
Facsimile:  (408) 743-8610

 

Attention:  Ian R. Halifax, Chief Financial Officer

 

With copies to:

 

MANATT, PHELPS & PHILLIPS, LLP
1001 Page Mill Road, Building 2
Palo Alto, CA 94304
Telephone:  (650) 812-1320

Facsimile:  (650) 213-0260
Attention:  David Herbst, Esq.

 

33



 

Each Party may from time to time change its address for notices under this Section 7.7 by giving at least ten (10) days’ notice of such changed address to the other Party.

 

7.8           NO WAIVER.

 

No waiver by either Party of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future hereof or a waiver of any other provision, condition or request hereof; nor shall any delay or omission of either Party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right accruing to it thereafter.

 

7.9           HEADING.

 

The headings herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

7.10         SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their successors and assigns. The Parties may amend this Agreement without notice to or the consent of any other Person. Neither Party shall assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party (which consent may be withheld for any reason in the sole discretion of the Party from whom consent is given), except as otherwise expressly provided herein. However, the Investor may assign any of its rights or Common Stock to any of its wholly owned affiliates.

 

7.11         NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.

 

This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the Parties, the indemnified parties under Section 4.7 and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and are not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person.

 

7.12         GOVERNING LAW.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

7.13         FURTHER ASSURANCES.

 

Each Party agrees to take such further actions, including the execution of such further documents, as may be necessary or desirable, or reasonably requested by the other, in order to carry out the provisions of this Agreement including all reasonable action required to be taken by the Company to enable the consummation of the Closing including convening a meeting of the Company’s shareholders.

 

34



 

7.14         RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES.

 

For all purposes of this Agreement, the Investor, the Company and all of their respective Affiliates shall be deemed to be independent entities, and anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute the Investor and the Company or any of their respective Affiliates as partners, joint venturers, co-owners, an association or any entity separate and apart from each Party itself, nor shall this Agreement make either Party hereto an employee or agent, legal or otherwise, of the other Party for any purposes whatsoever. Neither Party hereto is authorized to make any statements or representations on behalf of the other Party or in any way obligate the other Party, except as expressly authorized in writing by the other Party. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, neither Party hereto shall assume nor shall be liable for any liabilities or obligations of the other Party, whether past, present or future, except for indemnity obligations expressly undertaken herein.

 

7.15         PUBLICITY.

 

(a)           Each Party agrees, and shall cause its Affiliates, not to issue any press release disclosing the terms of, or relating to, this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, however, that neither Party or its Affiliates shall be prevented from complying with any duty of disclosure it may have pursuant to Applicable Laws. Such disclosing party shall use its Best Efforts to consult with the other Party regarding the issuance of any such press release, or with regard to any public statement disclosing the terms of this Agreement (including but not limited to any required press release or other public statement pursuant to Applicable Laws), and shall use its Best Efforts to obtain confidential treatment for any Confidential Information where such press release or other public statement is required to be made by Applicable Law.

 

(b)           The Investor hereby acknowledges that it is aware and that its representatives and Affiliates have been advised that applicable securities laws restrict any Person who has material nonpublic information about a company from purchasing or selling securities of such company, or from communicating such material non-public information to any other Person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such Person is likely to purchase or sell such securities. The Parties agree that all information disclosed during the negotiations of this Agreement shall be considered “Confidential Information” and governed by the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

7.16         NUMBER AND GENDER OF WORDS.

 

Whenever the singular number is used herein, the same shall include the plural where appropriate, and shall apply to all of such number, and to each of them, jointly and severally, and words of any gender shall include each other gender where appropriate.

 

35



 

7.17         INTERPRETATION.

 

When a reference is made in this Agreement or to a Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference shall be to a Section of, Exhibit to or Schedule to this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. Any references to Applicable Laws or a subset thereof shall be deemed to include any amendments or additions thereto from time to time or any successor or similar Applicable Law.

 

7.18         COUNTERPARTS.

 

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same Agreement, and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each Party and delivered to the other Party, it being understood that all Parties need not sign the same counterpart.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

36



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Strategic Investment Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date hereof.

 

 

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ E.K. Ranjit

 

 

 

Name:

E.K. Ranjit

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer &

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

MACROVISION CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Ian R. Halifax

 

 

 

Name:

Ian R. Halifax

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

37



 

EXHIBIT A

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Any reference in this Agreement to “writing” or cognate expressions includes a reference to electronic or facsimile transmission or comparable means of communications. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall be defined as follows:

 

“AAA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(b).

 

“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(e).

 

“ADDITIONAL SHARES” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement, which includes all shares of the Common Stock acquired by the Investor pursuant to this Agreement and all shares of Common Stock issued to the Investor upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar event.

 

“AFFILIATE(S)” shall mean any corporation, association or other entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the party in question, but only for so long as such relationship exists. As used herein, the term “control” shall mean the ability to direct the business of a company and shall be presumed in the case of ownership, directly or indirectly, of shares of stock having at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power entitled to vote for the election of directors in the case of a corporation, and at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power and interest in profits in the case of a business entity other than a corporation, or only if less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power and interest in profits is permitted by Applicable Law, the maximum amount allowed in the country in question (so long as the holder otherwise retains the ability to direct the business of the entity).

 

“AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“APPLICABLE LAW(S)” shall mean all foreign, federal, state and local laws, statutes, rules and regulations which have been enacted by a Governmental Authority and are in force as of the date hereof or which are enacted by a Governmental Authority and come into force during the term of this Agreement, (including any successor provisions as amended, re-enacted or extended by such Governmental Authority) in each case to the extent that the same are applicable to the performance by the Parties of their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

“AUDIT DATE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(l).

 

“BENEFICIALLY OWNS” or any derivation of such term shall have the same meaning as set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

1



 

“BEST EFFORTS” shall be determined under California law and shall mean such reasonable efforts as are consistent with efforts made by businesses of similar size and resources in a similar circumstance and context, to achieve a particular result in a timely manner, but shall not require a Party to take actions that would be commercially unreasonable to such Party in the circumstances.

 

“BY-LAWS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

 

“CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

 

“CLOSING” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

 

“COMMON STOCK” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“COMPANY” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

“COMPANY SECURITIES” shall mean the Original Shares, the Additional Shares acquired hereunder or any of the Company’s Common Stock or securities (including options, warrants or rights) convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for shares of Common Stock.

 

“CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION” shall mean technical and business information relating to a Party’s Intellectual Property Rights, trade secret processes or devices, techniques, data, formula, inventions (whether or not patentable) or products, research and development (including research subjects, methods and results), production, manufacturing and engineering processes, computer software, costs, profit or margin information, pricing policies, confidential market information, finances, customers, distribution, sales, marketing, and production and future business plans and any other information of a “confidential” nature, specifically including, without limitation, any information that is identified orally or in writing by the disclosing party to be confidential, or that the receiving party should reasonably understand under the circumstances to be a trade secret of the disclosing party or information of a similar nature that is not generally known to the public.

 

“CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

“DIRECTOR AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(i).

 

“EXCHANGE ACT” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“GALAXY GROUP” [***].

 

“GAAP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(f).

 

2



 

“GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY” shall mean any nation or government, any state, province or other political subdivision thereof or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

 

“GROUP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

 

“HSR ACT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(c).

 

“INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(m)(i).

 

“INTERIM BALANCE SHEET” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(g)(ii).

 

“INVESTOR” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

“JDA AMENDMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.

 

“LIABILITIES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(g).

 

“MACROVISION PERCENTAGE” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT” shall mean any material adverse effect on the assets, results of operations, properties, business or financial condition of either Party hereto, as applicable, and such Party’s subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

“PARTY” or “PARTIES” shall mean the Investor, the Company or both, as applicable.

 

“PERSON” shall mean any individual, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, business trust, cooperative or association, or any foreign trust or foreign business organization or any Governmental Authority.

 

“PHILIPS” shall mean Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V., a Netherlands corporation.

 

“PHILIPS STRATEGIC INVESTMENT AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“PIGGYBACK INVESTORS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).

 

“REGISTER”, “REGISTERED”, and “REGISTRATION” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

“REGISTRABLE SECURITIES” means (i) Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable under this Agreement; and (ii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or

 

3



 

issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a Person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Article IV of this Agreement are not assigned.

 

“REGISTRATION EXPENSES” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Section 4.2, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the underwriters, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

 

“RESTRICTED SECURITIES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(e).

 

“SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

“SEC” or “COMMISSION” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“SEC DOCUMENTS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(f).

 

“SECURITIES ACT” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“SELLING EXPENSES” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the sale.

 

“SHARE PRICE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

 

“STANDSTILL PERCENTAGE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(i).

 

“STANDSTILL PERIOD” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

 

“SUBJECT SECURITIES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).

 

“THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(m)(i).

 

“THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(m)(vii).

 

“TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

 

“VIOLATION” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(a)(i).

 

“VOTING SECURITIES” shall mean any shares of any class of the Company’s capital stock with voting rights generally to elect directors of the Company.

 

4


 

EXHIBIT 10.7

 

STRATEGIC INVESTMENT AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

AND

 

KONINKLIJKE PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V.

 

DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 17, 2000

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I.

Purchase and Sale of Shares

2

 

1.1

Purchase and Sale of the Shares

2

 

1.2

The Closing

2

 

1.3

Newco Collaboration

2

 

1.4

Consulting Agreement

3

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II.

Representations and Warranties

3

 

2.1

Representations and Warranties of the Company

3

 

2.2

Representations and Warranties of the Investor

10

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III.

Covenants

 

 

 

 

3.1

Galaxy Group; Watermarking Technology

13

 

3.2

Investor’s Standstill Agreement

13

 

3.3

Transfer

14

 

3.4

Compliance with Section 13

14

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV.

Registration Rights

15

 

4.1

Legend

15

 

4.2

Registration on Form S-3

16

 

4.3

Piggyback Registration

17

 

4.4

Registration Procedures

18

 

4.5

Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information

20

 

4.6

Termination of Registration Rights

21

 

4.7

Indemnification

21

 

4.8

Assignment of Registration Rights

23

 

4.9

Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights

24

 

4.10

Market Stand-Off Agreement

24

 

4.11

Rule 144 Reporting

24

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V.

Additional Agreements

25

 

5.1

Consents; Approvals

25

 

5.2

Firewall Procedures

25

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI.

Conditions Precedent

26

 

6.1

Investor Conditions to Closing

26

 

6.2

Company Conditions to Closing

28

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII.

Miscellaneous

 

 

7.1

Fees and Expenses

30

 

7.2

Severability

30

 

7.3

Consent to Jurisdiction

30

 

7.4

Dispute Resolution Procedures

31

 

7.5

Brokers

33

 

7.6

Entire Agreement; Amendments

34

 

i



 

 

7.7

Notices

34

 

7.8

No Waiver

35

 

7.9

Heading

36

 

7.10

Successors and Assigns

36

 

7.11

No Third Party Beneficiaries

36

 

7.12

Governing Law

36

 

7.13

Further Assurances

36

 

7.14

English Language Controls

36

 

7.15

Relationship of the Parties

36

 

7.16

Publicity

37

 

7.17

Number and Gender of Words

37

 

7.18

Interpretation

37

 

7.19

Counterparts

38

 

ii



 

TABLE OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

-

Definitions

 

Exhibit B

-

Consulting Agreement

 

Exhibit C

-

Schedule of Exceptions

 

 



 

EXHIBIT 10.13

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

STRATEGIC INVESTMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS STRATEGIC INVESTMENT AGREEMENT (this “AGREEMENT”) is made as of September 17, 2000 by and between KONINKLIJKE PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V., a Netherlands corporation (the “INVESTOR”), and DIGIMARC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “COMPANY”), (each a “PARTY”, collectively, the “PARTIES”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined are defined in EXHIBIT A, attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

A.      The Investor and the Company believe that a more extensive business relationship between them would be mutually advantageous.

 

B.       As part of such current and potential business relationship, the Parties desire that the Investor become an equity investor in the Company by purchasing shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “COMMON STOCK”, and such shares, the “SHARES”) in a number equal to the Philips Percentage (defined below), at a purchase price of $20.00 per share. The “PHILIPS PERCENTAGE” of the Common Stock shall be an amount equal to twelve percent (12%) of the issued and outstanding Common Stock at the Closing, including the shares issued to the Investor hereunder and the shares issued or to be issued pursuant to the proposed Strategic Investment Agreement between the Company and Macrovision Corporation (the “MACROVISION INVESTMENT AGREEMENT”), but excluding shares subject to warrants, options or other contracts for the sale of the Common Stock existing on the date of this Agreement. If the Company issues any warrants, options or other contracts for the purchase of Common Stock after the date of this Agreement but prior to the Closing (other than pursuant to the Company’s existing employee stock purchase plans), then the Investor may purchase (at its option) a number of shares of Common Stock such that the Philips Percentage may be calculated including the Common Stock available for issuance under such warrants, options and other contracts.

 

C.       As another part of such future business relationship, the Parties contemplate negotiating arrangements for jointly creating a third corporation (“NEWCO”) as a vehicle for developing and marketing the Company’s watermarking technology for the audio-video market, as enhanced by audio-video technology licensed from the Investor.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and made pursuant hereto, and good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

1



 

ARTICLE I.

 

Purchase and Sale of Shares

 

1.1            PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company will issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor will purchase from the Company, at the Closing (defined in Section 1.2), a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Philips Percentage, at a purchase price per share (the “SHARE PRICE”) equal to $20.00 per share. The “TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE” shall be the Share Price multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock purchased by the Investor, such number of shares not to exceed the Philips Percentage.

 

1.2            THE CLOSING.

 

The purchase and sale of the Shares shall take place at the offices of Morrison & Foerster LLP, 425 Market Street, San Francisco, California, on October 19, 2000, or at such other time and place as the Company and the Investor mutually agree upon orally or in writing (the “CLOSING”). At the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Investor a stock certificate representing the Shares purchased by the Investor, and the Investor shall pay the Total Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds in the manner requested by the Company, all in accordance with Section 1.1.

 

1.3            NEWCO COLLABORATION.

 

The Investor and the Company each agree to negotiate in good faith toward the accomplishment of the following described collaboration through Newco which, although initially contemplated to be jointly owned by the Parties, is contemplated to evolve into a separate, publicly owned corporation. Such good faith negotiation shall be consistent with the customs and practices of sophisticated technology companies when they each have an expertise in a particular technology that can be combined synergistically in a collaboration to create a multidisciplinary product based upon applications of both technologies. The collaboration herein contemplated is for the creation and marketing of an audio/video product based upon the Company’s watermark technology and relevant Investor audio/video technology. Nothing herein shall be deemed to contemplate any particular transfers of intellectual property rights by either Party; provided that the Parties contemplate that Newco itself will develop its own intellectual property, including by creating derivative works and copyrights for watermarking software for this audio/video market. Nothing herein contemplates any particular level of financial support for Newco by the Parties, which is a function of complex economic analyses that will be done by each Party as it hereafter evaluates the technology, the market potential, potential competition and other matters. [***] the Company’s obligations under the preceding proviso shall earlier terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Parties shall have failed to use reasonable Best Efforts to file their joint application pursuant to the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR ACT”)

 

2



 

within five (5) business days after the date hereof, (ii) the Closing shall have failed to occur on the earlier of (A) five (5) business days after the expiration of the waiting period under the HSR Act (which date under this subclause (ii)(A) shall not be deemed to have occurred until at least 30 days from the date hereof) and (B) 90 days from the date hereof, or (iii) either Party receives notification from the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) that the Parties’ HSR Act application will not be approved. [***]

 

1.4            CONSULTING AGREEMENT.

 

The Parties shall execute a Consulting Agreement, in substantially the form of EXHIBIT B hereto (the “CONSULTING AGREEMENT”), contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company shall provide consulting services to the Investor and the Investor shall pay consulting fees to the Company, all as set forth more specifically therein.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

Representations and Warranties

 

2.1            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

 

Except as set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions, attached hereto as EXHIBIT C (“SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS”), or as disclosed in the SEC Documents (as defined in Section 2.1(f)), the Company represents and warrants to the Investor as follows:

 

(a)      ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION.

 

The Company is a corporation duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, and has the requisite corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted. The Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes such qualification necessary and where the failure to qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company.

 

(b)      AUTHORIZATION; ENFORCEMENT.

 

The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to issue the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors, and no further consent or authorization of the Company or its Board of Directors or stockholders is required. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company. Subject to the Company’s receipt of the Total Purchase Price, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable

 

3



 

against the Company in accordance with its respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and remedies or by equitable principles of general application.

 

(c)      CAPITALIZATION.

 

The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which as of September 13, 2000, 13,085,930 shares were issued and outstanding and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, none of which is outstanding. All of such outstanding shares have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. The Company has furnished to the Investor true and correct copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as in effect on the date hereof (the “CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION”) and the Company’s By-laws, as in effect on the date hereof (the “BY-LAWS”).

 

(d)      VALIDITY OF SHARES.

 

The Shares, when issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(e)      NO CONFLICTS.

 

The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby do not (i) result in a violation of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company is a party, or result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Company or by which any property or asset of the Company is bound or affected (except, in the case of subclause (ii) above, for such conflicts, defaults, terminations, amendments, accelerations, cancellations and violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company). No action, suit, dispute or proceeding is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company which, if adversely determined, would prevent the Company from carrying out its obligations under this Agreement or which would have a material adverse effect on any of the Company’s Intellectual Property (as defined in Section 2(m)(i) hereof). The business of the Company is not being conducted in violation of any law, ordinance or regulation of any Governmental Authority, except for possible violations which either singly or in the aggregate do not and will not have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, the Company is not required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court or Governmental Authority in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

4



 

(f)       SEC DOCUMENTS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

Since December 7, 1999, the Company has filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by it with the SEC pursuant to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act (all filings with the SEC since such date through the date of this Agreement are hereinafter the “SEC DOCUMENTS”). As of their respective dates, the SEC Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder applicable to such SEC Documents, and none of the SEC Documents (when read together with all exhibits included therein and financial statement schedules thereto and documents (other than exhibits) incorporated by reference) contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The financial statements of the Company included in the SEC Documents comply as to form in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except (i) as may be otherwise indicated in such financial statements or the notes thereto, or (ii) in the case of unaudited interim statements, to the extent they may not include footnotes or year-end adjustments or may be condensed or summary statements) and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows for the periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments).

 

(g)      LIABILITIES.

 

The Company has no debt, obligation, duty or liability of any nature including any unknown, undisclosed, unmatured, unaccrued, unasserted, contingent, indirect, conditional, implied, vicarious, derivative, joint, several or secondary liability, regardless of whether such debt, obligation, duty or liability would be required to be disclosed on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and regardless of whether such debts, obligations, duties or liabilities are immediately due and payable (hereinafter, “LIABILITIES”), and the executive officers of the Company have no knowledge of any such debts, obligations, duties or liabilities of the Company except:

 

(i)    Those Liabilities disclosed in the SEC Documents; or

 

(ii)   Those Liabilities reflected or reserved against on the Company’s June 30, 2000 balance sheet (the “INTERIM BALANCE SHEET”) or incurred by the Company in the ordinary course of business since June 30, 2000, none of which individually or in the aggregate had or will have a Material Adverse Effect on the business of the Company or its property, assets, financial condition, earnings, profits or prospects or which would

 

5



 

have a material adverse effect on any of the Intellectual Property or on the creation of an audio/video product based on the Company’s watermarking technologies.

 

(h)      OFFERING.

 

Assuming (i) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Investor contained in Section 2.2 hereof and (ii) that the principal office of the Investor is at Amstelplein 1, Amsterdam, The Netherlands, the offer, issuance, and sale of the Shares are and will be exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and are exempt from the registration, permit, or qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws.

 

(i)       SUBSIDIARIES.

 

The Company does not presently own or control, directly, or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, association, partnership, or other business entity.

 

(j)       LITIGATION.

 

There are no civil, criminal or administrative actions, suits, claims, hearings or proceedings pending, initiated or, to the best knowledge of the executive officers of the Company, threatened, against the Company which, if decided adversely, are reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company. There are no actions, suits, claims, hearings or proceedings pending, initiated or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened, by the Company against any other Person for claims in excess of $500,000.

 

(k)      GALAXY GROUP; WATERMARKING TECHNOLOGY.

 

(i)       The Company is in compliance with Section 1.3.

 

(ii)      There is no present intention by the Company to depart from its business plan of aggressively developing and marketing its watermarking technology.

 

(l)       ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES.

 

Since the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly report filed with the SEC (the “AUDIT DATE”), the Company has conducted its businesses only in, and has not engaged in any material transaction other than according to, the ordinary and usual course of its business. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, since the Audit Date there has not been (i) any Material Adverse Effect or any development or combination of developments that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (ii) any damage, destruction or other casualty or loss with respect to any asset or property owned, leased or otherwise used by the Company, whether or not covered by insurance, which has had or will have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

 

6



 

(m)     INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

 

(i)       The Company is the sole legal and beneficial owner of all intellectual property, proprietary technology and proprietary information held or used in the business of the Company (the “INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY”), except for Intellectual Property that is the subject of any license for Third Party Intellectual Property Rights (a “THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSE”) or commercially available or user licenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no warranty about third party patents that have not, to the knowledge of the Company’s executive officers, been asserted in writing against the Company as of the date hereof, other than: (A) third party patents that the Company has asked outside legal counsel to analyze to determine whether such patents apply to the Company’s products; (B) any third-party patent for which the Company’s in-house attorneys have prepared a written analysis relating to the relevance of such patent to the Company’s products; (C) third-party patents that have been identified by or brought to the attention to any of the executive officers of the Company (which includes its Chief Technology Officer and the general managers of each of its three lines of business) or the Vice President of Engineering or the Vice President of Corporate Development of the Company as being potentially infringed by the Company’s products or methods, or (D) third party patents that the Company is willfully infringing.

 

(ii)      With the exception of immaterial licenses and agreements entered into in the normal course of business and except for as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, [***].

 

(iii)     The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all Third Party Intellectual Property Licenses.

 

(iv)     The Company is not, nor will it be as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance of obligations hereunder in violation or breach of any contracts as to which the Company licenses or sublicenses the Intellectual Property or any Third Party Intellectual Property Licenses.

 

(v)      The Company has the right to license to third parties the use of the Intellectual Property other than commercially available and user software licenses and other than the Intellectual Property that, in the aggregate, would be immaterial to the Company’s business.

 

(vi)     All registrations and filings relating to the Company’s Intellectual Property are in good standing. All maintenance and renewal fees necessary to preserve the rights of the Company in respect of its Intellectual Property have been made. The registrations and filings relating to the Company’s Intellectual Property are proceeding, and there are no facts of which the executive officers of the Company have knowledge which could significantly undermine those registrations or filings or reduce to a significant extent the scope of protection of any patents arising from such applications beyond that which ordinarily might occur in a patent prosecution proceeding.

 

7



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company only makes the foregoing warranties under this subsection (vi) to the knowledge of the Company’s executive officers as of the Closing as applied to the Third Party Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(vii)    The manufacturing, marketing, distribution or sale of any product currently manufactured, marketed, distributed or sold by, or identified for development by, the Company, any of its subsidiaries, licensees or sublicensees in the countries where the Company has conducted or proposes to conduct such activities does not and would not infringe, induce infringement or contributorily infringe the intellectual property rights throughout the world of any third party (collectively, “THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS”), except the Company makes no warranty about third party patents that have not, to the knowledge of the Company’s executive officers, been asserted in writing against the Company as of the date hereof, other than: (A) third party patents that the Company has asked outside legal counsel to analyze to determine whether such patents apply to the Company’s products; (B) any third-party patent for which the Company’s in-house attorneys have prepared a written analysis relating to the relevance of such patent to the Company’s products; (C) third-party patents that have been identified by or brought to the attention to any of the executive officers of the Company (which includes its Chief Technology Officer and the general managers of each of its three lines of business) or the Vice President of Engineering or the Vice President of Corporate Development of the Company as being potentially infringed by the Company’s products or methods, or (D) third party patents that the Company is willfully infringing.

 

(viii)   Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, there are no allegations, claims or proceedings instituted or pending which challenge the rights possessed by the Company to use the Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of the Intellectual Property, including without limitation any interferences, oppositions, cancellations or other contested proceedings.

 

(ix)      There are no outstanding claims or proceedings instituted or pending by any third party challenging the ownership, priority, scope or validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property.

 

(x)       There are no Third Party Intellectual Property Rights that would be infringed by the continued practice of any technologies previously used or presently used by the Company, except the Company makes no warranty about third party patents that have not, to the knowledge of the Company’s executive officers, been asserted in writing against the Company as of the date hereof, other than: (A) third party patents that the Company has asked outside legal counsel to analyze to determine whether such patents apply to the Company’s products; (B) any third-party patent for which the Company’s in-house attorneys have prepared a written analysis relating to the relevance of such patent to the Company’s products; (C) third-party patents that have been identified by or brought to the attention to any of the executive officers of the Company (which includes its Chief Technology Officer and the general managers of each of its three lines of business) or the Vice President of Engineering or the Vice President of Corporate

 

8



 

Development of the Company as being potentially infringed by the Company’s products or methods, or (D) third party patents that the Company is willfully infringing.

 

(xi)      Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, to the knowledge of the executive officers of the Company, there is no unauthorized use, infringement or misappropriation of the Intellectual Property by any third party, including any employee or former employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except for use, infringement or misappropriation that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xii)     The Company has taken commercially reasonable measures to maintain the confidentiality of the inventions, trade secrets, formulae, know-how, technical information, research data, research raw data, laboratory notebooks, procedures, designs, proprietary technology and information of the Company, and all other information the value of which to the Company is contingent upon maintenance of the confidentiality thereof.

 

(n)      ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE.

 

The accounts receivable of the Company as shown in the Interim Balance Sheet (i) have arisen in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) represent valid and, with the exception of the established reserves reflected on the Interim Balance Sheet, collectible obligations owed to the Company.

 

(o)      BOOKS AND RECORDS.

 

The books, records and accounts of the Company (i) are, in all material respects, true, complete and correct, (ii) have been maintained in accordance with ordinary business practices of the Company and (iii) fairly reflect the Company’s financial statements.

 

(p)      PAYMENTS.

 

To the knowledge of the executive officers of the Company, none of the current stockholders, directors, officers, representatives, agents or employees of the Company (i) has used or is using any corporate funds for any illegal or improper contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses, (ii) has used or is using any corporate funds for any direct or indirect unlawful or improper payments to any domestic government officials or employees, (iii) has established or maintained, or is maintaining, any unlawful, improper or unrecorded fund of corporate monies or other properties, (iv) has made any false or fictitious entries on the books and records of the Company, (v) has made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment of any nature using corporate funds or otherwise on behalf of the Company, or (vi) has made any material favor or gift that is not deductible for federal income tax purposes using corporate funds or otherwise on behalf of the Company.

 

9



 

(q)      REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

The Company has not granted registration rights with respect to the Company’s securities, except as set forth in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of November 2, 1999.

 

(r)       FULL DISCLOSURE.

 

No representation or warranty made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in this Agreement nor any of the exceptions, qualifications or other information set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions (i) contains any statement that is false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or (ii) omits to state any material fact that is necessary to make the statements made in the context in which made, not false or misleading. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company to provide to the Investor information which (A) the Company must, under confidentiality obligations to third parties, not disclose to the Investor; provided that the Company shall provide as much necessary information as is permitted under agreements with such third parties which have such confidentiality obligations; (B) is protected by the attorney-client privilege of the Company; or (C) is the Company’s attorney work product.

 

(s)      DISCLAIMER.

 

The Company shall not be deemed to have made to the Investor any representation or warranty other than as expressly made by the Company in this Section 2.1. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and without prejudice to any express representations and warranties made by the Company in this Section 2.1, the Company makes no representation or warranty to the Investor with regard to any projections, estimates or budgets or as to any matters addressed in other materials previously delivered to or made available to the Investor with respect to future revenues, expenses, expenditures or future results of operations. Within the limits of the foregoing disclaimer, nothing in this Section 2.1(s) shall limit any remedy that may be available to the Investor pursuant to Applicable Law.

 

2.2            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTOR.

 

The Investor hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Company:

 

(a)      AUTHORIZATION; ENFORCEMENT.

 

The Investor is a corporation duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the Netherlands. The Investor has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Investor and the consummation by the Investor of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and no further

 

10



 

consent or authorization of the Investor or its Board of Directors or stockholders is required. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Investor. Upon receipt of the Shares, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Investor enforceable against the Investor in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application.

 

(b)      PRESENT OWNERSHIP.

 

Other than the Shares to be acquired pursuant to this Agreement, the Investor does not Beneficially Own any securities issued by the Company.

 

(c)      INVESTMENT INTENT.

 

The Investor is acquiring the Shares solely for the purpose of investment within the meaning of 16 C.F.R. Section 802.9 and, as a result of this investment, the Investor, the ultimate parent entity of the Investor, and all other entities controlled by the ultimate parent entity of the Investor, will not own more than 12% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company. As used in the preceding sentence the term “controlled” shall have the meaning set forth in 16 C.F.R. Section 801.1(b), and the term “ultimate parent entity” shall have the meaning set forth in 16 C.F.R. Section 801.1(a)(3). This representation and warranty is made solely for the purpose of determining the applicability to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement of the HSR Act.

 

(d)      NO CONFLICTS.

 

The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Investor and the consummation by the Investor of the transactions contemplated hereby do not (i) result in a violation of the Investor’s charter or governing documents or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with material notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any material agreement, material indenture or material instrument to which the Investor or any of its subsidiaries is a party, or result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Investor, any of its subsidiaries or by which any property or asset of the Investor or any of its subsidiaries is bound or affected (except in the case of subclause (ii) for such conflicts, defaults, terminations, amendments, accelerations, cancellations and violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Investor or materially impair the Investor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement). No action, suit, dispute or proceeding is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Investor, threatened against the Investor which, if adversely determined, would prevent the Investor from carrying out its obligations under this Agreement. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, the Investor is not required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court or

 

11



 

governmental agency in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or to purchase the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

(e)      INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION.

 

The Investor understands and acknowledges that none of the Shares have been registered or qualified under the federal or applicable state securities laws and the Shares are being sold to and purchased by the Investor in reliance upon applicable exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements. The Investor is an “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” within the meaning of the federal securities laws and acknowledges that it has been furnished with access to, and has been afforded access to, and afforded the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning such information pertaining to the Shares, the Company, and its assets and liabilities as it deemed necessary to decide whether to purchase the Shares pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Shares will be acquired by the Investor for investment only and not with a view to any public distribution thereof. The Investor understands that the Shares are “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. The Investor agrees that it will not offer to sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares in violation of the registration and qualification requirements of the federal and applicable state securities laws. All certificates to be delivered at the Closing evidencing the Shares will contain appropriate legends incorporating any applicable securities laws restrictions.

 

(f)       APPOINTMENT OF AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS.

 

The Investor has designated Philips Electronics, North America Corp., 1000 West Maude Avenue, Sunnyvale, CA 94085-2810 (Attention: Legal Department), as agent for service of process hereunder and the above named is authorized and directed to accept service of process on behalf of the Investor in any suit instituted regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(g)      DISCLAIMER.

 

The Investor shall not be deemed to have made to the Company any representation or warranty other than as expressly made by the Investor in this Section 2.2. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and without prejudice to any express representations and warranties made by the Investor in this Section 2.2, the Investor makes no representation or warranty to the Company with regard to any issues related to projections, estimates or budgets or other matters previously delivered to or made available to the Company with respect to future revenues, expenses, expenditures or future results of operations. Within the limits of the foregoing disclaimer, nothing in this Section 2.2(g) shall limit any remedy that may be available to Company pursuant to Applicable Law.

 

12



 

ARTICLE III.

 

Covenants

 

3.1            GALAXY GROUP; WATERMARKING TECHNOLOGY.

 

[***]

 

3.2            INVESTOR’S STANDSTILL AGREEMENT.

 

(a)      STANDSTILL PERIOD.

 

Subject to subsection (b) below, during the period commencing on the Closing and ending [***] (the “STANDSTILL Period”), the Investor agrees that, except as specifically permitted by this Agreement, the Investor and each of its Affiliates will not, in any manner, directly or indirectly:

 

(i)       acquire, or offer or agree to acquire, any Common Stock of the Company or any of its successors, except by way of stock dividends or other distributions or offerings made available to holders of Common Stock generally, [***];

 

(ii)      disclose publicly any intention, plan or arrangement inconsistent with the foregoing; or

 

(iii)     enter into any discussions, negotiations, arrangements or understanding with any third party with respect to circumventing, or aid, abet or encourage any action prohibited by, any of the foregoing.

 

(b)      EXCEPTIONS.

 

(i)       Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 3.2 to the contrary, the provisions of subsection (a) above shall terminate on the following events:

 

(A)    [***]; or

 

(B)     [***]

 

(ii)      Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 3.2 to the contrary, the provisions of subsection (a) above shall not be construed to prohibit or otherwise restrict [***].

 

(c)      NOTICE OF ACQUISITION; COMPLIANCE.

 

During the Standstill Period, the Investor agrees that, prior to any time that the Investor wishes to acquire Company Securities in any open market purchase or other purchase permitted under this Agreement, it will give the Company notice of its intention

 

13



 

to make such acquisition. All open market purchases of shares of Company Securities by the Investor and its Affiliates shall be made in compliance with Applicable Laws.

 

3.3                TRANSFER.

 

(a)      TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.

 

The Investor shall not, at any time, directly or indirectly, sell or transfer, or offer to sell or transfer, all or any portion of the Holder’s Company Securities or Registrable Securities acquired pursuant to this Agreement or Beneficially Owned by it, except:

 

(i)       as provided in Section 3.3(b);

 

(ii)      in transactions in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such rule exists on the date hereof as hereafter amended (or any successor or similar provision governing the resale of the restricted securities); or

 

(iii)     in any other bona fide sales or transfers to any Person pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, but only if:

 

(A)     the Investor has previously delivered to the Company an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that any sale or transfer pursuant to this Section 3.3 is exempt from registration under the Securities Act; and

 

(B)     the Investor shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition.

 

(b)      PERMITTED TRANSFERS.

 

The Investor shall be permitted to sell Company Securities that are registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act under Article IV below.

 

3.4            COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 13.

 

The Investor shall, promptly and at all times after the date hereof, use Best Efforts to comply with its obligations to make any filings required by Section 13 of the Exchange Act.

 

3.5            DIRECTOR APPOINTMENTS AND ELECTION.

 

At the Closing, the Company shall appoint an individual selected by the Investor and reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “INVESTOR NOMINEE”) to a seat on the Company’s Board of Directors with a term expiring at the Company’s annual shareholders’ meeting in calendar year 2003. The Investor shall have the right to replace

 

14



 

the Investor Nominee at any time and appoint another individual reasonably acceptable to the Company to serve the remainder of the term expiring at the 2003 shareholders’ meeting.

 

ARTICLE IV.

 

Registration Rights

 

4.1            LEGEND.

 

(a)      LEGEND.

 

All certificates evidencing the Shares shall bear the following legend, to the extent applicable, which legend will remain on such certificates until such time as the securities represented by such certificates are no longer subject to the legended restrictions, and there is delivered to the Company an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such legend is no longer required (at which time new certificates shall be issued at the Company’s expense without such legend):

 

THIS SECURITY IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE STRATEGIC INVESTMENT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 17, 2000 BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND KONINKLIJKE PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE THEREWITH. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE OFFICE OF THE CORPORATE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER. THIS SECURITY WAS SOLD IN A PRIVATE PLACEMENT, WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL OR BASED ON OTHER WRITTEN EVIDENCE IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

(b)      REMOVAL OF SECURITIES ACT LEGEND.

 

The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of the Investor, if the Investor shall have obtained an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification or legend.

 

15



 

(c)      REMOVAL OF BLUE SKY LEGEND.

 

Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

 

4.2            REGISTRATION ON FORM S-3.

 

Not earlier than [***] after the Closing, if the Company shall receive from the Investor a written request or requests (such requests shall state the number of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by the Investor) that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities the Company will:

 

(a)      as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of the Investor’s Registrable Securities as are specified in such request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 4.2:

 

(i)       if the Company shall have already effected two (2) registrations for the Investor under this Section 4.2

 

(ii)      if Form S-3 (or such successor or similar form) is not available for such offering by the Investor; or

 

(iii)     if the Investor, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate offering price to the public of less than $1,000,000; or

 

(iv)     if the Company shall furnish to the Investor a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a single period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Investor under this Section 4.2 and provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company no more than twice in any one-year period; or

 

(v)      during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following, the effective date of any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or

 

16



 

(vi)    if the Company has already effected one (1) registration on Form S-3 for the Investor pursuant to this Section 4.2 within the previous twelve (12) months.

 

(b)      Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request by the Investor.

 

4.3            PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION.

 

(a)      PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION.

 

After nine months from the date of the Closing, if the Company proposes to effect a registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding registration statements relating to acquisitions by the Company, employee benefit plans and corporate reorganizations) for itself and/or its stockholders, the Company shall notify the Investor in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to filing such registration statement. Thereafter, the Company shall use its Best Efforts to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by the Investor pursuant to this Section 4.3, provided however, nothing in this Article IV shall obligate the Company to effect such a registration statement. If the Investor desires to include all or any part of its Registrable Securities in any such registration statement, it shall, within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the above-described notice from the Company, notify the Company in writing of the Investor’s intention; the Investor’s notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by the Investor. If the Investor decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, the Investor shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

(b)      UNDERWRITTEN OFFERINGS, CUTBACK.

 

If the registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 4.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Investor. In such event, or if the registration statement under which the Investor proposes to sell the Registrable Securities under Section 4.2 above, the right of the Investor to be included in a registration pursuant to either Sections 4.2 or 4.3 shall be conditioned upon the Investor’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Investor’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. If the Investor proposes to distribute its Registrable Securities through such underwriting, it shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of

 

17



 

the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten in a registration effected under this Section 4.3, the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced among the Investor and all other holders of securities who are relying on piggyback rights to include shares in such registration (together, the “PIGGYBACK INVESTORS”) on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities sought to be included in the registration by the Piggyback Investors, provided no such reduction shall reduce to less than 25% of any offering the number of shares of the Piggyback Investors requested to be registered. The foregoing limitations in the previous sentence shall not apply to registrations effected pursuant to Section 4.2. In no event will shares of any other shareholder who does not have piggyback rights or other written contractual rights to require that the Company register its securities be included in such registration, which would reduce the number of shares of Common Stock which may be included by the Piggyback Investors, without the written consent of holders of not less than a majority of the securities proposed to be sold in the offering by the Piggyback Investors.

 

(c)      COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE.

 

The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 4.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration, whether or not the Investor has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 4.4(c) hereof.

 

4.4            REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.

 

(a)      OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY.

 

Whenever the Company determines to effect any registration in which Registrable Securities held by the Investor are to be included pursuant to Section 4.3 (the “SUBJECT SECURITIES”), the Company will use its Best Efforts to effect the registration and sale of the Subject Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will expeditiously and as soon as reasonably possible:

 

(i)       furnish the Investor, without charge, such number of copies of the prospectus included in a registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus), and such other documents, as the Investor may reasonably request;

 

(ii)      use its Best Efforts to register or qualify the Subject Securities covered by such registration statement under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Investor shall reasonably request or as the managing underwriter(s) shall reasonably recommend, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Investor to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Subject Securities covered by such registration statement in accordance with the plan of distribution, except that the Company shall not for any such

 

18



 

purpose be required to (A) qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified; (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction wherein it is not so subject; or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or otherwise take any action that may subject it to the general jurisdiction of the courts of any jurisdiction in which it is not so subject;

 

(iii)     otherwise use its Best Efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, including, without limitation, the following:

 

(A) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its Best Efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Investor, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred eighty (180) days or, if earlier, until the Investor has completed the distribution related thereto; and

 

(B) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(iv)     immediately notify the Investor, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, if the Company, in its sole judgment, becomes aware that the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and at the request of Investor, deliver a reasonable number of copies of an amended or supplemental prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the securities covered thereby, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(v)      furnish, at the request of the Investor, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (A) an opinion, dated as of such date, of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to the Investor, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Investor, and (B) a letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to the

 

19



 

Investor, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and, if permitted by applicable accounting standards, to the Investor; and

 

(vi)     execute and deliver all instruments and documents (including an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other actions and obtain such certificates and opinions as are customary in underwritten public offerings.

 

(b)      OBLIGATIONS OF THE INVESTOR; SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS.

 

The Investor shall provide (in writing and signed by the Investor and stated to be specifically for use in the related registration statement, preliminary prospectus, prospectus or other document incident thereto) all such information and materials regarding the Investor and the plan of distribution and take all such action as may be reasonably required in order to permit the Company to comply with all applicable requirements of the SEC and any applicable state securities laws and to obtain any desired acceleration of the effective date of any registration statement prepared and filed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement. In connection with a registration effected under Section 4.3, the Company shall at all times retain the right, in its sole discretion, to select any underwriters necessary for making an offering in conjunction with such registration.

 

(c)      EXPENSES OF REGISTRATION.

 

All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the Investor.

 

4.5            DELAY OF REGISTRATION; FURNISHING INFORMATION.

 

(a)      NO INJUNCTIONS.

 

The Investor shall not have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Article IV.

 

(b)      THE INVESTOR’S DATA CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

 

It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action with respect to the registration of Registrable Securities held by the Investor that the Investor shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of its Registrable Securities.

 

20


 


 

4.6            TERMINATION OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

All registration rights granted under this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after December 6, 2009, provided, however, that registration rights granted under this Article IV shall terminate and be of no further force and effect as to the Investor (or transferee holding registration rights hereunder) prior to December 6, 2009, if the Investor and its Affiliates or transferee and its Affiliates can either (a) sell all of its Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act within any calendar quarter or (b) sell its Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144(k) of the Securities Act.

 

4.7            INDEMNIFICATION.

 

(a)           INDEMNIFICATION.

 

In the event any Registrable Securities held by Investor are included in a registration statement:

 

(i)            COMPANY INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Investor, the partners, officers and directors of the Investor, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for the Investor and each Person, if any, who controls the Investor or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively, a “VIOLATION”) by the Company: (A) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (B) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (C) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse the Investor, partner, officer or director, underwriter or controlling Person for any legal or other expenses as reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 4.7(a)(i) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such

 

21



 

registration by the Investor, partner, officer, director, underwriter or controlling Person of the Investor.

 

(ii)           INVESTOR INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Investor will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers, each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other holder’s partners, directors or officers or any Person who controls such holder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling Person, underwriter or other such holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling Person of such other holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by the Investor under an instrument duly executed by the Investor and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration, and, with respect to other holders selling securities, only to the extent that such other holders selling securities provide similar indemnification to the Investor; and the Investor will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling Person, underwriter or other holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling Person of such other holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 4.7(a)(ii) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Investor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 4.7 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by the Investor.

 

(b)           PROCEDURE ON INDEMNIFICATION CLAIMS.

 

Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 4.7 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 4.7, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the indemnifying and indemnified parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if

 

22



 

materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 4.7, but the omission to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 4.7.

 

(c)           ALTERNATE REMEDIES.

 

If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4.7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(d)           INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS SURVIVE.

 

The obligations of the Company and the Investor under this Section 4.7 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement, and otherwise.

 

(e)           LIMITS ON SETTLEMENT OBLIGATION.

 

The Investor shall not be obligated to consent to any settlement of any claim entered into by the Company in satisfaction of its indemnification obligations hereunder unless the settlement includes a full and complete release of the Investor.

 

4.8            ASSIGNMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Article IV may be assigned by the Investor to a transferee or assignee of all [***] of the Registrable Securities, and by any such transferee or assignee to successive transferees or assignees. The Investor and all such transferees or assignees shall retain all of their rights under this Article IV with respect to any Registrable Securities retained by such Person.

 

23



 

4.9            LIMITATION ON SUBSEQUENT REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or prevent the Company from granting additional parties registration rights on parity with those granted the Investor hereunder.

 

4.10          MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT.

 

If requested by the Company or a representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company acting reasonably, the Investor shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Investor (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters, not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, and shall enter into an agreement with any of the underwriters stating the same upon such underwriter’s request. The foregoing commitment has two limitations: (a) the Investor shall not be required to refrain from selling under this paragraph, unless all officers of the Company enter into similar agreements; and (b) the Investor shall not be required to refrain from selling under this paragraph unless all other holders of the Company’s Common Stock owning an equal or a larger percentage of the Company’s Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) as the Investor is also required by a representative of the underwriter to enter into market stand-off agreements on the same terms. The obligations described in this Section 4.10 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period.

 

4.11          RULE 144 REPORTING.

 

With a view to making available to the Investor the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its good faith efforts to:

 

(a)           DO THINGS THAT MAKE RULE 144 AVAILABLE.

 

Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

 

24



 

(b)           FILE SECURITIES ACT AND EXCHANGE ACT REPORTS TIMELY.

 

File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act;

 

(c)           DATA TO THE INVESTOR.

 

So long as the Investor owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to the Investor forthwith upon written request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and such other reports and documents as the Investor may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

 

ARTICLE V.

 

Additional Agreements

 

5.1            CONSENTS; APPROVALS.

 

The Company and the Investor shall each use their reasonable efforts to obtain all consents, waivers, approvals, authorizations or orders (including, without limitation, all governmental and regulatory rulings and approvals), and the Company and the Investor shall make all filings (including, without limitation, all filings with governmental or regulatory agencies) required in connection with the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Investor and the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company and the Investor shall furnish all information required to be included in any application or other filing to be made pursuant to the rules and regulations of any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Except where prohibited by applicable statutes and regulations, and subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Company and the Investor dated September 14, 2000, each Party shall promptly provide the other (or its counsel) with copies of all filings made by such Party with any state or federal government entity in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

5.2            FIREWALL PROCEDURES

 

The Parties agree that they will maintain and abide by a formal Firewall Policy, which may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement and as to which each Party will also develop more detailed compliance rules, procedures and methodologies. Each Party shall ensure that each of their relevant employees (which, in the case of the Investor, shall mean the Investor Nominee and any person to whom the Investor Nominee reports) is given a copy of this policy and of any amendment thereto and also a current

 

25



 

copy of that Party’s more detailed rules, procedures and methodologies. Such employees shall periodically certify in writing that they have read this policy and these materials and agree to abide thereby. Each Party shall select an employee responsible for overseeing the implementation of the policy and for responding to questions from employees regarding the policy.

 

Under this Firewall Policy, each Party will erect and maintain “firewalls” at their respective companies to ensure that each Party’s nonpublic, confidential and proprietary business information, particularly if information relating to its specific customers and customer contracts or bids and its prices, pricing plans and policies, and retail selling activities, is disclosed to the other Party (which, in the case of the Investor, shall mean the Investor nominee and any person to whom the Investor Nominee reports), that information will not be disclosed to any persons at the other Party who are responsible for developing that Party’s own customer contracts or bids, prices, pricing plans and policies, and retail selling activities.

 

5.3            MACROVISION STRATEGIC INVESTMENT AGREEMENT

 

[***].

 

ARTICLE VI.

 

Conditions Precedent

 

6.1            INVESTOR CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

 

The obligation of the Investor to make the investment in the Company contemplated herein shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Investor:

 

(a)           RESOLUTIONS; INCUMBENCY.

 

The Investor shall have received each of the following:

 

(i)            Copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the transactions contemplated hereby, certified as of the Closing by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company; and

 

(ii)           Certificates of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, dated as of the Closing, certifying the names, titles and true signatures of the officers of the Company authorized to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all other documents to be delivered by it hereunder;

 

(b)           ORGANIZATION DOCUMENTS; GOOD STANDING.

 

The Investor shall have received each of the following:

 

26



 

(i)            A copy of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws as in effect on the Closing, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company as of the Closing; and

 

(ii)           A good standing certificate for the Company from the Secretary of State (or similar, applicable Governmental Authority) of its state of incorporation, as of a recent date.

 

(c)           NO INJUNCTION OR RESTRAINTS; ILLEGALITY.

 

(i)            HSR ACT. The waiting period (and any extension thereof applicable to the consummation of the Agreement) under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated;

 

(ii)           No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Agreement shall be in effect and no litigation by any governmental entity seeking any of the foregoing shall have been commenced. There shall not be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to this Agreement, which makes the consummation of this Agreement illegal;

 

(iii)          The Investor shall have received a certificate from an officer of the Company certifying that all (A) authorizations, consents or approvals of, notices to or filings with, any governmental agency, including pursuant to the HSR Act, and (B) approvals and consents of any other Person, required in connection with the agreement described herein, shall have been obtained or made and that all applicable waiting periods have expired without notice of any action which seeks to restrain, enjoin or otherwise prohibit or significantly delay the Closing having been taken by any governmental agency;

 

(d)           CERTIFICATE.

 

The Investor shall have received a certificate signed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing, stating that the representations and warranties contained in Article II are true and correct on and as of such date, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date);

 

(e)           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES TRUE; PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS.

 

The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Article II shall be true and correct as of the Closing in all material respects as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date), and the Company shall have performed all obligations and conditions required to be performed or

 

27



 

observed by it on or prior to the Closing and all documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in form and content to the Investor and its counsel;

 

(f)            OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL.

 

The Investor shall have received from Morrison & Foerster, LLP, counsel for the Company, an opinion, dated as of the Closing, in the form reasonably acceptable to counsel to the Investor;

 

(g)           SHARE ISSUANCE.

 

The Company shall have taken all steps necessary to instruct its transfer agent to issue a share certificate to the Investor representing the Shares issued at Closing;

 

(h)           DUE DILIGENCE AND OTHER DOCUMENTS.

 

(i)            Within thirty (30) days of the execution of this Agreement, the Investor shall have completed all desired due diligence investigations with respect to the Company and its assets (including, but not limited to, the Intellectual Property), business and operations and shall have concluded in good faith that such investigations have revealed no facts or circumstances which significantly frustrate the Newco collaboration as currently contemplated by Section 1.3 above or which could reasonably have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company; and

 

(ii)           The Investor shall have received such other approvals, opinions, documents or materials as the Investor may reasonably request.

 

(i)            BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

 

The Investor Nominee shall have been appointed to the Board of Directors of the Company, and shall have entered into an agreement with the Company regarding indemnification and confidentiality, in form reasonably acceptable to the Parties (the “DIRECTOR AGREEMENT”).

 

6.2            COMPANY CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

 

The obligation of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company:

 

(a)           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES TRUE; PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS.

 

The representations and warranties made by the Investor herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing, with the same force and effect as if they had been made on and as of the same date, and the Investor shall have performed all obligations and conditions required to be performed or observed by it on or prior to the

 

28



 

Closing and all documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in form and content to the Company and its counsel;

 

(b)           NO INJUNCTIONS OR RESTRAINTS; ILLEGALITY.

 

(i)            The waiting period (and any extension thereof applicable to the consummation of the Agreement, under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated;

 

(ii)           No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of this Agreement shall be in effect and no litigation by any governmental entity seeking any of the foregoing shall have been commenced. There shall not be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to this Agreement, which makes the consummation of this Agreement illegal;

 

(c)           CONSENTS.

 

The Company shall have obtained all consents, permits and waivers necessary or appropriate for consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which need to be obtained prior to the Closing;

 

(d)           COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LAWS.

 

At the Closing, the purchase of the Common Stock by the Investor hereunder shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the Investor or the Company are subject;

 

(e)           PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE.

 

The Investor shall have delivered the Total Purchase Price;

 

(f)            CONSULTING AGREEMENT.

 

The Company and the Investor shall have entered into the Consulting Agreement; and

 

(g)           The Investor Nominee shall have entered into the Director Agreement.

 

29



 

ARTICLE VII.

 

Miscellaneous

 

7.1            FEES AND EXPENSES.

 

Except as specifically noted herein, each Party shall be solely responsible for the payment of the fees and expenses of its advisers, counsel, accountants and other experts, if any, and all other expenses incurred by such Party incident to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

 

7.2            SEVERABILITY.

 

If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction (including pursuant to enforcement of any arbitration award under this Agreement) or panel of arbitrators to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, it shall be modified, if possible, to the minimum extent necessary to make it valid, lawful and enforceable or, if such modification is not possible, it shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that, if a provision is so stricken and is of a nature so as to fundamentally alter the economic arrangements of this Agreement, the Party adversely affected may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other Party sixty (60) days written notice of termination.

 

7.3            CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.

 

(a)           CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.

 

For purposes of any suit, action, or legal proceeding permitted under this Agreement, each Party to this Agreement (i) hereby irrevocably submits itself to and consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purposes of any such suit, action or legal proceeding in connection with this Agreement including to enforce an arbitral resolution, settlement, order or award made pursuant to this Agreement (including pursuant to the New York Convention, the U.S. Arbitration Act, or otherwise), and (ii) to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action, or legal proceeding pending in such event, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such court, that the suit, action or legal proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of the suit, action or legal proceeding is improper. Each Party to this Agreement hereby agrees to the entry of an order to enforce any resolution, settlement, order or award made pursuant to this Section by the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.

 

30



 

(b)           EXCLUDED INSTRUMENTS.

 

The Parties hereby agree to exclude application of the following instruments and documents: United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods; 1990 International Chamber of Commerce Incoterms; Revised American Foreign Trade Definitions; and UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules.

 

7.4            DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES.

 

(a)           Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this contract, or the breach thereof between or among the Parties and/or any of their Affiliates under this Agreement, shall be settled, if possible, through good faith negotiations between the relevant parties. Prior to resolving any dispute by means of arbitration or by means of any suit, action or legal proceeding permitted under this Section 7.4, the relevant parties involved in such dispute shall refer such dispute to their respective Chief Executive Officers or equivalent, who shall meet in person to negotiate in good faith the possible resolution thereof on at least two occasions within thirty (30) days before any such party commences arbitration or other litigation permitted under this Agreement (provided, that if any such party fails or refuses to have a representative attend such meetings within such thirty (30) day period, the procedures of this Section 7.4 shall be applicable after the conclusion of such thirty (30) day period); and further provided that (i) any legal proceedings seeking interim equitable relief (including a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction) until such time as such interim equitable relief can be addressed through arbitration; (ii) proceedings for provisional relief contemplated by Section 7.4(k) below; and (iii) third party legal proceedings, in each case, may be commenced immediately.

 

(b)           In the event such good faith negotiations are unsuccessful, either Party may, after thirty (30) days’ written notice to the other, submit any controversy or claim arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement, or the breach thereof, to arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in accordance with its then existing Commercial Arbitration rules and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(c)           It is the express agreement of the Parties that the provisions of this Section, including the rules of the AAA and the laws of the State of California referenced herein, as modified by the terms of this Section, shall govern the arbitration of any disputes arising pursuant to this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the law of the State of California, the law of the arbitral location, and the U.S. Arbitration Act (Title 9, U.S. Code), with respect to any arbitration conducted pursuant to this Agreement, to the extent permissible, it is the express intent of the Parties that the selected governing law, as modified by this Section, shall prevail. To the extent this Section is deemed a separate agreement, independent from this Agreement, Sections 7.2, 7.6, 7.7 and 7.8 are incorporated herein by reference and all notices under this

 

31



 

Section may be given in person or otherwise in such manner as is permissible under the Hague Convention.

 

(d)           The place of arbitration shall be at a mutually agreeable location within a 10-mile radius of Sunnyvale, California, U.S.A., and the award shall be deemed a U.S. award for purposes of the Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards of 1958 (the “NEW YORK CONVENTION”).

 

(e)           In any arbitration pursuant to this Section, the award shall be rendered by a majority of the members of a board of arbitration consisting of three members who must possess at least ten (10) years of experience in serving clients in transactions similar to the transaction contemplated pursuant to this Agreement. The arbitrators shall be appointed by the Parties jointly or, if the Parties cannot agree as to three arbitrators within thirty (30) days after the commencement of the arbitration proceeding, then one arbitrator shall be appointed by each of the Company and the Investor within sixty (60) days after the commencement of the arbitration proceeding and the third arbitrator shall be appointed by mutual agreement of such two arbitrators. If such two arbitrators shall fail to agree within seventy-five (75) days after commencement of the arbitration proceeding upon the appointment of the third arbitrator, the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA in accordance with its then existing rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Party shall fail to appoint an arbitrator within the specified time period, such arbitrator and the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA in accordance with its then existing rules. For purposes of this Section, the “commencement of the arbitration proceeding” shall be deemed to be the date upon which written demand for arbitration has been received by the AAA from one of the Parties (and by the other Party from such Party).

 

(f)            So long as such award complies with subsection (j) below, an award rendered in connection with an arbitration pursuant to this Section shall be final and binding upon the Parties, and any judgment upon such an award may be entered and enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(g)           The Parties agree that the award of the arbitral tribunal will be the sole and exclusive remedy between them regarding any and all claims and counterclaims between them with respect to the subject matter of the arbitrated dispute. The Parties hereby waive all jurisdictional defenses in connection with any arbitration hereunder or the enforcement of an order or award rendered pursuant thereto (assuming that the terms and conditions of this arbitration clause have been complied with).

 

(h)           The Parties hereby agree that, for purposes of the New York Convention, the relationship between the Parties is commercial in nature, and that any disputes between the Parties related to this Agreement shall be deemed commercial.

 

(i)            With respect to any order issued by the arbitrator(s) pursuant to this Agreement, the Parties expressly agree and consent (i) to the bringing of an action by one Party against the other in the federal courts of the Northern District of California to

 

32



 

enforce and confirm such order; (ii) that such order shall be conclusive proof of the validity of the determination(s) of the arbitrator(s) underlying such order; and (iii) that any court having jurisdiction or any federal court sitting in the Northern District of California may enter judgment upon and enforce such order, whether pursuant to the New York Convention, the U.S. Arbitration Act, or otherwise.

 

(j)            The arbitrators shall apply and comply with Applicable Law in reaching their decisions. The arbitrators shall issue a written explanation of the reasons for the award and a full statement of the facts as found and the rules of law applied in reaching their decision to both Parties. The arbitrator shall apportion to each Party all costs (other than attorneys’ fees) incurred in conducting the arbitration in accordance with what he deems just and equitable under the circumstances. Any provisional remedy which would be available to a court of law shall be available from the arbitrator(s) pending arbitration of the dispute. Either Party may make an application to the arbitrator seeking injunctive or other interim relief, and the arbitrator may take whatever interim measures they deem necessary in respect of the subject matter of the dispute, including measures to maintain the status quo until such time as the arbitration award is rendered or the controversy is otherwise resolved. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of the State of California could order or grant, including, without limitation, specific performance of any obligation created under this Agreement or the issuance of an injunction, but shall NOT have the authority to award any remedy or relief that could not be granted by a court in the State of California applying California law.

 

(k)           The Parties may file an application in any proper court for a provisional remedy in connection with an arbitrable controversy, but only upon the ground that the award to which the applicant may be entitled may be rendered ineffectual without provisional relief.

 

(l)            After the appointment of the arbitrators, the parties to the arbitration shall have the right to take depositions and to obtain discovery regarding the subject matter of the arbitration, and, to that end, to use and exercise all the same rights, remedies, and procedures, and be subject to all of the same duties, liabilities, and obligations in the arbitration with respect to the subject matter thereof, as provided in Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 1985) of, and Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, as if the subject matter of the arbitration were pending in a civil action before a superior court in California.

 

7.5            BROKERS.

 

Each of the Company and the Investor agrees that it shall indemnify and hold harmless the other and its Affiliates from and against any and all claims, liabilities, or obligations with respect to brokerage or finders’ fees or commissions or consulting fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement asserted by any

 

33



 

Person on the basis of any agreement, statement or representation alleged to have been made by such Party.

 

7.6            ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS.

 

This Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits hereto collectively contain the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the matters referred to hereby and thereby, and, except as specifically set forth herein and therein, neither the Company nor the Investor makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. No provision of this Agreement may be amended, supplemented or waived other than by a written instrument signed by the Party against whom enforcement of any such amendment, supplement or waiver is sought.

 

7.7            NOTICES.

 

Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given herein shall be in writing and shall be effective (a) upon hand delivery or delivery by telex (with correct answerback received), telecopy or facsimile at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or the first business day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or (b) on the third business day following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur. The addresses for such communications shall be:

 

If to the Company:

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

19801 S.W. 72nd Avenue

Suite 250

Tualatin, OR  97062

Telephone:  (503) 885-9699

Facsimile:  (503) 495-4577

 

Attention:  Bruce Davis, President & CEO

 

With a copy to:

 

MORRISON & FOERSTER, LLP

425 Market Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

Telephone:  (415) 268-7000

Facsimile:  (415) 268-7522

Attention:  Gavin B. Grover, Esq.

 

34



 

If to the Investor:

 

KONINKLIJKE PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N V

Amstelplein 1

Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Telephone:

Facsimile:  +31 20 5977230

Attention:  Corp. Legal Department

 

With copies to:

 

PHILIPS SILICON VALLEY CENTER

1000 West Maude Avenue

Sunnyvale, CA 94085-2810

Telephone:  (408) 617-4693

Facsimile:  (408) 617-4795

Attention:  Tim Grace

 

PHILIPS SILICON VALLEY CENTER

1000 West Maude Avenue

Sunnyvale, CA 94085-2810

Telephone:  (408) 617-4848

Facsimile:  (408) 617-4847

Attention:  Guido Dierick, Esq.

 

BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP

Two Embarcadero Place,

2200 Geng Road

Palo Alto, CA  94303

Telephone:  (650) 496-2885

Facsimile:  (650) 424-0160

Attention:  G. Larry Engel, Esq.

 

Each Party may from time to time change its address for notices under this Section 7.7 by giving at least ten (10) days’ notice of such changed address to the other Party.

 

7.8            NO WAIVER.

 

No waiver by either Party of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future hereof or a waiver of any other provision, condition or request hereof; nor shall any delay or omission of either Party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right accruing to it thereafter.

 

35



 

7.9            HEADING.

 

The headings herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

7.10          SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their successors and assigns. The Parties may amend this Agreement without notice to or the consent of any other Person. Neither Party shall assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party (which consent may be withheld for any reason in the sole discretion of the Party from whom consent is given), except as otherwise expressly provided herein. However, the Investor may assign any of its rights or Common Stock to any of its wholly owned affiliates.

 

7.11          NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.

 

This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the Parties, the indemnified parties under Section 4.7 and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and are not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person.

 

7.12          GOVERNING LAW.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

7.13          FURTHER ASSURANCES.

 

Each Party agrees to take such further actions, including the execution of such further documents, as may be necessary or desirable, or reasonably requested by the other, in order to carry out the provisions of this Agreement including all reasonable action required to be taken by the Company to enable the consummation of the Closing including convening a meeting of the Company’s shareholders.

 

7.14          ENGLISH LANGUAGE CONTROLS.

 

The original and controlling version of this Agreement shall be the version using the English language. All translations of this Agreement into other languages shall be for the convenience of the Parties only, and shall not control the meaning or application of this Agreement. All notices and other communications required or permitted by this Agreement must be in English, and the interpretation and application of such notices and other communications shall be based solely upon the English language version thereof.

 

7.15          RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES.

 

For all purposes of this Agreement, the Investor, the Company and all of their respective Affiliates shall be deemed to be independent entities, and anything in this

 

36



 

Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, nothing herein shall be deemed to constitute the Investor and the Company or any of their respective Affiliates as partners, joint venturers, co-owners, an association or any entity separate and apart from each party itself, nor shall this Agreement make either Party hereto an employee or agent, legal or otherwise, of the other Party for any purposes whatsoever. Neither Party hereto is authorized to make any statements or representations on behalf of the other Party or in any way obligate the other Party, except as expressly authorized in writing by the other Party. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, neither Party hereto shall assume nor shall be liable for any liabilities or obligations of the other Party, whether past, present or future, except for indemnity obligations expressly undertaken herein.

 

7.16          PUBLICITY.

 

(a)           Each Party agrees, and shall cause its Affiliates, not to issue any press release disclosing the terms of, or relating to, this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, however, that neither Party or its Affiliates shall be prevented from complying with any duty of disclosure it may have pursuant to Applicable Laws. Such disclosing Party shall use its Best Efforts to consult with the other Party regarding the issuance of any such press release, or with regard to any public statement disclosing the terms of this Agreement (including but not limited to any required press release or other public statement pursuant to Applicable Laws), and shall use its Best Efforts to obtain confidential treatment for any Confidential Information where such press release or other public statement is required to be made by Applicable Law.

 

(b)           The Investor hereby acknowledges that it is aware and that its representatives and Affiliates have been advised that applicable securities laws restrict any Person who has material nonpublic information about a company from purchasing or selling securities of such company, or from communicating such material non-public information to any other Person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such Person is likely to purchase or sell such securities. The Parties agree that all information disclosed during the negotiations of this Agreement shall be considered “Confidential Information” and governed by that certain Letter Agreement between the parties regarding confidentiality, dated September 14, 2000.

 

7.17          NUMBER AND GENDER OF WORDS.

 

Whenever the singular number is used herein, the same shall include the plural where appropriate, and shall apply to all of such number, and to each of them, jointly and severally, and words of any gender shall include each other gender where appropriate.

 

7.18          INTERPRETATION.

 

When a reference is made in this Agreement or to a Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference shall be to a Section of, Exhibit to or Schedule to this Agreement, unless

 

37



 

otherwise indicated. Any references to Applicable Laws or a subset thereof shall be deemed to include any amendments or additions thereto from time to time or any successor or similar Applicable Law.

 

7.19          COUNTERPARTS.

 

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same Agreement, and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each Party and delivered to the other Party, it being understood that all Parties need not sign the same counterpart.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

38



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Strategic Investment Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date hereof.

 

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ E.K. RANJIT

 

 

 

Name: E.K. Ranjit

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

KONINKLIJKE PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ IVO LURVINK

 

 

 

Name: Ivo Lurvink

 

 

Title:

 

39



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Definitions

 

Any reference in this Agreement to “writing” or cognate expressions includes a reference to electronic or facsimile transmission or comparable means of communications. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall be defined as follows:

 

“AAA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(b).

 

“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(e).

 

“AFFILIATE(S)” shall mean any corporation, association or other entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the party in question, but only for so long as such relationship exists. As used herein, the term “control” shall mean the ability to direct the business of a company and shall be presumed in the case of ownership, directly or indirectly, of shares of stock having at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power entitled to vote for the election of directors in the case of a corporation, and at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power and interest in profits in the case of a business entity other than a corporation, or only if less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power and interest in profits is permitted by Applicable Law, the maximum amount allowed in the country in question (so long as the holder otherwise retains the ability to direct the business of the entity).

 

“AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“APPLICABLE LAW(S)” shall mean all foreign, federal, state and local laws, statutes, rules and regulations which have been enacted by a Governmental Authority and are in force as of the date hereof or which are enacted by a Governmental Authority and come into force during the term of this Agreement, (including any successor provisions as amended, re-enacted or extended by such Governmental Authority) in each case to the extent that the same are applicable to the performance by the Parties of their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

“AUDIT DATE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(l).

 

“BENEFICIALLY OWNS” or any derivation of such term shall have the same meaning as set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

“BEST EFFORTS” shall be determined under California law and shall mean such reasonable efforts as are consistent with efforts made by businesses of similar size and resources in a similar circumstance and context, to achieve a particular result in a timely manner, but shall not require a party to take actions that would be commercially unreasonable to such party in the circumstances.

 

A-1



 

“BY-LAWS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

 

“CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

 

“CLOSING” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

 

“COMMON STOCK” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“COMPANY” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

“COMPANY SECURITIES” shall mean the Shares acquired hereunder or any of the Company’s Common Stock or securities (including options, warrants or rights) convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for shares of Common Stock.

 

“CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION” shall mean technical and business information relating to a Party’s Intellectual Property Rights, trade secret processes or devices, techniques, data, formula, inventions (whether or not patentable) or products, research and development (including research subjects, methods and results), production, manufacturing and engineering processes, computer software, costs, profit or margin information, pricing policies, confidential market information, finances, customers, distribution, sales, marketing, and production and future business plans and any other information of a “confidential” nature, specifically including, without limitation, any information that is identified orally or in writing by the disclosing party to be confidential, or that the receiving party should reasonably understand under the circumstances to be a trade secret of the disclosing party or information of a similar nature that is not generally known to the public.

 

“CONSULTING AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4.

 

“DIRECTOR AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(i).

 

“EXCHANGE ACT” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“GALAXY GROUP” [***].

 

“GAAP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(f).

 

“GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY” shall mean any nation or government, any state, province or other political subdivision thereof or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

 

“GROUP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

 

“HSR ACT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.

 

A-2



 

“INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(m)(i).

 

“INTERIM BALANCE SHEET” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(g)(ii).

 

“INVESTOR” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

“INVESTOR NOMINEE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5

 

“LIABILITIES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(g).

 

“MACROVISION INVESTMENT AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT” shall mean any material adverse effect on the assets, results of operations, properties, business or financial condition of either Party hereto, as applicable, and such Party’s subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

“NEW YORK CONVENTION” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(d).

 

“NEWCO” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“PARTY” or “PARTIES” shall mean the Investor, the Company or both, as applicable.

 

“PERSON” shall mean any individual, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, business trust, cooperative or association, or any foreign trust or foreign business organization or any Governmental Authority.

 

“PHILIPS PERCENTAGE” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“PIGGYBACK INVESTORS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).

 

“REGISTER”, “REGISTERED”, and “REGISTRATION” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

“REGISTRABLE SECURITIES” means (i) Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable under this Agreement; and (ii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a Person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Article IV of this Agreement are not assigned with respect to such securities.

 

A-3



 

“REGISTRATION EXPENSES” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Section 4.2 and Section 4.3, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the underwriters, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

 

“RESTRICTED SECURITIES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(e).

 

“SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

“SEC” or “COMMISSION” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“SEC DOCUMENTS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(f).

 

“SECURITIES ACT” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“SELLING EXPENSES” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the sale.

 

“SHARE PRICE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

 

“SHARES” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement, which includes all shares of the Common Stock acquired by the Investor pursuant to this Agreement and all shares of Common Stock issued to the Investor upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar event.

 

“STANDSTILL PERCENTAGE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(i).

 

“STANDSTILL PERIOD” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

 

“SUBJECT SECURITIES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).

 

“THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(m)(i).

 

“THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(m)(vii).

 

“TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

 

“VIOLATION” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(a)(i).

 

“VOTING SECURITIES” shall mean any shares of any class of the Company’s capital stock with voting rights generally to elect directors of the Company.

 

A-4


Exhibit 10.19

 

Summary of Key Terms of Named Executive Officer Compensation Arrangements

 

Digimarc has a written employment agreement with its Chief Executive Officer, Bruce Davis, that governs the minimum terms of his compensation and is filed as an exhibit to Digimarc’s annual report on Form 10-K. The Compensation Committee of Digimarc’s Board of Directors may establish compensation for Mr. Davis that exceeds the minimums established by his employment agreement.

 

Digimarc’s other named executive officers are compensated pursuant to oral, informal compensation arrangements. The Compensation Committee determines annually the compensation of each named executive officer. Material elements of Digimarc’s compensation arrangements with its named executive officers consist of an annual base salary, annual cash bonus and equity compensation awards.

 

The following table sets forth the base salary and annual bonus target amount for each named executive officer for 2006.

 

Name and Principal Positions

 

2006 Base Salary

 

2006 Annual Bonus
Target (Percentage
of Base Salary)

 

Bruce Davis, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

$

410,000

 

75

%

Robert Eckel, President, Government Programs

 

$

270,000

 

50

%

Michael McConnell, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

$

260,000

 

50

%

Robert P. Chamness, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

$

250,000

 

50

%

J. Scott Carr, Executive Vice President

 

$

250,000

 

50

%

Reed Stager, Executive Vice President

 

$

250,000

 

50

%

 

For each named executive officer’s 2006 annual bonus target, 40% will be paid based on the achievement of individual performance goals; 40% will be paid based on the achievement of financial targets; and the remaining 20% will be paid based on the achievement of target levels of return on equity as compared to a weighted peer group. Payouts of annual bonuses will be dependent on the level of achievement of performance goals described above, and no named executive officer will receive a payout if the applicable minimum performance goal is not met. Each named executive officer will have the opportunity to earn up to his full annual bonus target based on the level of achievement in 2006 of the performance goals applicable to such individual and may earn a bonus above the target if the performance goals are exceeded.

 

The named executive officers are also eligible to participate in Digimarc’s equity compensation plans, and generally receive annual awards of options, restricted stock and/or performance vesting shares under these plans at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. Options and restricted stock awards generally vest over a four-year period following the date of grant. Performance vesting shares generally vest or terminate on the achievement of one or more specified performance goals. Specific terms of option grants are governed by a Stock Option Award Agreement between the Company and each named executive officer. Specific terms of restricted stock awards and performance vesting share awards are governed by a Restricted Stock Agreement and Performance Vesting Share Agreement, respectively, between the Company and each named executive officer.

 


Exhibit 10.20

 

Summary of Key Terms of Non-Employee Director Compensation Arrangements

 

Directors who are also employees of the Company receive no additional compensation for their services as directors. Directors who are not employees of the Company receive cash compensation and equity compensation as described below. All Directors are also reimbursed for reasonable and necessary travel, communications, and other out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings, while on corporate business or for continuing education related to their board service.

 

Annual Cash Retainer

 

$25,000

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Annual Cash Retainers for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lead Director

 

$30,000

 

 

 

 

 

Audit Committee Chair

 

$20,000

 

 

 

 

 

Audit Committee Member

 

$10,000

 

 

 

 

 

Other Standing Committee Chair

 

$7,500

 

 

 

 

 

Other Standing Committee Member

 

$3,750

 

 

 

 

 

Special Litigation Committee Member

 

$7,500

 

 

 

 

 

Additional fee for excess meetings *

 

$1,000 in-person / $500 teleconference

 

 

 

 

 

Initial Option Grant

 

20,000 shares

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Option Grant

 

12,000 shares

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Standing Committee Member Option Grant **

 

3,000 shares

 

 


* In excess of eight meetings per year.

 

** In 2005 the Board elected not to grant these awards.

 

All options are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our stock on the grant date. Initial option grants vest and become exercisable in 36 equal installments on each monthly anniversary of the grant date, such that the stock option will be fully exercisable three years after the grant date. Annual option grants, including annual option grants to standing committee members, are made immediately following each annual shareholder meeting and vest and become exercisable in twelve equal installments on each monthly anniversary of the grant date, such that the stock option will be fully exercisable one year after the grant date. The Board has discretion to elect not to make the automatic annual option grants.

 


Exhibit 10.21

 

PERFORMANCE VESTING SHARE AGREEMENT

 

THIS PERFORMANCE VESTING SHARE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made effective January 3, 2006 (the “Grant Date”), by and between DIGIMARC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and                                            (“Executive”). In connection with his services as                                       , the Company desires to grant Executive a performance vesting share award of                           shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

1.                                       Grant of Performance Vesting Shares . The Company hereby grants to Executive as of the Grant Date, a performance vesting share award of                                    shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Shares”) pursuant to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Company’s Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”), subject to the vesting rules set forth in Section 2 below.

 

2.                                       Vesting of the Shares .

 

2.1                                Performance Condition and Release Date . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, if the closing price of the Company’s common stock is at least $15 for more than 30 consecutive calendar days during the period that begins on the Grant Date and ends on the third anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Performance Condition”), then the Shares shall vest and no longer be subject to forfeiture on the date on which the Performance Condition is satisfied (the “Release Date”). All rights to performance vesting shares are contingent on Executive remaining continuously employed by the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, from the Grant Date through the Release Date.

 

2.2                                Termination Without Cause Prior to Release Date . In the event of termination by the Company of Executive’s employment without “Cause” (as defined below) prior to the earlier of the third anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Expiration Date”) and the Release Date, the Shares shall be fully vested and the forfeiture restriction shall lapse as of the date of termination of employment by the Company.

 

2.3                                Termination Due to Death or Disability . In the event of termination of Executive’s employment due to Executive’s death or “Disability” (as defined in the 1999 Plan) prior to the earlier of the Expiration Date and the Release Date, the Shares shall be fully vested and the forfeiture restriction shall lapse as of the date of Executive’s death or Disability.

 

2.4                                Resignation for Good Reason Following a Change in Control . In the event there is a “Change in Control” of the Company (as defined below) prior to the earlier of the Expiration Date and the Release Date and as a consequence of such Change in Control, Executive resigns for “Good Reason” (as defined below) prior to the earlier of the Expiration Date and the Release Date, the Shares shall be fully vested and the forfeiture restriction shall lapse as of the date of Executive’s resignation for Good Reason.

 

1



 

2.5                                Termination for Other Reasons . In the event that Executive’s employment terminates prior to the earlier of the Expiration Date and the Release Date for any reason other than those specified in Sections 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4 above, including termination voluntarily by Executive or by the Company for Cause, the Shares shall immediately be forfeited by Executive without payment of any further consideration to Executive.

 

2.6                                Certain Definitions .

 

(a)                                   “Cause.”  For purposes of this Section 2, “Cause” shall mean: (i) a willful act of embezzlement, fraud, or dishonesty by Executive, which is materially injurious to the Company; (ii) Executive’s continued violation of his obligation to perform the duties and responsibilities normally required of an executive, which are willful or grossly negligent, after Executive has been given written notice from the Company’s Board of Directors describing his violations and has failed to cure or commence to cure such violations within thirty (30) days; or (iii) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony which the Board of Directors reasonably believes has had or will have a material detrimental effect on the Company’s reputation or business.

 

(b)                                  “Good Reason.”  For purposes of this Section 2, “Good Reason” shall mean a resignation by Executive of his employment with the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, as a result of any of the following:

 

(i)  a meaningful and detrimental alteration of his position, his title, or the nature or status of his responsibilities (including his reporting responsibilities) from those in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.

 

(ii)  a reduction by the Company in Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time thereafter;

 

(iii) the relocation of the Company’s office where Executive is employed as of the Change in Control to a location which is more than seventy-five (75) miles away from such office, or a requirement that Executive be based more than seventy-five (75) miles away from his Company office as of the Change in Control.

 

(c)                                   “Change in Control.”  For purposes of this Section 2, “Change of Control” means the direct or indirect acquisition by any person or related group of persons (other than an acquisition from or by the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan or by a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s stockholders, which a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who are not affiliated with the offeror do not recommend such stockholders accept.

 

3.                                       Restriction on Transfer . Executive shall not sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of any Shares prior to the Release Date.

 

2



 

4.                                       Escrow of Shares . Promptly after the execution of this Agreement, the Company shall cause the transfer agent for the Company’s common stock to make a book entry record, showing ownership for the Shares in the name of Executive subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Shares shall be issued from common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the 1999 Plan as granted under such plan. Subject to the terms hereof, Executive shall have all rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation the right to vote the Shares and receive any cash dividends declared thereon. If, from time to time prior to the earlier of the Expiration Date and the Release Date, there is (a) any stock dividend, stock split, or other change in the Shares, or (b) any merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets or other acquisition of the Company, any and all new, substituted, or additional securities to which Executive is entitled by reason of his ownership of the Shares shall be held on his behalf by the Company’s transfer agent and included thereafter as “Shares” for purposes of this Agreement and the forfeiture restriction. A certificate for the Shares granted pursuant to this Agreement will be issued to Executive following the Release Date, or, at Executive’s election, such Shares may be transferred in book-entry form to Executive’s brokerage account (subject to any adjustment made therein to withhold Shares to pay taxes as provided in Section 5.2 below).

 

5.                                       Tax Consequences .

 

5.1                                Section 83(b) Election . Executive understands that he (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Executive understands that Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) taxes as ordinary income the fair market value of the Shares as of the date the Shares vest and the forfeiture restriction on the Shares lapses. Executive understands that he may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are granted rather than when the Shares vest and the forfeiture restriction lapses by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the Grant Date. Executive understands that failure to file such an election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Executive; provided, however, that if the election is timely filed with the IRS, Executive will be responsible for the income taxes due on the fair market value of the Shares determined as of the date of this Agreement. The tax payments to the IRS in connection with an 83(b) election cannot be recovered if the Shares later fail to vest and are forfeited. Executive further understands that an additional copy of such election form should be filed with his federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the Grant Date falls. Executive acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to the grant of the Shares hereunder and does not purport to be complete. Executive further acknowledges that the Company has directed Executive to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state, or foreign country in which Executive may reside, and the tax consequences of Executive’s death. Executive agrees that he will execute and deliver to the Company with this executed Agreement a copy of the Section 83(b) Election set forth on the attached Exhibit A if Executive desires to make such an election within thirty days from the date of this Agreement.

 

5.2                                Withholding . The Company shall be required to withhold the amount of taxes required to satisfy any applicable federal, state, and local tax withholding obligations arising from either (a) Executive’s Section 83(b) election, or (b) the lapse of restrictions on the

 

3



 

Shares. Executive shall satisfy any such tax obligation in cash or by directing the Company to withhold from the Shares issued to Executive as a result of the lapse of the restrictions on the Shares the number of whole shares of the Company’s common stock required to satisfy such tax obligation, the number to be determined by the fair market value of the Shares on the date of the lapse of the restrictions on the Shares. If Executive elects to withhold shares of the Company’s common stock to satisfy any such tax obligation, Executive shall pay in cash any obligation that remains after the application of whole shares that is less than the value of a whole share. It is understood that if Executive makes an 83(b) election (which can only be made within thirty days from the date of this Agreement), Executive cannot satisfy the tax obligation by directing the Company to withhold from the Shares since none of the Shares will be vested at the time of such election.

 

6.                                       Representations by Executive . Executive represents that the Shares are being acquired for investment and that Executive has no present intention to transfer, sell, or otherwise dispose of the Shares, except in compliance with applicable securities laws, and the parties agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement.

 

7.                                       General Provisions .

 

7.1                                This Agreement and the 1999 Plan represent the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral.

 

7.2                                Subject to the limitations contained in this Agreement, all terms and conditions of the 1999 Plan are incorporated in this Agreement and made part of this Agreement as if stated herein.

 

7.3                                Neither this Agreement nor the issuance of any of the Shares shall confer on Executive any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with any right the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, would otherwise have to terminate or modify the terms of Executive’s employment or other service at any time.

 

7.4                                This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Oregon without reference to its conflicts of law principles.

 

7.5                                No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding, unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

7.6                                This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

The parties have duly executed this Agreement effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

4



 

The Company:

 

DIGIMARC CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Executive:

 

 

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

 

5



 

EXHIBIT A

 

SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, to include in taxpayer’s gross income for the current taxable year, the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1.                                        The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

Name of Taxpayer:

 

 

Name of Spouse:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Identification No. of Taxpayer:

 

 

Identification No. of Spouse:

 

 

Taxable Year:

 

 

 

2.                                        The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:

 

 shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Digimarc Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

 

3.                                        The date on which the property was transferred is: January 3, 2006.

 

4.                                        The property is subject to the following restrictions:

 

The Shares will be forfeited to the Company for no consideration if the performance vesting condition is not met or taxpayer’s employment terminates under certain circumstances before January 3, 2009.

 

5.                                        The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $                                                .

 

6.                                        The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $0.00.

 

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property. The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

 

 

Date

 

 

Taxpayer Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

Spouse Name:

 

 

 

 

6


Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries

Year Ended December 31, 2005

Name of Subsidiary or Entity

 

Place of Incorporation

Digimarc ID Systems, LLC

 

Delaware

Digimarc ID Systems II, LLC

 

Delaware

Digimarc ID Systems International

 

Cayman Islands

Digimarc ID Systems (UK) Limited

 

United Kingdom

Digimarc ID Systems Canada Co.

 

Canada

Digimarc ID Systems Brasil, Ltda.

 

Brazil

SIA Digimarc ID Systems Latvia

 

Latvia

Digimarc ID Systems Colombia, LTDA

 

Colombia

Digimarc ID Systems S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 



Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We have issued our reports dated March 13, 2006, accompanying the consolidated financial statements and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Digimarc Corporation included in the Annual Report of Digimarc Corporation on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.  We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the registration statements of Digimarc Corporation on Form S-3 (File No. 333-108670, effective September 10, 2003) and on Form S-8 (File No. 333-128096, effective September 2, 2005, File No. 333-31114, effective February 25, 2000, File No. 333-42042, effective July 24, 2000, File No. 333-65256, effective July 17, 2001, File No. 333-82660, effective February 13, 2002, File No. 333-105097, effective May 8, 2003, and File No. 333-115074, effective April 30, 2004).

 

 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

 

 

Portland, Oregon

March 13, 2006

 


Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors
Digimarc Corporation:

We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Nos. 333-31114, 333-42042, 333-65256, 333-82660, 333-105097, 333-115074, 333-128096) on Form S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-108670 on Form S-3 of Digimarc Corporation of our report dated May 27, 2005, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of Digimarc Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2004, which report appears in the December 31, 2005 annual report on Form 10-K of Digimarc Corporation.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Portland, Oregon
March 13, 2006



Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Bruce Davis, certify that:

1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Digimarc Corporation;

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)     Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)     Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)     Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)     Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)     All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)     Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

March 13, 2006

 

 

/s/  BRUCE DAVIS

 

 

Bruce Davis

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 



Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Michael McConnell, certify that:

1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Digimarc Corporation;

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)     Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)     Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)     Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)     Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)     All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)     Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

March 13, 2006

 

 

/s/  MICHAEL MCCONNELL

 

 

Michael McConnell

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 



Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
(18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350)

In connection with the Annual Report of Digimarc Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), Bruce Davis, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, does hereby certify, pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. § 1350), that to his knowledge:

(1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/  BRUCE DAVIS

 

 

Bruce Davis

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

March 13, 2006

 

 

 



Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
(18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350)

In connection with the Annual Report of Digimarc Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), Michael McConnell, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, does hereby certify, pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. § 1350), that to his knowledge:

(1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/  MICHAEL MCCONNELL

 

 

Michael McConnell
Chief Financial Officer
March 13, 2006